The 
Golden Hopes of 

Men 



H. H. McMURTRIE 


















































































































































.... 









■•'. 





















^ 












% 









.^L 












% 






■tp 










A 



* 






A 






V 



.v 4 



% 







% 






c ' ' WW- ^ 



^ 



iV 



> -o. 



ex °, 








% 



Sj\*° J 



^<y 













\> ^ * V> ,. " * " * -^ 



-V" 







** 










• 
















^ 



c 



-:<e 






■ %. 



• ^ 



1 » * 7 v^* < * <» ' 



Tl 



ie 



Golden Hopes of Men 

By H. H. MeMURTRIE 

Unfolds in a wonderful way the prophecies 

contained in the Bible relating to the 

Church of Christ from the 

birth of Jesus down 

to the present 

time. 




Copyright, 1915. by H. H. McMurtrie 
all right reserved. 



Press of 

Marshall & Bruce Company 

Nashville, Tenn. 

1915 



BU?+7 



DEDICATION, 



To the Memory of My Loving Aunt, 

Who, in the early days of childhood, in place of my 
deceased Mother, instilled into me an abiding love and 
reaped \'<>v the truth of God's Word. 



4 



If 



JAN IH 1916 
"HO./* 



PREFACE, 



Tin: thought of the world is now changing from daj 

to day with a rapidity never before known. <)]<l land 
marks of error are being swept away, and the tradi 

tions of the elders arc no longer held to be sacred when 
they conflict with demonstrable truth. 

While no attempt is made to steady the Ark of the 
Covenant, it is the author's hope that those who take 
up this book with a sincere desire to increase their 
knowledge of Truth will not lay it down with disap- 
pointment. 

Our Master said, "Every plant, which my heavenly 
Father hath not planted, shall be rooted up." 

% The time of harvest" is now at hand. To assist in 
the good work of uprooting error and the implanting 
of Truth is the only wish of the writer. 

When the tares of erroneous thoughts are burned or 
obliterated from consciousness and the wheat of Truth 
is gathered, "Then shall the righteous (or right think 
iug) shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their 
Father." 

Yours truly, 

H. H. McMurtrie. 
March 25, 1915. 



PUBLICATION ANNOUNCEMENT. 



Price, $1.50 — Delivered postpaid to any postoffice 

in the United States. 
Cash must accompany all ord( 

Price, 6s, 6d I English Money) — Delivered post- 
paid to any postoffice in the world. 

Remittance may be made in any convenient way. 
Address the author. 

II. II. McMuRTRIE, 

Nashville, Tennessee, U.S.A. 

Bookfl are delivered to dealers at a trade discount. 

If yon prefer to order thai way. any bookseller in the 

world will procure a hook for you, al above price, if 
you supply him with the above name and address. 

One hook will l)e given tree of charge to any party 
who solicits orders for tour books. The five books will 
be delivered postpaid to any address upon receipt of 
order accompanied with |6.00. 



A sample Chapter of this book will be mailed fvee, 
postpaid, to any postoffice in the world upon receipt of 
oame and address. 

Kindly mail me the names and addresses of your 

friends who are liable to be interested in a book of this 

character. This will require but little effort, and yon 

doubtless wish to help others to know the truth. To 
simply wish is of little avail. 

"Faith without works is dead." 



The Golden Hopes of Men 



CHAPTEB I. 

>T*IIK fact is well known thai mankind in general 

A made as much advancement in a material way 

during the last hundred years as was made during the 

(Mil ire previous six thousand years which are supposed 
to have passed since the creation of the world. 

And yet with all the marvelous progress which has 
been made in the way of labor-saving inventions; the 
development of steam and electric power and their 
application to the benefit of the human race; the won 
derful increase in the modern comforts and luxuries 
of life, all of which are supposed to contribute so 
largely to the upbuilding and happiness of mankind, 
the vast majority of people in the Christianized parts 
of the world are seemingly suffering as much at the 
present rime from pain, sickness, poverty and discom- 
fort of mind as the world has ever known at any other 
period in its history. 

It is true that now and then momentary times have 
<-<>me to us all when doors have opened before us into 
green gardens full of joyous song; moments when it 
seemed that the curtains were swept hack from the 
windows of heaven and we caught bright glimpses of 
wide vistas in a land of beauty and peace, where we 

.1. 



2 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

stood upon the hill top of happiness, and life was full 
of sweel contentment free from fetters or fears. 

Bm all t<><> boos these curtains were pulled back, the 

doors were closed, and in the words of the Bed Man 
•The smile of the .ureal spirit was hid"; we reluctantly 

returned once more to our daily grind, shut in by the 

hard, narrow walls of whai seemed to be a merciless 
providence. 

In the varied efforts of mankind to secure the treas 
mod boon of happiness, untold millions of people have 
pressed hard after what seemed to them to be realities; 

wealth, fame, social or political prestige; but these 
seeming realities changed into phantoms and vanished 
away just when they thought happiness was within 
their grasp. After having chased long enough to find 
out that the gratification of the sensual, human will 
never brings any real, permanent happiness, a few 
people then begin to look up to the source of all good. 
After finding through perhaps bitter experience that 
our plans and our unaided efforts failed to bring re- 
sults that fully satisfy, we then begin to turn our 
thoughts to Him who created the heavens and the earth. 

The Christianized world recognizes this great power 
under the name of God, and accepts His revealed Word 
as supreme authority. We all recognize His Son, Jesus 
the Christ as the Redeemer, the Wayshower, who by 
precept and personal example endeavored to redeem all 
mankind by teaching and showing men the only way 
by which they can ever hope to secure true happiness. 

Jesus only taught and practiced one way of life, and 
it would be unfortunate for us if bv any means we 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 3 

railed to correctly understand the true meaning of his 
words, or the demonstrations he made as objecl lessons 
to more plainly express the practical meaning of those 
words; to clearly illustrate the results that could be 
expected by his followers if his teachings were fully 

complied with, either at the time they were spoken or 
at any time in the future, for he plainly said: "Heaven 
and earth shall pass away, but my words shall not 
pass away." 

When we read that at the birth of Jesus the angels 
sang "Peace on earth, good will to men"; when we re- 
member that the meaning of "the gospel" is good news 
or glad tidings to men: when we consider the many 
blessings which Jesus said would come to all those who 
understood and practiced his sayings, teachings and 
commands; when we fully realize that he spoke the 
exact truth, and that if anyone performs his part every 
promise contained in the Bible will be quickly fulfilled; 
when we fairly comprehend all this and note the appar- 
ent lack of joy and peace and comfort of mind among 
so large a proportion of the professed followers of the 
Christ does it not seem possible that some of these pro- 
fessed followers have missed "the way"? 

When we consider the thousands and tens of thou- 
sands and tens of millions of humble prayers which 
have been offered by professed Christian people all over 
the world during a thousand years, would it not seem 
that if these millions of prayers had ever reached the 
throne of grace that the world would now be enjoying a 
far greater realization of the rich promises contained 
in the Bible? The evident fact that mankind in gen- 



4 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

eral, and the professed followers of the Christ in par 
i it-ii la r, are qoI receiving 8 Enller measure of these bless 
ings should tend to incline us all toward a willingness 
to consider thai possibly our own private beliefs or 
theological news may be tinged with error or erron- 
eous conceptions of the true meaning of the glad tid- 
ings which Jesus proclaimed to the world. 

The day of wordy theoretical discussion without any 
practical demonstration of the truth of the views ex- 
pressed has now passed in all lines of endeavor* The 
Christian religion is no exception to this general rule 
which is a distinguishing feature of the thought of this 
age. Men have not lost faitb in God or in the words 
of His Son. Jesus the Christ, but whether they publicly 
acknowledge it or not, they have lost a great part of 
their former attention, confidence and Faith in any and 
all systems of theological belief which fail or are un- 
able from any canst 1 to demonstrate practical results 

right here and now. 

We all know thai Jesus plainly stated that all his 

true followers for all time to come would receive "a 
hundred Told now in this time, and eternal life in the 
world to come." The number of people is rapidly grow- 
ing less and less who are interested in any church which 
holds to a religious belief or theological doctrine which 
practically ignores the note part of the teachings of 

Jesus ami relegates all the joys, comforts and bless- 
ings of a religious life to the world to come. Great 

numbers of Christian people in all parts of the world 
and belonging to every denomination are beginning to 

Bee thai any failure in realizing tin 1 fullness of God's 



Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 5 

promises right here and now arises from a lack of b 
correct understanding of "the way" outlined by our Ba 

viour, and that il is nol possible thai his \\<»rds can fail 

,n any time or place. 
This is an age of investigation, and the proper thing 

Cor ns all to do is to lay down any narrow, sectarian 
views we may have acquired, and make a careful and 
honest examination of the Scriptures; correct any 
errors we have been taught to believe to be Truth, no 

matter how old the error may be or who made it at its 
beginning. To do this with any degfee of success we 
must l>e open to honest conviction; must be willing to 
follow Truth no matter where it leads, and not falter 
or draw hack from its pursuit no matter how many of 
our old established pet theories may he shattered. 

When we turn to the first chapter in the Bible we find 
therein a sweeping account of the creation of the world, 
including man. We learn from this chapter and three 
verses in (he next that God while creating all that was 
made created man in his own image — "male and female 
created he them." We also learn that God blessed 
"them" and gave them dominion over all the earth, "and 
God said unto them, be fruitful and multiply and re- 
plenish the earth and subdue it." The Hebrew word 
k (i b a s li. here translated subdue, means to conquer by 
the exertion of superior power; to bring into permanent 
subjection ; to overcome and reduce under dominion. 

In the conclusion of this account of the creation of 
the world and its inhabitants, we are told that "God 
saw everything that he had made, and behold, it was 
very good." -'Thus the heavens and the earth were fin- 



6 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

ished, (completed) and all the host of them." Within 
these few verses is contained the account of a finished or 
completed creation. It was absolutely perfect for God 
pronounced it "very good." -Man was created perfect; 
blessed and given the power to conquer and have domin- 
ion over all the earth. 

The meaning of the Hebrew word radah, here 
translated dominion, is the right or authority to rule, 
to tread down, to reign over, to have sovereign power 
as a lord, master or a king. The word dominion is 
from the Latin dominium from dominus, meaning mas- 
ter or lord. Hence, we see that when God created them 
male and female he blessed them and gave them as a 
free gift the right or authority to rule over all the earth 
with kingly dominion. 

The word dominium is a term in the old Roman law 
used to signify ownership of a thing, as opposed to a 
mere life interest; to an equitable right such as a cove- 
nantee has against a covenanter. God gives us our life, 
and this free gift is not merely what we call a life in- 
terest to he terminated at what we call death, for God 
covenanted to give to man a legal or just claim to pos- 
session of life forever; known in Bible lauguage as 
eternal life. Not only this, but man and woman were, 
in this chapter, given the right to be kings and queens. 
They were given the authority to tread down all earthly 
opposition and gain a kingly crown, and there is not 
a word of authority in the entire Bible for even think- 
ing that God ever took His gifts of life and dominion 
away from any man or woman who has ever lived. 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 7 

On the contrary, the Scriptures positively state that 
God is not a respecter of persons; that is to say, He 
looks upon all faces alike, whether it is t hi- King on his 
throne, or the peasant in his humble cottage; all are 
alike to Him. 

The Scriptures further declare that He is a God of 
justice, equity and right, without a shadow of turning, 
the same yesterday, today and forever; consequently 
this same dominion and all that it implies which was 
given to man at the dawn of creation remains in force 
forever, and is today open to every man and woman in 
the world who complies with the covenant or conditions 
upon which God's gifts were bestowed. 

We read in the first verse of the Bible that tk In the 
beginning God created the heaven and the earth." You 
are requested to remember these words. Also in the 
conclusion of the account of the finished or completed 
creation which God created, remember that it is stated 
that "God saw everything that he had made and behold 
it was very good." 

All of God's creation was good, and we are by in- 
ference given to understand that if anything is found 
in the world that is not good, God never created it. He 
created all that was created or made, so that which is 
not good can have no existence in Truth or reality. 

After we have read this account of the finished crea- 
tion of the heaven and the earth and all that is con- 
tained therein, including man and woman made in 
God's image and likeness: after being repeatedly 
warned that this was all the creation that God created 
or made and that all of God's creation was good, then 



8 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

we begin to read an account of what appears to be a 
second creation of the heavens and the earth by the 
"Lord God." This second account of creation is exactly 
contrary in all respects to the first creation that God 
created and finished. 

The Lord God is the same as Jehovah, the divine 
sovereign of the Hebrews. In the historic parts of the 
Old Testament it is usually Jehovah who is referred to 
under the name of Lord God, and under this Jewish 
national name of Jehovah, the true idea of God as 
Elohim seems almost lost. The Jewish tribal idea of 
God is represented by the name of Jehovah, who is 
largely represented as a God of war, liable to wrath, 
repentance and human changeableness. From this im- 
perfect conception of God has descended to us the sense 
or belief in a corporeal God ; that is to say, a belief in 
a God having a body composed of material substance 
instead of spiritual substance. Consequently we are 
liable to think of God as a monstrous big man sitting 
on a golden throne in a distant place called heaven, and 
that this changeable God is breathing vengeance on all 
who fail to understand or to do His will. 

The true meaning of Elohim is God, the Supreme, 
Omnipotent and Eternal One of whom are all things. 
Elohim is the only creator. 

The Jehovistic, or second account of creation, states 
that "the Lord God (or Jehovah) formed man of the 
dust of the ground, and breathed into his nostrils the 
breath of life." And the Lord God caused the man to 
fall into a deep sleep ; then took out one of the man's 
ribs and made a woman of it. Then comes the talking 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 9 

serpent and the forbidden fruit. It ended by the man 
being driven out of the garden, and the strangest thing 
of all things that has ever happened in this world is 
that the professed church of Christ for more than a 
thousand years has accepted this second account as the 
true account of creation. Popular theology not only 
assumes that it is a true statement of fact, but seems 
to be opposed to even the mention of the creation which 
God created and pronounced very good after it was 
finished. 

Those who have studied the Bible closely have noticed 
that its inspired writers used words with a degree of 
exactness and precision which is truly remarkable. 
When their words are correctly translated, they convey 
to our comprehension a uniform meaning throughout 
the whole Bible from Genesis to Eevelation, although 
these books were written about sixteen hundred years 
apart. Words are used to convey an idea, and for us 
to have any correct conception of the true meaning of 
any expressed or written word or words, we must be 
certain to catch from the words the same idea as was 
entertained in the mind of the individual who expressed 
the word. 

You will remember that you were requested to not 
forget the words "in the beginning," found in the first 
verse of the Bible. The word. translated beginning, has 
the sense of first and former. First as here understood 
has the sense of preceding all others in the order of 
time. Hence, there can be no question but that God's 
creation outlined in the first chapter of the Bible takes 
precedent of any and all other creations, as it refers 



lo THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

to the finri existence of the world, and previous to (bis 
creation, If there ever was such a time, the world had 
no existence. 

h is not possible that there were two first creations 
of the heavens and the earth, including man. As God 
created all things in "the beginning/ 3 and there could 
nm have been two beginnings, ibis second or Jehovistic 
account of creation must be a fable, allegory, similitude, 
simile or other figurative representation intended as a 
comparison or explanation of something else, which in 
itself never bad any real existence. The Bible shows 
thai the early Christians considered this secoftd account 
of creation as an allegory, parable or comparison. 

Jesus used these words in which he incidentally 
credits the Blohistic as being the true accounl of crea- 
tion. 

\I<trk XIII. \W For in those days shall be affliction, 
such as was not From the beginning of the creation 
which God created unto this time, neither shall be. 

It is not probable that any man ever lived who usm\ 
words with greater accuracy and precision than Jesus. 
It was by no accident or simply a matter of chance thai 
he used the words "the beginning." There are no acci 

dents <>r matters of cbance in tbe Bible. Wben cor 
rectly translated and property understood, no errors 

or contradictions can be found in tbe Bible. The world 

will sometime learn tban nil of <iod's inspired revela- 
tions are stated in words or terms of scientific accuracy. 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 11 

We road in the Bible: 
Romans v. 1 i Nevertheless death reigned from Adam 

to Moses, even over them thai had nol sinned after tin* 

similitude of Adam's transgression, who is the figure 

of him that was to come. 

Paul here refers to the whole account of what is 
known as Adam's transgression as being a "similitude." 
The Greek homoioma, here translated similitude, means 
the comparing together of two things which, however 
different in some respects, have some point or points 
of likeness or resemblance; but the comparison or re- 
semblance is always to be understood as being purely 
imaginative and to never have had any actual or real 
existence. 

Paul, in this verse, not only states that the whole 
account of Adam's transgression w r as not only a "simili- 
tude," and never intended to be accepted as a statement 
of fact, but he also states that the account is simply 
a "figure" of him who was to come. 

The Greek typos, here translated figure, is more cor- 
rectly translated type, and means a figurative or alle- 
gorical representation. We are left to collect the real 
meaning of Paul's words from the resemblance of the 
simile or allegory to the primary subject which is kept 
out of view. The similitude related to some change 
which is supposed to have taken place in man. We are, 
however, left entirely to our imagination to form a 
conception as to the cause or nature of the supposed 
change. 



12 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

It may be safely assumed thai John knew as ranch 
regarding the true creation as any priest, pope or 
doctor of divinity who has lived from his time until 
now, and he tells us al the commencemenl of his gospel : 
••In the beginning" all things were made by God, "and 
without him was uol anything made thai was made." 

We nmsi qo1 forgel thai Moses when he wrote the 
l'nsi chapter of Genesis, and John when he wrote his 
gospel, were both guided by the same Spirit. The in- 
spiration came From the same source, and it was by 
no accident or matter of chance that both men kepi 
repeating that God made everything "in the begin- 
ning," and thai God made 1 everything that was made, 
and without him was not anything made that was made. 

In the lighl of present Truth we now know thai man- 
kind has been in spiritual darkness for thousands of 
years. In consequence of this, mankind left their Fa- 
ther's house, and figuratively speaking, wandered away 
from Truth and became lost in all sorts and kinds of 
delusive beliefs. 

We have just read that God made man in his own 
image and likeness, "male and female created he them." 
Whenever we look in a mirror or look around upon our 
neighbors, we arc liable to conclude that there must 

he a mistake somewhere. It seems evident that there 
are at least a lew men and women living in the world 
who, if they arc an image Of God at all, must be a very 

degenerate image or the God who made them. It is 

written : 



THE GOLDEB HOPES OF MEN. L8 

Jeremiah II. 21 Yet I had planted thee a noble vine, 
wholly a right seed: how then arl thon turned into the 
degenerate plain of a strange Tine onto me? 

This is i he wr\ question to which we are seeking 
the true answer in order thai we all ran regain the 
place of nobility which was given to as as a free gift 
as sons and daughters of God who "in the beginning" 

created the heavens and the earth and all that in reality 
is now or ever has been contained therein. More than 
that, we are given dominion over all the earth, and we 
are all to be kings and queens on the earth. In some 
way our dominion over all the earth is very much cut 
short : and as to our being kings and queens, most of 
us consider that we are nearer to being slaves than 
kings. 

It is one of the greal failings el' mankind that we 
consciously or unconsciously limit the power of (iod. 
When we read in the Bible that God gave man and 
woman dominion over all the earth, it does not seem 
possible to us that this dominion was the gift of God 
to all men, and the common heritage of all men and 
women now in the world. We all at least pretend to 
believe the Bible, but when even the first or foundation 
truths contained therein are plainly presented to our 
attention, we are all liable to side-step and pretend that 
we did not hear them. The Bible plainly states that 
God is no respecter of persons, and we are given to 
understand that all men and women are treated with 
exact justice and equity. Hence, it must follow that 
as God created all things, he nnisi have created us or 



14 THE GOLDEN BOPE8 OF MEN. 

we would not be in existence at all. If God created us, 
then we are His children and consequently entitled by 
inheritance to an equal share in the dominion and Mesa 
ing conferred on "them" at the dawn of creation. 

You remember thai -Jesus once told some .lews who 
believed his teachings, "Ye shall know the truth, and 
the truth shall make von free." It is not unreasonable 
to presume that every man and every woman in the 
world sincerely wishes to know the exact truth regard- 
ing the teachings of the Bible, because Jesus said that 
the knowledge of this truth would make us free. 

Nearly every Christian denomination bases its whole 
•plan of salvation," as they call it, on the second 
account of creation, and almost, if not entirely, ignores 
the real or true creation which God created. When 
we consider the positive fact that nearly all the present 
day popular theology is based on an unreality; based 
on an account of a creation which is simply a "simili- 
tude," a table or an allegory which never had any ex- 
istence except in the imagination of men, we will then 
begin to understand why the preaching of the gospel 
has for more than a thousand years been so barren of 
results. True Christian religion is founded entirely on 
Truth as proclaimed by Jesus the Christ, and any sys- 
tem of belief based on error could not be expected to 
be accompanied by the signs or works Jesus said his 
true followers would be able to do. 

In the parable of the prodigal son, Jesus plainly told 
the world that every man and woman in the world 
were God's children. They may be disobedient or wan- 
dering children, but they are God's children, and there 



THE GOLDEH HOPES OF MEN. 15 

is nut a statement in the whole Bible, when correctly 
understood, to confirm any doctrine that God has ever 
disowned any of His children, even though they m4y 

have wandered ;i\v;iv from their Father's house. The 
prodigal son who left his Father's house and sjKMit his 

substance in riotous living was a son of thai Father 

all the time he was living in this riotous Wiiy. 

Jesus in this parable pictured out what, to a Jewish 

mind, was typical of about the lowest and most debased 
condition any man could reach. This man was a case 
of what popular theology calls "total depravity," and 
it he ever had a heavenly Father, he, according to pop- 
ular theology, had none now for a man named Adam 
some four thousand years before that time had done 
something wrong and this young man must be held 
accountable for it. Jesus had never attended a theo- 
logical school, and did not understand it that way, for 
this is the way he described what happened : 

"But when he was yet a great way off, his Father saw 
him and had compassion and ran and fell on his neck 
and kissed him . . . the Father said to his servants, 
bring forth the best robe and put it on him; and put 
a ring on his hand and shoes on his feet . . . for this 
my son. was dead and is alive again. He was lost and 
is found." 

No reproaches, no harsh words, no exhibition of 
w r rath ; simply an outpouring of God's love. 

What is thy birthright man, 

Child of the perfect One ! 
What is thy Father's plan 

For His beloved son? 



16 Till-: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 

Thou an Truth's honest child, 
sinless and pure of heart, 

Treading, meek, undefiled 
1 n I !hrist ly pat hs apart. 

I treams of sense disappear 
As Truth dawns on the eight ; 

The phantoms of thy Fear 
Fleeing before t hi* light. 

Take then the charmed rod ! 

Thou art not error's thai! ; 
Thou has I he gift from God, 

I dominion over all. 

— Emily /'. Seal, nit. and abr 



CHAPTEB II. 

A LITTLE studv of the Bible should convince any 
DMA that the divine Mind which created and now 
maintains all that ever was created or made has a plan, 
a scheme, or design. That everything in the world is 
now being worked out, revealed or unveiled in accord- 
ance to, or in harmony with, this plan formed in Mind. 
The most important prophecy in the whole Bible relates 
to the manifestation, revealing or unveiling of the 
Christ, the Son of God. 
John tells us: 

1 John III. 7 Little children, let no man deceive 
you : he that doeth righteousness is righteous, even as 
he is righteous. 

8 He that committeth sin is of the devil ; for the devil 
sinneth from the beginning. For this purpose the Son 
of God was manifested, that he might destroy the 
works of the devil. 

The word manifested, as here used, means to make 
plain to the comprehension; to reveal, unveil or un- 
cover to our mental view\ Hence, according to John's 
statement, the Christ or the Son of God was made clear 
or plain to the comprehension of man for the purpose 
of destroying the works, deeds or doings of the devil. 

We can well afford to use great care, and devote time 
and unprejudiced study to the consideration of the re- 
ligion which Jesus preached. Tt is only as we gain the 
true thought expressed by his words that these words 
2 (17) 



18 THE GOLDEN BOPE6 OF MEN. 

can be of anj service or advantage to us. God Bimself 
dictated these teachings or directions regarding **tli<* 
way" to -Jesus for him to proclaim to the world for 
the instruction of all men for all time to come, [f we 
refuse to consider and accept these teachings or direc 
lions as true, no matter how preposterous or absurd 
the teachings may appear to our so-called human in- 
tellect or mind, we, by our refusal to believe, give cre- 
dence to the testimony of our own mind in preference 
to God's revealed Word of instruction. By so doing 
we make God a liar, and plainly show that we consider 
our own arrogant human intellect or mind to be supe- 
rior in intelligence to the divine Mind: show that we 
Unite mortals consider that we know more than the 
infinite <iod who made us. 

This training of a knowledge of the truth which Jesus 
taught is purely mental. We should uot forget thai 
every word or term expressive of mental operations is 
borrowed from the material world. We have become 
bo habituated to the use of words, or terms applied 
metaphorically, thai we seldom consider their original 
meaning. By metaphorically is meant that the word 
or term is used in a manner comprising a figure of 
speech founded on the resemblance which one object 
is supposed to bear in some respect to another and by 
which a word is transferred from an object to 
which it properly belongs, to another in such a manner 
that a comparison is implied though not formally ex- 
pressed. For example, the word capricious does not 
now BUggesI to us the idea of a goal, although the word 

is derived from the Latin word caper, meaning, goat. 



THE GOLDEH BOPES OF MEN, 1!) 

We use the word capricious to denote the character of 
a person who bounds from subject to subject, without 
paying much attention to any, like a goat which bounds 

from rock to rock without settling long in any one spot. 
when we say that a friend "cut a caper/' we may not 
know it, but we have expressed the comparison or 
metaphor that our Friend jumped around like a 
goat. As all words are derived in this way from the 
material world, they are material terms in their origi- 
nal meaning, and therefore refer to some material 
object or thing. 

Now, the Bible is a book of spiritual truths; as we 
have 1 few words or terms in our language derived from 
the spiritual world which refer directly to spiritual 
things, we are compelled to use material words or terms 
when speaking of spiritual things. For this reason the 
Bible is largely a book of metaphors, symbols, compari- 
sons, similies or similitudes and has a double meaning. 
It was for this reason that a great part of the teach- 
ings of Jesus were given in parables, and explains why 
a good part of the Bible has a double meaning. 

First, the material or literal meaning as the Bible 
is understood bv those who adhere strictly to the letter 
or literal word as its material meaning signifies. 

Secondly, the metaphorical or spiritual meaning, 
which is only known by those who seek out the spiritual 
meaning, which is secreted or hidden under the literal 
or material meaning of the word as found on the 
printed page of the Bible. 

This brings about at once a difference of opinion in 
regard to the teachings of the Bible. Spiritual minded 



20 THE GOLDEN HOPES <>F MEN. 

people seek out the spiritual meaning, and uphold the 
teaching thai this is the only true import or moaning 
of the Bible. Material minded people cannot see this 
spiritual meaning at all. They, therefore, scoff at the 

eery idea Of there being such a thing as a spiritual or 

hidden meaning to the Bible. 

It is a strange fact, hut it is a truth, that spiritual 

minded people all over the world understand or com- 
prehend the Bible alike. They seem to he of one Mind: 
the same Mind "which was also in Christ Jesus." It is 

also true that scarcely any two material minded j>eo- 
ple understand the Bible alike. This difference of 
opinion is often so pronounced thai people sometimes 
do not want to sit in the same church with each other. 
This difference of opinions or beliefs of material minded 
people split the professed church of Christ into more 
than a hundred sects or denominations, each of whom 
contend that their interpretation of the Bible is right 
and that all other interpretations are wrong in a greater 
or less degree. 

The religious thought of the world is now charac- 
terized by an openness of mind and an earnest longing 
alter Truth which is capable of being demonstrated. 
Men have been fed with man-made speculations, railed 
theological doctrines, lor hundreds of years. The re- 
sults secured from t eying to put these various academic 
theories in practice have been so meagre that most 
people have losi interest in the preaching of purely 
theoretical religion. 

There are now, as stated, more than a hundred Chris 
tion denominations, each bavins a different theory or 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 2] 

theological belief, and doubtless each one of* the him 
divd claims to have the true teachings of Jesus. It is 
not probable that .lesus taught more than one way of 
life. It' so, then one oul of (his hundred denomina 
HOBS may be right, and it must follow that the other 
ninety-nine are teaching an erroneous theory or doc- 
trine in some respects at least. This does not imply 
that all the people who adhere to the teachings of these 
ninety-nine denominations are not honest or sincere in 
their beliefs, for we all know that there is such a thing 
as being honestly mistaken. We all begin to see, how 
ever, that this matter of multiplicity of theories or be- 
liefs, commonly termed theological doctrines, has 
largely tended to destroy the unity of the professed 
church of Christ; it has for centuries lessened the re- 
spect of men for each other, and thus retarded the 
growth of peace and brotherly love among men and 
nations, which was one of the results for w r hich the 
Christian religion was instituted by its founder. 

We all understand that a theory or belief on any 
subject is nothing but a theory, a speculation or doc- 
trinal teaching until it is proven true by practical 
demonstration. After any theory or belief is proven 
true by such demonstration, the world then accepts it 
as truth or fact. Truth or fact regarding the Christian 
religion is what the world is now hungry for. All 
intelligent, fair-minded people clearly see that it is not 
unreasonable to conclude that the denomination or 
church which at present gives the strongest proof of 
the truth of its teachings or doctrines by actual every 
day demonstration, right here and now, is the church 



22 Till: GOLDEN BOPE8 OF MEN. 

whicli is nearest to Truth in its doctrinal teachings; 
nearest to the original teachings of Jesus; the teach- 
ings which he commanded his first disciples or students 
to teach to all the world. For this reason such church 
Bhonld receive the active support of all people who have 

an honest and earnest desire to follow the principles 
i aught by the Master, as there can be no Scripture 
foundation for the opinion or notion that it does not 
mat km* what we believe if we are sincere and make an 
honest effort to live in keeping with such belief. Jesus 
taught "the way," it' we miss "the way/' we have 
simply missed the religion, missed the salvation he 
came to make plain to the world tor the salvation of 
all men. 

A lew years ago there might have been a hundred 
men, each one of whom entertained a different theory 
or doctrine regarding "the way" to construct a flying 
machine heavier than air. The man who built a ma- 
chine which first sailed through the air in public view 
was considered by the world to have a true or correct 
theory or doctrine regarding flying machines from the 
simple truth that his machine did what he claimed it 
could do. Would it have been considered the proper 
thing for the other ninety-nine men, who had machines 
which could not be made to fly, to have made faces at 
the man who tlew and called him a deluded fanatic 
because his theory or doctrine did not agree with any 
of their various opinions or doctrines in regard to how 
a flying machine should be built? 

livery natural scientist well knows that in order to 
make a BUCCessful demonstration or realize satisfae- 



Till: GOLDEN BOPE8 OF MEN. 

lory results oul of anything, be must keep in exact line 
with ilu 1 true general principles governing the work 
attempted, [f he does this, ho knows ho will succeed. 
Ho does Dot merely hope or believe thai he will sue 
id; lie knows that he will succeed. if at any time 

he meets with a failure, ho well knows that it is not 

the fault of the principle, hut simply because ho missed 

the principle; he further knows that if he will cor- 
rect his own error, his further demonstrations will he 
more satisfactory, and whenever his demonstrations are 
governed by, or are in exact line with, the true prin- 
ciple, then his demonstrations will be perfect. 

Success, being first dependent upon correct under- 
standing of principle, and then iis proper application 
in practice. In like manner the words, teachings, com- 
mands and demonstrations of Jesus should not be con- 
sidered from a mere sentimental, emotional or super- 
stititous point of view. They should be regarded as the 
statements of the general principles governing a scien- 
tific rather than a haphazard way of life. 

All who claim to be Christians agree that Jesus knew 
and stated the exact or scientific truth pertaining to 
the past, present and future for all time to come. It 
certainly must be a narrow mind which will not see 
or admit that the teachings and demonstrations of 
•Jesus were intended to instinct men for their highest 
good for all time to come. Jesus not only understood 
the principles governing the true way of life, but he 
also taught these general principles to the apostles and 
a number of others. Jesus also gave these men positive 
instruction or command that thev must in turn teach 



24 Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

others; thus showing conclusively that a knowledge of 
the general principles taught by Jesus was transmis- 
sible by teaching from one man to another. That the 
members of the early rhristian church tor at least four 
hundred years understood ihese general principles first 
taught by Jesus, and that they performed in some 
measure the same works, or so-called miracles, which 
Jesus performed is simply a matter of Bible and secular 
history. We can all agree that Jesus knew and taught 
the scientific way of life. Every word which he littered 
is full of instruction to that end, and no man or set of 
men from that good day to the present hour ever had, 
or ever will have, the right or authority to annul or set 
aside the true import of a single word of his teaching. 
But Jesus of Nazareth was a man; He never claimed 
to be God, but said he was a Son of God. He kept 
telling all people that he had no power of his own, 
and that all his power came to him from the Father. 
"The Father who dwelleth in me he doeth the works." 
Jesus kept telling people that the teaching or doctrine 
thai he taught to them was not his thought, but that 
it came to him from the Father, to be proclaimed by 
him to the world for the instruction of all men. "My 
doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me." "As I hear 
so I speak." Jesus made every possible effort to have 
all those around him divert their attention and thought 
away from his personality, and give their consideration 
and attention to his words, his sayings, his teachings 
and demonstrations relating to the new way of life 
which he was endeavoring to make clear and plain to 
their understanding. 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 25 

Whenever we find the word miracle in the Bible, we 
usually find it in connection with some exhibition of 
power or influence which at tirst thoughl seems to us 
to be beyond the ability of man. The word miracle is 
from the Lai in word miraoulum from miraH, meaning 
to wonder. The meaning of the word miracle is, there 
tore, a wonder or a wonderful thing. Now, wonder is 
that emotion, agitation or disturbance of the mind 
which is excited by the presentation to sight of some 
thing Strange or extraordinary that is not well under 
Mood. Wonder is closely allied to astonishment and 
amazement, and it is difficult to detine the difference in 
graduation as the same incident, wonder or miracle 
may effect different people in a greater or less degree; 
this difference is mostly, if not entirely, caused by the 
difference of knowledge of the respective individuals as 
to the true cause of what at first appears to them to 
be a wonder or a miracle. 

Any man who had never heard of water being frozen 
into ice by artificial means would be caused to wonder, 
and he doubtless would call it a miracle if water was 
frozen into ice right before his eyes on a hot day. Those 
who have some knowledge of the principles governing 
the process of the artificial production of ice are not 
caused to wonder when they see this done; neither do 
they consider the changing of water into ice on a hot 
day a wonder or a miracle at all. 

Every intelligent man in the world knows that noth- 
ing ever happened or ever can happen without a cause. 
If any incident or exhibition of power is presented of 
which we do not know the cause, we often call it a 



26 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

miracle. At t he same time we know that if we under- 
stood the underlying principle involved, this apparent 
miracle would be clearly shown to be no miracle at all. 
In other words, there never was a miracle, or never 
can be one in the supernatural souse or meaning' which 
has now come to be attached to the word miracle. 

When Cortes came to America, his followers were 
armed with guns, and they understood something re- 
garding the principles of the manufacture and practical 
use of gunpowder. The native Indians were entirely 
ignorant of all this, but they soon noted that these 
white men had the power of causing instant death by 
pointing something toward them. That there was a 
flame of tire or a pull of smoke, and that this caused 
one of their friends at some distance away to fall to 
the ground with his life blood gushing from a hole in 
his body. All this was supernatural or miraculous to 
them, because beyond their knowledge. It is said that 
these Indians threw down their bows and arrows, ap- 
proached and prostrated themselves before Cortez and 
his followers and by signs and symbols made it known 
that they acknowledged these white men to be gods. 

It is characteristic of ignorance at all times and 
places to deify men who have performed acts or deeds 
which arc regarded as supernatural, and today doc- 
trines arc taught in theological schools all over the 
world which pract ically deify the personal man, Jesus 
of Nazareth. Then by claiming his works, or miracles 
as they are now called, to be those of a God, it is much 
easier for some professed Christians to explain why 
they as the followers of Jesus do not perform some 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 27 

oi' these works now. Bui all people in the Christianized 

world are gradually coining to see and admit that there 
[g nothing gained by endeavoring to evade or escape 
from the plain meaning of the words of Jesus, when 

he said: 

John XIV. 12 Verily, verily, I say unto you, He 
that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do 

also. 

The so-called miracles performed by Jesus and his 
followers for at least four centuries after the crucifixion 
are now regarded by popular theology as supernatural 
in the same sense and for exactly the same reason that 
the Indians looked upon the works of Cortez and his 
followers as the work or miracles of a god. Simply 
because they do not understand the underlying Prin- 
ciple] the true knowledge of which enabled Jesus and 
his early followers to perform these signs and wonders 
which we have been taught to call miracles. 

When we consider Bible truths, it is incumbent upon 
all true men that we lay down the spirit of sectarianism 
by which we are all liable to be so biased as to prevent 
the consideration of the facts presented in the Bible 
from an unprejudiced point of view. Let us at all 
times remember that the Bible has God for its author ; 
Truth without any mixture of error for its subject 
matter, and the salvation of all men individually and 
collectively for its ultimate end. All true Christians 
maintain that the Bible was written by those who were 
under divine influence, and w r ere thus qualified to set 
forth divine Truth without mixture of error. 



28 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

As to the value of sects and denominations in gen- 
eral, the following rather strong sentiment expressed 
by John Bunyan may not be far from the truth: 

"Since yon desire to know by what name J wish to 
be called, I desire to he and hope I am a Christian; 
and I desire 1 [f God should count me worthy to be called 
a Christian, a believer or any such name which is sanc- 
tioned by the Holy Ghost And as for those factious 
titles of . . . and the like, I believe they came neither 
from Jerusalem or Antioch, but rather from hell and 
Babylon, for they naturally tend to divisions, and ye 
can know them by their fruits." 

At present the professed church of God is divided, as 
Bunyan states, into a great number of sects, factions or 
denominations. Some of these sects or denominations 
were founded by \cry good men, but still they were only 
men. Some of these sects were founded by very bad 
and very egotistic men: men who became so bigoted as 
to imagine that the big "I" in them, which was the 
devil, was equal if not superior in wisdom and power 
to God Himself. The persona] importance 1 of these self- 
coneeited individuals became 1 so highly magnified, their 
mortal mind became so inflated, they swelled up so 
greatly in their personal importance, that they thought 
to change times and laws instituted by the God of 
heaven. 

Between the fourth and the nineteenth centuries, 
some of these leaders of the professed church of Chrisl 
endeavored to make others think their thoughts by pro- 
hibiting free speech ; by strong censorship of the press; 
l>y the rack and tin 1 gibbot. Men were sawed in two 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 29 

length ways, thrown to wild beasts or burned al 
the Stake. It has at last been discovered that a man's 
mental convictions cannol be changed by these methods. 
It has been found out that a man cannot be made to 
hear aright by pouring boiling hot lead into his ears; 
neither can he he made to "see the way" by gouging his 
eyes out with an awl. All these methods were vigor- 
ously tried by the professed church of Christ for hun- 
dreds of years, but for some reason these methods all 
tailed to bring the salvation to men which Jesus said 
was the glad news that the kingdom of heaven was at 
hand. The sectarian bigot still lives and is always the 
child of ignorance. He is not necessarily ignorant of 
the wisdom of this world, but he is deaf and blind to 
spiritual Truth which comes from above. This poor, 
little, shriveled-up sectarian bigot is greatly to be pitied, 
for almost invariably, he can see but one side; can 
entertain but one idea; this one idea may be baptism, 
forordination, infallibility, the doctrine of the trinity, 
or some other doctrine of academic dispute, and he 
knows little or nothing about the glorious realm of 
Life, Truth, Love. A realm which opens out into wide 
vistas which have neither beginning nor end. So he 
shuts himself by egotism out of God's sunshine, and 
dies like a blind mole under a woodpile. 

The sectarian bigot is ever ready to throw ecclesias 
tical brickbats at all those who try to show him that 
intolerance and sectarianism have no part in the reli- 
gion which Jesus preached. That they never bring any 
permanent success in the end, even in worldly mat- 
ters. Years ago, England made a law against the Jew; 



30 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

declared thai qo -lew Bhcmld hold an official position. 
What did ii amount to? Were the -Jews destroyed or 
their religion overthrown? Who was it who became 
Prime Minister of England and sat next to the throne; 
who. in fact, was higher than the throne because he 

was its counselor and adviser: was not this man a Jew 

and his name Disraeli? 

Some forty years ago this well-informed man said 
in an address to the British Parliament: "Why is 
Christendom s<> menaced; turn whatever way we like, 
there is an uncomfortable feeling abroad, a distress of 
nations, men's hearts failing them for fear. Every Cab- 
inet in Europe is agitated. Every king and ruler has 
his hand on his sword hilt. We are approaching the 
end." 

No other man, in all the world, was in better position 
to know the condition of the political world, at that 
time, than Disraeli. lie held as prominent a position 
as there was in the world, and was addressing as august 
a body of men as there was on earth. Consequently, the 
language he used is of more than passing importance. 
Some centuries before, this same language was used 
by another groat .lew in describing a very important 
end. lie was, in fact, the greatest of all Jews — Jesus 
of Nazareth. We all know something about the great 
prophecy made by Jesus, which is mostly contained 
in Matthew 24, Mark 13, and Luke 21. 

In this prophecy, Jesus briefly depicted the events 
which would occur between that time and what is 
commonly known as the second coining of Christ and 
the end of the world. This end is the end Disraeli 



THE GOLDEH HOPES OF MEN. 31 

had in mind when he said, "We are approaching the 
end." 

These arc some of the prophetic words of Jesus, de 
Bcriptive of the end Disraeli had in view. 

Luke XXI. 26 And there shall be Bigns in the sni), 
and in Hie moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth 
distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the 
waves roaring; 

26 Men's hearts failing them I'm- fear, and lor look 
ing after those tilings which are coming on the earth: 
for the powers of heaven shall be shaken. 

27 And then shall they see the Son of man coming 
in a cloud with power and great glory. 

28 And when these things begin to come to pass, then 
look up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption 
draweth nigh. 

20 And he spake to them a parable; Behold the fig 
tree, and all the trees; 

30 When they now shoot forth, ye see and know of 
your own selves that summer is now nigh at hand. 

31 So likewise ye, when ye see these things come to 
pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at hand. 

32 Verily 1 say unto you, This generation shall not 
pass away, till all be fulfilled. 

33 Heaven and earth shall pass away; but my w r ords 
shall not pass away. 

Jesus here, in a general way, points out the signs, 
conditions or events which would be visible to the com- 
prehension of men immediately before the time or sea- 
son when "they Bee the Son of man coming in a cloud 



32 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

with power and great glory." Jesus is here describing 
what is commonly understood as the second coming of 

Christ, and lie gives the world to understand that when- 
ever these times, conditions or events began to appear 
like buds and leaves upon the trees in springtime: "So 

likewise ye, when ye set 1 these things come to pass know 
ye thai the kingdom of God is at hand." 

Popular theology with its usual narrow and limited 
vision reads and construes these words of Jesus strictly 
according to their literal or material meaning. Hence, 
these people fail to comprehend that Jesus held the 
whole human race in view, and depicted events which 
would require centuries to fulfill. The word he used in 
the thirty-second verse, which is translated f/eneration, 
is properly translated rod : and the limited meaning 
usually understood by generation is not the meaning 
held in thought by Jesus when predicting events relat- 
ing to the whole human race or family. 

In every line Of endeavor, in what we call the prac- 
tical affairs of life, we honor and accept the system 
which demonstrates its superior value by the results 
obtained therefrom by those who understand and cor- 
rectly apply its principles in practice. 

Bu1 the history of the human race plainly shows that 
whenever men come lo intellectually consider any sys- 
tem of religious teaching, it is natural tor the human 
or mortal mind of mankind to forsake this path of 
wisdom, and to stoutly uphold and defend their own 
man-made theories or doctrines, no matter how barren 
these individual doctrines may bo in the way of £Ood 
results derived from them. More than that, we are 



Till; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 

liable to be s<> bigoted by whal La called sectarianism 
thai we are liable to uphold and defend, even at the 
point of the sword, our own barren doctrines in prefer 
ence to even giving any impartial consideration ai all 
t<> the principles of any other system of religions teach 
ing, no matter how plain the evidence before as may 
be thai such system, measured by the valuable results 
derived therefrom, is far superior to that which we 

previously considered in he the only religious system 
which was of value to men. 

The eyes of the whole civilized world are now being 
opened to the greal Tact that the kingdom of heaven 
which Jesus heralded to the whole world at his flrsl 
coming gave his early followers power to overcome, not 
only sin, hut also sickness, pain, worry, poverty, and 
all their attendant undesirable results. The popular 
branches of the professed church of Chrisl do not now 
even claim to have power over anything except sin, and 
all, or nearly all, deny that spiritual power has or can 
have any influence in the cure of the physical ills of 
mankind. Millions of young and middle-aged people 
die yearly of what the world calls preventable diseases, 
but these churches practically claim that the God they 
worship is either powerless or indifferent in the matter. 
These churches also hear the cries, sobs, moans, and 
curses of thousands and tens of thousands of men, 
women, and children who are being ground up in the 
mill of commercialism in order that a favored few may 
live in royal splendor. The world has been listening 
for more than a thousand years to preaching about the 
joy, peace, and comfort which was to be experienced 
3 



34 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

-•over there," but these poor wretches are more inter- 
ested in a religion which will bring to them some de- 
gree of peace, joy, and comfort "over here." 

Ii will be conclusively shown in this book thai ]><>]» 
afar theology has no1 taughl the truth, the whole truth 
and nothing but the truth regarding the Christian re- 
ligion for more than a thousand years. This statement 
is not born q( prejudice againsl any denomination, nor 
is ii based on the author's private opinion, or on any 
private interpretation of i he Bible. Jesus said it was 
the truth that would make us free; for that very reason, 
it is important thai the truth be brought to the compre- 
hension of all men, women, and children in the world, 
no matter how mueli it may differ from any man's pre- 
conceived opinions or beliefs. 

Jesus did not say that any particular sect or denom- 
ination was to make us free. It was the truth of the 
gospel which he proclaimed that was to free us from 
sin, sickness, and death. This freedom, which his gos- 
pel was to bring about, was the good news, the glad 
tidings to men. And now. after nineteen hundred 
years have passed, there is today apparently as much 
sin, sickness, sorrow, pain, and death in the world as 
at any other time in man's history. 

When we lay aside all prejudice in regard to this 
matter, and measure the teachings of Jesus by tin 1 value 
of the practical results received therefrom, just as we 
would the teachings of any other man on any other 
subject, we are forced to one of two conclusions: Either 
the l:<>s|u'1 ]»reached by Jesus the Christ is now n fail- 
ure, or for lotlg centuries 11 has not been preached in 



Tin; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 86 

its original purity, mid for thai reason alone it has 
failed to bring aboul the fall results if was capable 
of bringing to the world. 

Every man in the world who possesses a spark of 
Christianity will rise up at once and declare ilia! ii 
is no1 possible thai a single word uttered by Jesus the 
Chrisl could Tail at any time. Jesus spoke the truth, 

and truth is immortal: it never dies. It is the same 
today, yesterday, and forever: < 'onsequeiitly there 
must be some mistake, some confusion of beliefs, some 
error in judgment in regard to the way this truth has 
been presented to the world for. lo, these many, many 
years ! 



i 



CHAPTBB 111. 

APTBB Jesus bad been anointed with the Holy 
spirit to the sacred offices of prophet, priest, and 
king, he came into Galilee, and according to Mark the 

first sermon he ever preached is comprised within these 
few words : 

Marl l. L5 The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of 

God is at hand: repent ye, and believe the gospel. 

This was the keynote sermon of Jesus the Christ, in 

which he announced or heralded to the world for all 
time to come the fundamental principles of the good 
news, the glad tidings or the gospel. In this sermon 
is contained the greal secret, if we can find it, of God's 
plan \'"V the salvation of all men who have ever lived 
or ever will live on the earth. 

We note that Jesus said in this — his first public ad 
dress -"The time is fulfilled.'' What time does he 
here refer to? The Greek kairos, translated time, has 
the scum 4 of a tixed, appointed, decreed, or predeter- 
mined season or age. The Greek pleroo, translated ful- 
filled means, as here used, to verify or to confirm the 
truth of a prediction or prophecy. 

The true import of these words of Jesus is that the 
time or rather season or age decreed, appointed or pre- 
determined by God and predicted or foretold by one or 
more of His servants the prophets for the manifesting-, 
revealing or unveiling of the Anointed, the Messiah, or 



THE GOLDEN DOPES OF MEN, 37 

the Christ, was not at hand. That is to Bay, the time, 
season, or age decreed, appointed, or predetermined 
and promised by God in the Scripture, had now ap 
proached; and Jesus of Nazareth was the man raised 
up by God to verify or confirm the truth of the prophecy 
and promises found in the old Testament. 

The great central thought or idea of the greater pari 
of the prophecies of the Old Testament, as well as the 
New Testament, relate to the manifesting, revealing. 
Or unveiling of the Christ, the Son of God. 

Daniel's prophecies relate almost entirely to the com- 
ing or presence of the Anointed, tlie Messiah or the 
Christ. Be tells as in the last chapter of his prophecy: 

Daniel XII. 1 And at that time shall Michael stand 
np, the great prince which staudeth for the children of 
thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such 
as never was since there was a nation even to that 
same lime: and at that time thy people shall be deliv- 
ered, every one that shall be found written in the book. 

In this last chapter Daniel gives a brief summing up 
of all his prophecies which extend from the manifes- 
tation of the Christ "until the end of the days." That 
is to say, until all his prophecies relating to the Christ 
would be fulfilled, completed, and ended. 

Daniel here tells us, "at that time (age or season) 
shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth 
for the children of thy people." The Hebrew term 
Michael means, who is like God; who is Godlike; or 
who is God's likeness? These three translations all 



38 tin; golden bopes of men. 

having the same signification, and mean that the 
Michael who will s(aml up is God's likeness. Miehael 
is one of the many names or appellations used in 
prophecy to designate the Messiah or the Christ 

The prophets and worthies of old caught glimpses 
Of the Christ who was to appear or be manifested at 
some time or season appointed or foreordained by God. 
This is the time referred to bv Jesus the Christ when 
he said, '"The time is fulfilled." He meant to tell the 
world that this decreed time or age had now come. 
The time or season had now come when Michael, the 
likeness of God as Daniel saw him five hundred and 
twenty-six years before Jesus of Nazareth was born, 
was to he now revealed or unveiled to the comprehen- 
sion of all those who could spiritually hear the voice 
and see the Son of God, the likeness of God, shining 
forth in the face, life, and character of Jesns the Christ. 

Everything that has ever existed, or ever will exist, 
was always present in divine Mind; God. With Him 
there is no beginning or end of days. With Him there 
is no time or duration, for everything is in the eternal 
now. God's plan, the plan of divine Mind, is being 
worked out; to our finite sense there are new things 
under the sun, but divine Mind knew the end from the 
beginning. 

The title the Messiah, and its (ireek equivalent the 
Christ, refers to the long-expected prince or king of 
God's chosen people so often mentioned under various 
names or titles in prophecy, who was to complete, ac- 
complish or consummate God's plan, purpose or will, 
and "save his people from their sins." 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF WEN. 30 

The Jews had watched tor the long promised Messiah 
for hundreds of years, and that the Messiah or the 
Christ was to come was the common knowledge of all. 

The terms, the Anointed, the Messiah, and the Christ, 
all have the same general signification, and are not to 
be considered as personal names, hut as tin 1 official title 
of tht 1 long-expected "Servant of the Lord," and the 
various other terms which are used in the Scriptures 
as titles or designations of the coming hope of Israel. 

While it is true in a general way that the terms, 
the Anointed, the Messiah, and the Christ, all have the 
same signification, il is hut natural that English-speak- 
ing people could catch from the Anointed a clearer 
mental perception of what is meant by these respective 
designations. Through long usage and past teachings 
we were led to associate the titles, the Messiah and the 
Christ, as pertaining to and associated with but one 
man; and that one man the human personality of Jesus 
of Nazareth. 

As we proceed it will be made clear to all readers 
that the human mind invariably reverses Truth. It is 
to be hoped that the reader will be enabled to mentally 
see that the human personality of the man Jesus of 
Nazareth is not to be considered as the Christ. 

Daniel speaks of the Anointed, the Messiah or the 
Christ in his prophecy relating to the coming or pres- 
ence of the Christ. 



Daniel IN. 25 Know therefore and understand, that 
from the going forth of the commandment to restore 
and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince 



40 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 

Shall be seven weeks, and three score and two weeks: 

the street shall be buiH again, and the wall, even in 
troublous limes. 

The Hebrew mashiyach, here translated Messiah, 
means, a consenaied individual; as a king, priest or 
saint. Specifically il refers to the Anointed, the Mes- 
siah or the Christ The term or title Messiah is de- 
rived from the Hebrew mashach . meaning to rub or 
anoint with oil. The title Messiah means, the anointed 
or the anointed one. In its primitive sense the title, 
the Messiah, or its English equivalent, the Anointed 
One, or the < 5 reek equivalent, the Christ, is applicable 
to any individual man or woman who has been anointed 
from the fad that thev were anointed or consecrated 
to God, or to God's service; that is, they were set apart 
to (lod by the ceremony of the application of an oil of 
a peculiar composition, the use of which for any com- 
mon purpose was expressly forbidden. 

The world is now fast learning that all the rites and 
ceremonies outlined in the Mosaic dispensation in con- 
nection with Cunls chosen people were but types and 
shadows of something else which was to be manifested, 
revealed or unveiled to the comprehension of men in 
its fullness at some later season which had been pre- 
determined in divine Mind. 

While the Christ is not divided, we must remember 
that every man. woman, and child is a branch of the 
main vine. We must also remember that the vine is 
a symbol of the Christ. The Scriptures tell us: 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 41 

remiah II. 21 Yei I had planted thee a noble 

vine, wholly a right seed: how then art thou turned 
into the degenerate plant of a Btrange vine unto me? 

The "man" God created male and female in His own 

image and likeness "in the beginning/' is tin 1 vine here 
referred to which is the symbol or emblem of the Christ. 

The term man is here used in its generic sense, and 
means and includes all of God's family of sons and 
daughters. This rare or family includes every man, 
woman, and child who has ever lived, or ever will live 
on the earth. 

This race or family of man of God's planting is 
perfect as all of God's creations are perfect, sinless, 
and pure. This race or family are the nobility, 
the kings and queens of the earth which are here sym- 
bolized by a ;i noble vine." This noble vine is the vine 
referred to by Jesus when he said to his disciples: 

John XV. 4 Abide in me, and I in you. As the 
branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in 
the vine; no more can ye, except ye abide in me. 

5 I am the vine ye are the branches : He that 
abideth in me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth 
much fruit: for without me ye can do nothing. 

6 If a man abide not in me, he is cast forth as a 
branch, and is withered; and men gather them, and 
cast them into the fire, and they are burned. 

7 If ye abide in me, and my words abide in you, ye 
shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you. 



42 Till; GOLDEN HOPES OF IflBN. 

The Greek meno, here translated abideth, means 
to stay, remain or continue in a given place, state or 
condition. 

1 1 will be clearly shown thai God created "man" in 
"the beginning" a spiritual man, who lived in a spir- 
itual world. This spiritual "man" race, or family, was 
perfect, complete, entire, wanting nothing. This race, 
or family, is the noble vine, the Chrisl of God's planting. 

Then, in the allegore or Cable of what portends to 
be a second account of creation which is a "similitude" 
of Adam's transgression, we are told in symbol lan- 
guage how ii was thai in the garden of Eden we be- 
came changed from a noble vine and seemingly turned 
unto a degenerate planl of a strange vine onto God Who 
only planted the original vine which is the Christ, the 
••man" of God's creating in the beginning. 

As has been stated, the "man" race or family of 
God's creating was, and is now, a spiritual man, having 
nothing of a material nature in his make up. In the 
garden of Eden this "man" who was made perfect, com- 
plete, entire, wanting nothing, acquired or gained pos- 
session of in some way a material body and a material 
mind. This acquired belief that we have a material 
body and mind; the belief that we live in a material 
world righl now is but a delusion of our own self- 
created, sensual or mortal mind. This sensual or mor- 
tal mind, which is but a false slate of consciousness, 
we must overcome, subdue, trample down, destroy or 

obliterate. Jus1 as fast as we do this, little by 

little, we arc restored or brought back to our original 
and better spiritual stale. Little by little we awake 



Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 43 

From the Adam dream of life in a material state, and 
at lasi will find ourselves in heaven jusl where God 
placed us in the beginning when he created us. Evi- 
dence after evidence will be presented as briefly as pps 
sible to prove conclusively in any and every nnpreju 

diced reader thai this is llie I rue import of (lie teachings 

of Jesus the ( !hrist. 

The writer does not claim to be inspired or infallible. 
The subject is a vast one, and all thai is hoped or 
asked is that t he reader will not he loo swift in con 
eluding that the writer is in error. "Search and ye 
shall find." I>o nol be hasty in forming judgment. A 
just judge does not make or form a decision until after 
he has heard the evidence. Bead the evidence through, 
then review the whole case by re-reading this little hook. 
Ir is to be earnestly hoped that evvvx reader will then 
be under the influence of divine Mind, and empowered 
thereby to render righteous judgment. Some seem- 
ingly harsh things are said herein, but all thought ex- 
pressed is impersonal. It is the earnest desire of the 
writer to bear witness to Truth. To do this effectually, 
it is sometimes necessary to show the falsity of error. 
To do all this in a way that will hold the interest and 
attention of the reader to the end in a subject which 
is so dry and dull as the spiritual side of religion is 
commonly supposed to be, requires brevity, or the 
reader will throw the book aside and thus defeat the 
object for which it is written. 

'•The time is fulfilled and the kingdom of God is at 
hand: repent ye, and believe the gospel." A correct 



44 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

translation of the words of Jesus on this occasion reads 

as follows: 

"The time has been completed and the kingly domin- 
ion of God has coino near; reform and believe in the 
good news I or glad tidings)." 

The Greek basileia, here translated kingdom, 
means, kingly dominion. Basileia here refers to the 
individual to whom the title and honor of king belongs, 
as well as the dominion, realm, or jurisdiction over 
which the king has rule, power, or dominion. Tin 1 ter- 
mination (Jom in kingdom is used to denote jurisdic- 
tion, rule, or authority; as earldom means the jurisdic- 
tion of an earl. Dominion has the sense of lordship, 
rule, power, or authority as well as referring to the 
country or persons governed. 

Dominion, as has been stated, is from dominium, a 
term in the old Roman law used to signify ownership 
of a thing as opposed to a mere life interest. The Latin 
dominus means a lord or master. Here is where these 
titles originated which were and are now applied to 
Jesus. A domain is what one is lord or master over. 
Jesus the Christ, or Christ Jesus, represents the "man" 
race or family of God's sons and daughters who were 
given dominion over the earth and told to subdue it. 
This is the kingdom, realm, estate, principality, or 
kingly dominion over which "man" in a generic 
sense, was given dominion as a free gift by his heavenly 
Father. This gifl is not simply lor what we call our 
natural lite to be terminated at what mankind calls 
death, bul is t<» continue as long as God lives, for 
•'man" is God's image and likeness and possesses im- 
mortal lite. 



THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN, 45 

juratively, realm means a region, a sphere, a <1<> 
main. This is the realm referred to by President Eliot 

6f Harvard : 

"Truth and right are above utility in all realms of 

thought and action." 

It was this idea of domain from which originated 
the phrase, "Eight of eminent domain." 

Longfellow had the correct thought of all this matter 
of dominion and domain when he wrote: 

••All these must first he trampled down 
Beneath our feet, if we would gain 
In the bright fields of fair renown 
The right of eminent domain." 

A domain is the land or territory about or around 
the mansion house of a lord, and in his immediate occu- 
pancy. This was the mansion Jesus referred to when 
he said, "In my Father's house are manv mansions." 
A mansion or house is a place of residence, a dwelling 
place, an abiding place, and is also referred to in 
Scripture as "the secret place of the Most High." Jesus 
here used the word mansion as the symbol of a state 
or condition of mind or consciousness. The Bible recog- 
nizes two states of mind or consciousness. One state 
constitutes heaven, the other hell. The first state of 
mind or consciousness is to be spiritually minded. This 
state of mind by harmony or unity with God the Scrip- 
tures tell us "is life and peace." To be in this state 
of mind or condition of consciousness in all its fullness 
or completeness is to be in perfect peace and tranquility 



46 Till: GOLDEN BOPE8 OF MEN. 

of mind or consciousness, and this constitutes harmony 

or heaven. 

one day the Pharisees, who were unfriendly to Jesus. 
demanded of him to know as to when this kingly domin- 
ion of God he was talking SO much about would conic: 
JesUfi answered them : 

Luke XVII. 20, 21 The kingdom of God cometh not 
with observation, neither shall they say Lo! here or Lo 
there! for behold the kingdom of God is within you. 

This verse is one of the most important in the Bible, 
and when correctly translated reads as follows: 

The kingly dominion of God comes not with ocular 
evidence, nor shall they say. Behold here! or there! for, 
behold the kingly dominion of God is within you. 

The Greek here reads l\a basileia Inn theou. Basileia 

here refers to the person to whom the title and honor 
of king belonged, rather than to liis dominion, territory, 

domain, or jurisdiction. The true or correct transla- 
tion of this verse has never before been presented. Dr. 
A. (lark understood ii as relating to the Christ or the 
Messiah, for in commenting on these words he states: 

"Perhaps those Pharisees thought Messiah was kept 

secret, in some private place, known only to some of 
their rulers: and that by and by he would he proclaimed 
in a similar w ay to that in which Joasfa was by Jehoiada 
the priest." i See the account in 2 Thron. 23: 1-11.) 
Clark could not comprehend the true meaning of 
these words of .Jesus, doubtless hecause he, like everv 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 47 

other man of his dav and time, entertained the idea 
which is still largely prevalent in the so-called Chris 
tianieed world thai Jesus was a God, or, rather, was 
God Himself present on the earth Inhuman form. Upon 
this false conception of the Christ, the Son of God, 
combined with a system of theological belief formulated 

upon the erroneous conception that the second or ma- 
terial account of creation is the true account of crea- 
tion— upon this system of erroneous beliefs which are 
all contrary to the teachings of the Bible, the great 
majority of professed Christians in the world are to- 
day basing their hope of heaven. 

According to the Bible, Jesus made no distinction 
between the kingly dominion of God and the kingly 
dominion of heaven. In Mark it is written as has been 
stated that his first public utterance was: 

Mark I. 15 The time is fulfilled and the kingdom 
of God is at hand; Repent ye, and believe the gospel. 

A correct translation reads: 

The time has been completed, and the kingly domin- 
ion of God has come near; reform and believe in the 
good news. 

Matthew states that the first public proclamation of 
Jesus reads: 

Matthew IV. 17 Repent; for the kingdom of heaven 
is at hand. 

A correct translation reads : 

Reform; for the kingly dominion of the heavens has 
come near. 



18 THE GOLDEM HOPES OF MEN. 

S<» \\( see thai the Holy Spirit, when it directed 
both Matthew and Mark, made do difference or dis- 
tinction between the kingly dominion of God and the 
kingly dominion of heaven, -ions told the Pharisees 

who hated him thai the kingly dominion of God was 
within them. Consequently, the kingly dominion of 
heaven is also within all men who are in the right slate 
or condition of mind or consciousness by being at per- 
fecl peace and harmony with ( lod. 

Doubtless everybody agrees thai heaven is where God 
is, and as God is everywhere, all this teaching regard- 
ing "going to heaven" musl be wrong somewhere. The 
professed church of Chrisl has labored for centuries to 
gel men into heaven, bul Jesus did not seem to under- 
stand that to be the mission of the good news or glad 
tidings, Tor he devoted all Ids time and attention to 
gel ting heaven into men. 

The Greew word basileia, occurs more than one hun- 
dred and fifty times in the New Testament, and at all 
times it is translated kingdom in the King James Ver- 
sion, when in most instances the proper translation is, 
kingly dominion. The Greek word had two meanings 
with the Greeks. One meant kingly dominion in the 
sense of having kingly, regal, or sovereign rule. The 
<»ther meaning was kingdom, and this sense related 
more particularly to the country or territory which 
was under the dominion of a king or a lord. 

Jesus used the word basiieia far oftener in the sense 

of kingly dominion than in that of kingdom, as he 
talked far more about the kingly dominion belonging 
to man than he did about the earth which is the king- 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF KEN. 48 

dom, realm, principality, or territory over which man 
was given dominion by his heavenly Father, 

Jesus taught his disciples to pray, according to a 
correct I ranslation <>f his wordf 

Matthetc VL 9 Onr Father who art in the heaven, 
hallowed be thy name: Lei thy kingly dominion appear; 
Lei thy will be done on earth in like manner as in 

heaven. 



So we see that this kingly dominion was to be real 
i/ed and enjoyed by men right here OH the earth, as 
Jesus would certainly not teaeh us to pray Tor any- 
thing which was not attainable. 

The word, gospel, comes to us from the Anglo-Saxon 
godspel or godspell, and originally meant good spell. 
good story, good news, or tidings. The kingly dominion 
of God or the kingly dominion of heaven was the good 
news; the glad tidings which Jesus was commissioned 
by God to proclaim. This news was good news because 
it was intended by God for the salvation of all men. 
It was not the personal man Jesus who was to save 
men : it was the good news he proclaimed to teach men 
how to regain for themselves the kingly dominion of 
(iod which God had bestowed upon them when He cre- 
ated th cm in the beginning and gave them dominion 
over all the earth or w r orld. This God-given dominion 
was the kingly dominion about which Jesus preached 
in his first sermon to the world, and which was the 
principal subject of his preaching during all his earthly 
ministry. 
4 



50 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

Jesus kepi telling people during all his ministry not 
to place any confidence In his personality; kept telling 
diem that it was not within his personal power to save 
anyone: kepi telling them thai <>f his own self be could 
<lo nothing; thai all power came from the Father, and 
to Him all honor and glory belonged. But in direct 
violation of these oft-expressed wishes, warnings, and 
commands, the professed church of Christ has built 
up a system of theology i'or its government based on 
the idea that Jesus of Nazareth was God present in 
the world in human form, and all those who accept 
this teaching, whether they know it or not, are wor- 
shiping the personality of the creature or man Jesus 
instead of God his Creator. 

The active public ministry of Jesus is thought to 
have continued for something over three years, and 
during this time he went about doing good and preach- 
ing the kingly dominion of God. By so doing he ful- 
filled all the prophecies relating to the Messiah, or 
the Christ, in a way that was God's plan for the salva- 
tion of all men by revealing or removing the veil from 
the comprehension of men, so that they can spiritually 
see or comprehend the Son of God which is within 
themselves. 

It was only those who accepted, and in some measure 
comprehended the i cachings of Jesus who were enabled 
to enter tin 1 kingly dominion of God of which Jesus 
preached so earnestly by being made to realize by the 
unveiling of their mentality that they were children or 
BOnfl of God. This tact is as true todav as it was then. 



THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 51 

Religion is specifically a particular kind of faith and 
practice entertained and practiced by its devotees or 
adherents. Some kind or Form of religion is believed 

in hv every man and woman in the world, and these 
religions beliefs range all the way from the belief in 
and practice of tin* pnre spiritual truth taughl by Jesus 
the Christ, down to the belief In and practice of the 
darkest forms of superstititon. 

The term religion is from the Latin religiOy meaning 
to hind back; to rebind or reunite. Hence, we see thai 
the religion preached and practiced by Jesus the Christ 
was intended to reunite man to God. To bring men 
hark to their Father's house from which they had wan- 
dered. Nearly all Christians remember the old song, 

"Blesl he the tie that hinds." 

In Christian lands we usually understand religion 
to refer to the belief and practice of the system of 
teaching, commands, and precepts taught and prac- 
ticed by Jesus the Christ. We also understand that any 
church or denomination which professes to be Christian, 
and does not adhere to and practice the pure spiritual 
religion taughl by -Jesus the Christ is an apostate 
church. That is to say, such church is a deserter from 
the faith which was once delivered to the saints, because 
such church or denomination abandoned, forsook or fell 
away from belief in and practice of the principles 
taught and practiced by Jesus the Christ. 

The fact that according to prophecy at the coming 
or presence of the Messiah or the Christ, a spiritual 
kingdom was to be built up instead of a material king- 
dom was almost entirely overlooked hv the leaders of 



52 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

God's chosen people. They looked for a temporal or 
material king or prince, h is also doubtless true thai 
the coming or presence of the Messiah or the Chrisl 
was associated in the minds of nearly all Jewish people 
with the idea of the coming or presence of some one 
man who would, by his anointing, be empowered by 
God to overcome all earthly opposition, and enable him 
to set up an earthly or material kingdom thai was to 
extend all over the earth and never be destroyed. 

The professed churcb of Chrisl a1 presenl very gen- 
erally sees thai Jesus was commissioned to sel up a 
spiritual and not a material kingdom. But it is a 
strange fad that the popular branches of the professed 
church of Christ are all now so dominated or beclouded 
with the old Judiastic idea that the Christ is a per- 
sonality and is confined to one person or man that it 
is almost impossible to lift the veil of error from them 
and make these well-meaning people mentally see thai 
Jesus of Nazareth was the man raised up by God to 
fulfill His plan by making plain to the comprehension 
of men the great central truth of the Bible. The truth 
that we are all God's children, made in His own image 
and likeness, and entitled as Sons of God to kingly 
dominion over everything earthly or material. This is 
why the kingly dominion, and how all men could attain 
it for themselves, was the principal theme upon which 
Jesus preached during all his ministry. 

•losus of Nazareth was commissioned by God to make 
the Son of God plain to the comprehension of men 
on the earth. After he had finished the work which 
God had outlined in the Scriptures Tor him to do as 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 58 

the Son of man, be rose to the fullness of his divine 
nature. 

When Jesus made his final demonstration known as 
the ascension, he disunited all Connection with material 
things, and thus disappeared to mortal Or physical 
view, and rose to his primitive estate, the eternal Son 
..I God. 

The true import of the teachings of Jesus in regard 

to the Anointed, the Messiah, the Christ, the Son of 
God, were bul faintly comprehended even by the apos- 
tles during his earthly career. He taught and demon- 
si rated the saving power of the Christ, the Son of God. 

lie blazed the straight and narrow way by which all 
men can be saved and begin to enter the kingly domin- 
ion of heaven right here and now. He manifested the 
Christ as plain to the comprehension of men as was 
possible in the material age in which he lived. 

It has doubtless been a question in the minds of 
many why the Christ was not revealed sooner. In the 
light of the experience the world has passed through 
during the past nineteen hundred years, it must now r 
be plain to all that God caused the Christ to be revealed 
as soon as it was possible for men to comprehend the 
true meaning of the Son of God. In fact, there are mil- 
lions of professed Christians today who have very 
vague, if not erroneous mental views of where the Son 
of God is to be found. 

The knowledge of the great fact that every man 
woman, and child in the world was a child of God and 
entitled to kinglv dominion over all earthlv or material 
things was the good news Jesus heralded to the world. 



54 Till; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

He was endowed with t lie Holy Spirit without meas- 
ure, and be tried to make clear to men by precept and 
by demonstration the great value to them of this kingly 
dominion in their daily lives, as h would bring to them 
health Of body, and peace and comfort of mind under 
all conditions of life. 

The secret or mystery that Jesus tried to make plain 
to the world is that the Christ, the Son of God which 
is within you is your hope of glory, and to him belongs 
by right of God's gift the kingly dominion over all the 
earth. 

Paul shows us the mental condition of men in all 
ages, past, present, and future, who w T ill not admit 
Truth which enables them to comprehend that the 
Christ is the image of God within them. 

2 Corinthians IV. 3 But if our gospel be hid, it is 
hid to them that are lost: 

[ In whom the god of this world hath blinded the 
minds of them which believe not, lest the light of the 
glorious gospel of Christ, who is the image of God, 
should shine unto them. 

The American Version reads: 

2 Corinthians IV. -\ And even if our gospel is veiled, 

it is veiled in them thai perish : 

l In whom the god of this world hath blinded the 
minds of the unbelieving that the light of the gospel of 
tin 1 glory of Christ, who is the image of God, should not 

dawn upon them. 



Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 55 

Throughout the New Testamenl the term, the Christ, 
is constantly applied; at flrsl with the article as a title 

id the Anointed One, i mi i later the article is omitted 
in some instances, and the term -Jesus Chrisl or Christ 
Jesus is seemingly used as a proper name; l>nt in a 
general way the correct translation of the Greek text 
is Jesus die Christ, Jesus the Messiah, or .Jesus the 
Anointed, or Anointed One. 

This seeming change in the Greek text of the New 
Testament from the consideration of the personal man 
Jesus of Nazareth as the official representative of the 
long-expected Messiah or the Christ, to his being con- 
sidered and spoken of simply as Messiah or Christ is 
clearly explained by Paul in these words: 

2 Corinthians V. 10 Wherefore henceforth know we 
no man after the flesh: yea, though we have known 
Christ after the flesh, yet now henceforth know we him 
no more. 

The Greek %arx } here translated flesh, means and 
has reference to and includes the whole animal, phys 
ical or natural man. It means and refers to the cor- 
poral or material man as opposed or contrasted with 
the spiritual or inner man. A translation which ex- 
presses the true meaning of this verse in modern Eng- 
lish reads as follows : 

16 So that from this time we recognize no one by 
image or likeness in accordance with the material man ; 
and even if we recognized the Christ in accordance with 
the material man, we now no longer so regard hint. 



56 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

The Bible beaches and the early Christians under- 
stood and spoke of the divine nature of JeSBS as the 
Christ 1 1 was the inner man, the spiritual man, who 
was the Christ, the Son of God, and while they may 
have known Jesus of Nazareth personally, they no 
longer held his material, physical or natural form or 
nature to be of any importance as compared with his 
divine nature or character. We will learn further along 
thai it was the individuality or state of oneness with 
the Rather which the early Christians recognized as 
ihe Christ, and not the personality of the human or 
material man Jesus. 

There come a time in the history of the early church 
when the prediction or prophecy of Jesus was verified, 
thai his followers would turn from the consideration 
of the true Christ or the individuality of the man 
Jesus as the likeness of God, and center their attention, 
regard, and hope of heaven on the human personality 
or the outward or material man. 

Jesus told his disciples in the last hour before he was 
delivered up to the Jews: 

John XVI. :V2 Behold, the hour eometh, yea, is now 
conic, thai ye shall be scattered, every man to his own, 
and shall leave me alone: and yet I am not alone, be- 
cause the Father is with me. 

Jesus here prophecied that the time would come when 
his followers would be scattered, destroyed or dissi- 
pated by dependence upon their own personality, and 
not upon the true Christ who is the image and likeness 
of ( lod within all of God's family or sons and daughters. 



Tin; GOLDEN BOPES <>F MEN. :>7 

This question of human personality which corre- 
sponds to the human or false ego which is the source of 
all inn- self-consciousness is a question which has never 
been understood by the old professed church id' Christ. 

This is the reason why thousands of professed Chris- 
tians are today worshiping the personal or material 
man .Jesus, and cannot understand the true idea of I he 
Christ. 

It is a peculiarity or idiocrasy of ignorance at all 
times and in all ages to deify the personality of human 
beings whom they regard as superior or possessing God- 
like qualities by holding in memory or thought the 
personal or material qualities of form, features or other 
human qualities of the material person. These people 
fail to see that all such worship is simply idolatry or 
idol worship. They fail to see that they have trans- 
ferred their worship from the Creator to the creature, 
and have thus broken the first commandment. If you 
will go into thousands of professed Christian churches 
today, you will see therein images and pictoral repre- 
sentations of a dead Christ hanging on a cross. A dead 
Christ has been preached and held in thought so long 
that if the reader will close his eyes and take a mental 
view of his own idea of the Christ, it is possible that he 
will mentally see a dead human form hanging on a cross. 
There was no power to save in the living physical form 
or personality of the human man Jesus, and there cer- 
tainly is none in his dead physical or human person- 
ality. It is the living, palpitating Christ within you 
which saves, redeems, and gives you dominion over all 



58 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

the earth or earthly things whenever you comprehend 
and comply with the teachings of Jesus. 

When the chief priests and the scribes sent their 
emissaries to catch Jesus in their trap, these spies said 
to him: 

Luke XX. 21 Master, we know that thou sayest and 
readiest rightly, neither acceptest thou the person of 
any, but teachest the way of God truly: 

22 Is it lawful for us to give tribute unto Caesar, or 
no? 

23 But he perceived their craftiness, and said unto 
them, Why tempt ye me? 

24 Shew me a penny. Whose image and superscrip- 
tion hath it? They answered and said, Caesar's. 

25 And he said unto them, Bender therefore unto 
Caesar the things which be Caesar's, and unto God the 
things which be God's. 

The Greek apodidomi, translated render, means to 
restore; to renew or to pay back, in the sense of 
the act of reforming, forming anew, restoration or 
making restitution. We all understand that the in- 
tent of these men was to catch Jesus on one of the two 
horns of a dilemma. To either discredit him with the 
Jews, or to get him into trouble with the Eoman gov- 
ernment. Jesus neatly foiled their efforts, and at the 
same lime taught them a spiritual lesson by calling 
their attention to the great fact that it was their duty 
to restore or render to God the image or likeness of God 
in which they were created in the beginning. He called 
the attention of these men to the image or likeness of 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 59 

Bar which was stamped on the Roman coin which 
be evidently held up in their plain .sight, and then said, 
ording to a correct translation : 
-Restore, then, the things of Caesar to Caesar; and 
the things of God to God." 

Listen to Paul's words relating to his experience at 
the time of his conversion to Christianity: 

Halations 1. 15 But when it pleased God, who sepa- 
rated me from my mother's womb, and called me by his 
grace, 

1(> To reveal his Son in me, that I might preach him 
among the heathen. 

Paul here states that it pleased God to reveal His 
Son in him. The Greek apolcalupto, here translated re- 
veal, means to unveil; that is, to disclose or uncover by 
taking off or away the veil or cover which previously 
prevented the object from being clearly or plainly seen. 
Nothing new is created at the time of this unveiling; 
no change in the object being unveiled is made; the 
veil is simply drawn away and then the object previ- 
ously covered by the veil is clearly seen. 

You remember that at the time of Paul's conversion 
he was very far from being a Christian. He was at 
that lime on his way to Damascus, breathing vengeance 
on the followers of Jesus the Christ when this mental 
revealing, unveiling or uncovering took place. When 
the mist or veil of error was swept back or away. Paul 
spiritually saw the Christ and realized that he, like the 
man Jesus of Nazareth, was a Son of God. 



60 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MKX. 

When Paul stated thai God "revealed (or qb veiled) 
His Son in me," he weU understood thai no change was 
made in the Bon by the unveiling; thai this Son of God 

in him was sinless and pure and needed no regenera- 
tion or new birth, because this Son of God which he 
often referred to as the inner man is created in the 
likeness of God, and must be sinless and pure or lie 
would not be like God or God's likeness. 

Bui who is this Son of God whom God revealed or 
unveiled in Paul? Paul plainly tells us just who is this 
Son of God: 

Galatians I. 11 Bui I certify you, brethren, that the 

gospel which was preached of me is not after man. 

ll* For I neither received it of man, neither was I 
taught it, but by the revelation of Jesus Christ. 

Paul here clearly informs us that Jesus Christ was 
the Son of God revealed or unveiled in him. Not the 
personal, material, fleshly man Jesus Christ, as has been 
explained, bu1 the spiritual or inner man who is created 
in God's image and likeness. 

The Bible gives us full and complete information in 
regard to the Christ, the Son of God, if we choose to 
read it: 

Oolossians I. 12 Giving thanks unto the Father, 
which hath made us meet to be partakers of tin 4 in- 
heritance of the saints in light : 

L3 Who hath delivered us from the power of dark- 
ness, and hath translated US into the kingdom of his 
dear Son : 



TIM: golden bopes OF MEN. 61 

11 in whom we have redemption through his blood, 

the forgiveness of sins : 
IT) Who is the image of the invisible God, the first- 
born of every creature. 

We are here told in the twelfth verse thai we are to 
give thanks to the Father who "made as meet." Made 
t is here used in the sense of fitted as <>r qualified 
ns. Hence, the thoughl expressed is thai the Father 
fitted or qualified as to be partakers of the inheritance 
of the saints of light. A partaker is one who has or 
takes a part or share in common with others. The 
Bible plainly teaches that God is not a respecter of 
persons. So every man and woman in the world is a 
partaker; that is, he or she has or is entitled to an 
equal share or part of the inheritance of the saints of 
light. 

The Greek kleros, here translated inheritance, 
has the sense of being possessed of, or entitled to an 
heirship from an original sense of partitioning; that 
is, the heir receives or is a sharer by lot in a possession 
received by gift or without purchase. 

Now, let us get this matter clear in our mentality 
that God qualified us or made us fit for an equal share 
in the inheritance of a possession, estate, principality 
or a dominion given by God our Father to all his chil- 
dren as a free gift. 

We are qualified for anything whenever the faculties 
we have are trained into an acquaintance with the busi- 
ness or work to be done and into expertness in the mode 
of performing it. * 






62 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

Then in the thirteenth verse, we are told thai the Fa- 
ther delivered those early Christiana From the power or 
dominion of darkness and translated them into the 
kingly dominion of his dear Son. Translated is 
here wsvd in the sense of changed, and the meaning 
of the Greek is thai these ]>eop]e were caused to make 
a change of sid< 

We all understand that to take a side means to em- 
brace the ideas or attach one's self to the interest or 
allegiance of a party, faction or interest when in oppo- 
sition to another. Von will be clearly shown that every 
man has two selves. One, his true self, and the other 
a false self, which is in opposition to the true self. 

SOU will he clearly shown thai the true self, the divine 
ego, is the Christ, 1 lie Son of God. Yon will also be 
clearly shown thai the false self is the false ego, and is 
the devil, the son of perdition or destruction. 

The question each one of us has to settle for our 
selves is which self we will adhere to; which side of 
I he controversy going on in our own consciousness we 
will support and uphold. Whether we will voluntarily 
give our allegiance; that is to say, our loyalty and de- 
votion to the Christ part of our nature, or whether we 
will give our allegiance to the Satan part of our nature. 

The thought Paul expresses is that these early Chris- 
tians, by giving their allegiance to the Christ or God- 
like pari of their nature in place of giving it to the 
l>ower of darkness, which is but another name for the 
devil, they were by so doing translated or changed from 
the dominion of the devil to the kingly dominion of his 
dear Son or the Son of his love, or the Christ. 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 68 

hi the fourteenth verse we are told, in this dear Bon or 

the Christ we have redemption. The Greek upolutmsis, 
here translated redemption, has (lie old English sense 

of riddance; that Is, deliverance or disenctunberance 
from something undesirable: something that oppressed 

and held in bondage. The exact meaning of Paul's 
words is that when we are enjoying the kingly dominion 
which belongs to the Son of God as a free gift from 
God, we are delivered or set free or given freedom from 
any and everything that has a tendency to burden, load 
down or figuratively impede our progress on life's high 
way, or afflict, distress or disturb our peace of either 
body or mind. All these ills being considered the 
works of the devil from whose dominion we have re 
ceived freedom, riddance or deliverance. 

In the fifteenth verse we are told that this dear Son 
of God or the Christ "is the image of the invisible 
God," and we are further informed that this image 
or Son of God is "the firstborn of every creature." 

The Greek ktisis, here translated creature, has the 
sense of primal, original or first creation. Hence, it 
refers to the primal, original or first creation, when 
God created "man" and gave "them" dominion over all 
the earth as a free gift, just as the Bible here teaches. 
This dominion is the kingly dominion Jesus referred 
to when he said that the kingly dominion of God is 
within you. 

"Eepent ye, and believe the gospel." This, accord- 
ing to Mark, was the conclusion of the first sermon 
Jesus ever preached. A correct translation reads : "Ke- 
form, and believe the good news." The Greek metanoeo, 



64 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

here translated repent, means (o have one other in i nil ; 
to have a diffrent mind ; or to make a change of minds. 
• Jesus nsed the Greeh word in exaeily the same sense as 
English-speaking people understand l>\ the word, re- 
form. That is, we must abandon that which is evil, 
corrupt or debasing and return to a former good state 
or way of life. 

This meaning is very clearly expressed in 

Tsaiah LV. 7 Let the wicked forsake his way, and 
the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return 
unto the LORD., and he will have mercy upon him; and 
to our God, for he will abundantly pardon. 

8 For my thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are 
your ways my ways, saith the Lord. 

!) For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so 
are my ways higher than your ways, and my thoughts 
than your thoughts. 

When these words of Isaiah are given careful con- 
sideration, we must conclude that God considers cor- 
rect or true thinking a matter of great importance. 
Further than this, we are given to understand that the 
thoughts which originate in the material or mortal 
minds of men are of no value in comparison with the 
thoughts which emanate from divine Mind; the mind 
Of Ood. 

Bui the important thing to note is that -Jesus advised 
men to have one other mind; to have a different mind 
or to make a change of minds, lie advised men to 
make a change of minds and then believe the good news, 
glad tidings or gospel. And the good news which .Jesus 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 65 

proclaimed was and is thai the kingly dominion of 

God was now al hand. Not some lime, later, bill righl 
note 

When the words of Jesns are correctly translated 
and understood in their true spiritual meaning, it is 
n that no other man ever used words with greater 
scientific accuracy. lie spoke at all times in the abso- 
lute. The statements lie made are complete, positive, 
and unconditional; without restrictions or limitations 
as to time, place or condition. And well could Jesus 
speak in the absolute, for the thought he expressed was 
dictated, transmitted or poured into him by God Him- 
self; the only independent, unrestricted, and perfect 
Being; the only power that is supreme over all and 
above all. The God and Father Paul referred to w T hen 
he said : 

Ephesians IV. 6 One God and Father of all, who is 
above all, and through all, and in you all. 

"The time has been completed and the kingly domin- 
ion of God has come near. Eeform, and believe in the 
good news." This was the entire sermon. You will 
notice that Jesus spoke as a king. He made a simple 
statement of fact; gave a command as to what men 
should do, and then left it to his hearers to study out 
the meaning of his words. Although he taught as one 
having authority, he seldom or never gave extended 
explanation of his words. In this sermon, the com- 
mand of Jesus was, and is today, that we should make 
a chance of minds; we are to do this first, and then 
believe in the good message. 
5 



66 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

The Greek pisteuo, here translated believe, means far 
more than a passive assent of the human mind to an 
acceptance of the truthfulness of the historic narra- 
tive of the Bible and what is called by some people the 
supernatural origin of its teachings. Means more than 
simply a speculative or theoretical belief which ter- 
minates in a contemplative frame of mind with little 
or no inclination to reduce or place the faith or belief 
in practical, everyday working effect Believe, in the 
sense which Jesus used the word, means to have faith 
in or upon; to place full confidence in the truth of the 
statements ; to intrust; that is, to commit all to God 
with perfect assurance in His fidelity and ability to 
fulfill all His promises. 

To have faith in the teachings of God's revealed 
Word, we must first have conviction of the truth of its 
teachings; then place unreserved reliance upon this 
t ruth and be constant in its daily profession and prac- 
tice. 

But what did Jesus mean when he said that we must 
make a change of minds? The Bible recognizes two 
minds, natures or states of consciousness; One is the 
material, sensual or mortal mind, and the other is the 
spiritual or divine Mind. The Mind which was also in 
Christ Jesus. 

As Jesus closed his first sermon without any further 
explanation, we must turn to other parts of the Scrip- 
tures in order to find out exactly why it is so impor- 
tant that we make a change of minds. 

When Jesus sent out the seventy disciples, he told 
them to "heal the sick — and say unto them, the king- 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 67 

(l.uii of God is conic Digh unto you." When these dis 

dples returned and reported their success, ii is stated: 

Luke X. 21 In thai hour Jesus rejoiced in spirit, 
and said, I thank thee, Father, Km-d of heaven and 

earth, that thou hast hid these things from the wise and 
prudent, and hast revealed them unto babes: even so, 
Father; lor so it seemed good in thy sight 

22 All things are delivered to me of my Father: and 
no man knoweth who the Son is, but the Father; and 
who the Father is, but the Son, and he to whom the 
Son will reveal him. 

23 And he turned him unto his disciples, and said 
privately, Blessed are the eyes which see the things 
that ye see: 

24 For I tell you, that many prophets and kings have 
desired to see those things which ye see, and have not 
seen the m ; and to hear those things which ye hear, and 
have not heard them. 

Jesus here states that these things had been hid from 
the wise and prudent. A correct translation reads: 
"The wise and intellectual." 

We will learn that the Bible recognizes tw r o kinds of 
wisdom and two kinds of intelligence: One, human 
wisdom and human intelligence, and the other, divine 
wisdom and intelligence. Human wisdom originates in 
the human intellect, which is that faculty of the human 
mind which receives or comprehends ideas communi- 
cated to it by our five physical senses. True wisdom 
and intelligence only originates in divine Mind; the 
mind of God. This wisdom is communicated to us and 



68 Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

is comprehended by means of onr spiritual faculties of 
perception. Jesus used the word reveal in the sense of 

to unveil; to uncover or disclose as by taking a cover 
or veil oil' or away. 

Jjesns Of Nazareth was the man raised up by Clod and 
commissioned by Him to manifest, reveal or unveil i lie 
s«»n of God to the comprehension of men. To teach 
men by precept and demonstration what was meant by 
and how to attain i'nv themselves the kingly dominion 
of Cod, which JeSUS told them in his first sermon, was 
now at hand. The fact that the kingly dominion over 
all tin 1 earth was now available to all men who would 
repent, reform or make a change of mind and believe 
the good news that it had now come, was the gospel 
which Jesus preached with a force and power that 

has never been equaled. In fact, he executed his com- 
mission by revealing the Messiah, the Christ, the Son 
of God, in such a wonderful manner, and he demon- 
strated the dominion which belongs to every son of 
God in such a grand way that men who had limited 
conceptions of the power of Hod concluded and taught 
to others that Jesus of Nazareth was God Himself in 
human form. 

As Jesus considered it so very important that we 
make a change of mind and have the true mind or the 
mind of Truth, the subject of Mind will be considered 

at considerable length in following chapters. It must 
bo very plain to all that if we comply with the teach- 
ings of JeSUS, we must make a change of mind before 
We ran believe the good news or enter the kingly domin- 
ion of <iod or the kingly dominion of heaven. 



THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 69 

The first public announcement of Jesus mentioned by 
Luke is when Jesus stood up iu the synagogue al Naza 

reth and read from Isaiah : 

Luke IV. 18 The Spirit of tin* Lord is upon me, 
because be hath anointed me to preach the gospel to 
the poor; he hath senl me to heal the brokenhearted, to 
preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of 

Bight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are 
bruised, 

1!) To preach the acceptable year of the Lord. 

20 And he closed the book, and he gave it again to 
the minister, and sat down. And the eyes of all them 
that were in the synagogue were fastened on him. 

21 And he began to say unto them, This day is this 
scripture fulfilled in your ears. 

The corresponding verses in Isaiah read : 

Isaiah LXI. 1 The Spirit of the Lord God is upon 
me ; because the Lord hath anointed me to preach good 
tidings unto the meek ; he hath sent me to bind up the 
brokenhearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and 
the opening of the prison to them that are bound; 

2 To proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord. 

The Hebrew word translated meek means the same 
as poor in spirit. It properly means depressed in spirit. 
A\ hen we are depressed or poor in spirit, we suffer from 
a sense of sadness; a sense of dejection or dishearten- 
ment, and from lack or poverty of spirit we have little 
courage to fight the battle of life. When we are de- 



70 Till; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

pressed, or poor in spirit, we also suffer in consciously 
from a sense of weakness or fear, and arc easily over- 
come by small obstacles or hindrances which seem to us 
to be mountains in life's pathway. 

Jesus read to the entire world that God had anointed 
him to proclaim glad tidings to all who were depressed 
or poor from a lack of spirit, and he did not here refer 
to material wealth at all. It was (o those in all a.ue^ 
who were cast down, discouraged or disheartened or 
brokenhearted to whom the good news was addressed. 

Jesus also read that he was also to preach or pub- 
lish a deliverance to the captives (of sense). Deliver- 
ance is here used in the Old English meaning of to make 
riddance of; to get rid of; to dispel or drive away, as to 
dispel or drive away clouds, darkness, doubts or fears 
from our mind or consciousness. 

All our troubles, sorrows, and fears are purely men- 
tal, and they arise from our lack or poverty in spiritu- 
ality. This lack arises wholly from our not being in 
attune or harmony with divine Mind. It was the mis- 
sion of Jesus to restore or bring us back into peace and 
harmony with divine Mind, or God. Whenever this is 
accomplished, all our sorrows, doubts, and fears are 
dispelled or driven away like darkness is dispelled by 
the morning sunlight, and we are happy in the sunshine 
of God's protecting care and love. To accomplish all 

this was the mission of the good news, the glad tidings 
or gospel which Jesus proclaimed to the world. This 
gospel was intended to restore (bid's sons and daughters 
back to the happy condition enjoyed when lie blessed 
them in the beginning. This restoration was to com- 



THE GOLDEN ROPES OF MEN. 71 

mence al once, \'ov Jesus s;ii<l, "This day is this scrip 

hire Fulfilled in vmir cars." 

The gospel which heals the brokenhearted and sets 
the captives of sense free; the gospel which drives away 

all Our sorrows, doubts, and fears and brings to OS the 

oil of joy for mourning; the garment of praise for the 

spirit of heaviness -this is the religion which Jesus 

preached, and it is the only religion which is of any 
value to the world today. 

The methods and teachings of Jesns were Tar in ad- 
vance of his time, and like every other true reformer 
he suffered from the hand of violence. The system or 
way of life which .Jesus taught nineteen hundred years 
ago was true then, has been true during all the cen- 
turies, is true now, and will be true forever. It brings 
health of body and mind to all in every walk and sta- 
tion of life, as well as sweet peace and joy and happi- 
ness to all those who understand and obey his words by 
practicing all of his commands in their daily life. 

As a philosopher, no other man ever had the sweep 
and vision of Jesus. As a doer of things, no other man 
has ever approached him in ability. As a teacher and 
as a man he stands preeminent in all the world's his- 
tory. His teachings meet every human need, and now, 
after all the centuries of experience, the principles he 
advocated meet the views of all men who have any love 
for their fellowmen, whether they be followers of Marx, 
Mills, or George. 

The words and deeds of Jesus still live. When spir- 
itually understood and demonstrated in our daily lives, 
they prove now as ever The Golden Hopes of Men. 



OHAPTEB IV. 

WHEN trying a case in any court in the world, it is 
usually considered important that the jury be 
composed of unprejudiced men; it being well understood 
that it is only those who are unbiased in their mental at- 
titude who are in condition to give proper and just con- 
sideration of such evidence as may be presented to 
the court. It is related in Pilgrim's Progress that Chris- 
tian, while passing through Vanity Fair, was arrested 
and taken to jail; being charged with disturbing the 
peace and quietness of Vanity Fair. Christian was 
given a trial before a jury of twelve men. After the 
evidence against Christian had been presented to the 
court, it is stated in Pilgrim's Progress, "then went 
the jury out, whose names were Mr. Blind Man, Mr. No 
Good, Mr. Malice, Mr. Love Lust, Mr. Live Loose, Mr. 
Heady, Mr. High Mind, Mr. Enmity, Mr. Liar, Mr. 
Cruelty, Mr. Hate Light, and Mr. Implacable; who 
every one gave in his private verdict against him among 
themselves. Mr. Blind Man, the foreman, said, 'I can 
clearly see that this man is a heretic'; then said Mr. No 
Good, 'Away with such a fellow from the earth.' 'Aye,' 
said Mr. Malice, 'for I hate the very looks of him.' 
•Then,' said Mr. Love Lust, 'I could never endure him/ 
'Nor I,' said Mr. Live Loose, for he was always con- 
demning my way.' 'Hang him, hang him!' said Mr. 
Beady. 'A sorry scrub/ said Mr. High Blind. 'My heart 
riseth against him/ said Mr. Enmity, 4 He is a rogue,' 
said Mr. Liar. 'Hanging is too good for him,' said Mr. 
(72) 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 73 

Cruelty. 'Le1 as dispatch him out of the w&jf said 
Mr. Bate light Then said Mr. Implacable, 'Mighl I 

have all the world given me, I could not he reconciled 
(o him; therefore, let lis forthwith bring him in guilty 
of death.' And so they did/' 

During the past fifty years, a new system of religious 
teaching has been born to the world, named Christian 
Science, as a result of a revelation made by God to 
Mary Baker Eddy. Christian Science and Mrs. Eddy 
have been repeatedly tried before this same jury dur- 
ing the past forty years for disturbing the peace of 
Vanity Fair, which is still going on. This jury has 
never failed to bring in a verdict of death against both 
of them. 

In order to arrive at any just conclusion in regard to 
the truth or falsity of Christian Science, it is neces- 
sary that we be correctly informed as to wdiat its 
claims are. Then, w T e should consider and weigh the 
evidence upon which these claims are based. In order 
to make certain that some of the claims of Christian 
Science are correctly presented to the Court of public 
opinion, the following quotations are made from 
Science and Health, by Mary Baker Eddy : 

"In the year 1866, I discovered the Christ Science 
or divine laws of Life, Truth, and Love, and named my 
discovery Christian Science. God had been graciously 
preparing me during many years for the reception of 
this final revelation of the absolute, divine Principle of 
scientifice mental healing" (p. 107). 

"For three years after my discovery, I sought the 
solution of this problem of Mind-healing, searched the 



74 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

Scriptures and read little else, kept aloof from society, 
and devoted time and energies to discovering a positive 
rule The search was sweet, ealin, and bonyant with 
hope, not selfish nor depressing. I knew the Principle 
of all harmonious Mind-action to be God, and that cures 
were produced in primitive Christian healing by holy, 
uplifting faith" (p. L09). 

"Late in the nineteenth century, I demonstrated the 
divine rules of Christian Science. They were submitted 
to the broadest, practical test, and everywhere, when 
honestly applied under circumstances where demonstra- 
tion was humanly possible, this Science showed that 
Truth had lost none of its divine and healing efficacy, 
even though centuries had passed away since Jesus 
practiced these rules on the hills of Judea and in the 
valleys of Galilee" (p. 147). 

"Today the healing power of Truth is widely demon- 
strated as an immanent, eternal Science, instead of a 
phenomena] exhibition. Its appearing is the coming 
anew of the gospel of 'on earth peace, good will toward 
men.' This coming, as was promised by the Master, is 
for its establishment as a permanent dispensation 
among men ; but the mission of Christian Science now, 
as in the time of its earlier demonstration, is not pri- 
marily one of physical healing. Now, as then, signs 
and wonders are wrought in the metaphysical healing 
Of physical disease; but these signs are only to demon- 
strate its divine origin — to attest the reality of the 
higher mission of the Christ-power to take away the 
sins of the world" (p. 150). 






THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 75 

When these quotations are read and thoughtfully re- 
read, the reader will begin to realize thai Mrs. Eddy, 
in these plain, calm, exact, and kindly words announced 
to the world positive and emphatic statements, which, 
if true, are the most important that have been made 
to men since the time .Jesus of Nazareth stood on the 
earth. 

On the other hand, it" these statements are not true, 
then, no matter what Mrs. Eddy's motives or desires 
for good may have been, she has been instrumental in 
spreading a delusion over the earth, which directly and 
indirectly has influenced in a large degree the lives and 
conduct of millions of people. In short, Christian 
Science is either one of the greatest blessings, or one 
of the greatest curses that has come to man since the 
foundation of the world. 

When considering the evidence relating to the truth 
or falsity of the claims or statements made by Mrs. 
Eddy, it is useless .to depend upon or take into consid- 
eration any man-made beliefs or human opinions fur- 
ther than to give proper credence to the testimony of 
men and women, whose word and character for truth 
and veracity is held in high regard in their respective 
localities, and who state their own individual experi- 
ence as to results received by them from Christian 
Science teachings and practice. 

The burden of proof, however, must come from the 
Bible. Let it be clearly understood that the revela- 
tions found in God's Word are not to be set aside 
because they may largely differ from the opinions of 
men. 



76 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

God's law as written in the Bible is to be considered 
supreme over and above the opinions of men, no matter 
how eminent these men may be, nor how many millions 
they may he in numbers; "Let God be true though every 
i mortal i man a liar.' ? 

"In the year 18GG, I discovered the Christ Science 
or divine laws of Life, Truth, and Love, and named my 
discovery Christian Science." (Science and Health, p. 
107.) 

The reader will please notice that Mrs. Eddy states 
that she made a discovery. Discover means to uncover; 
that is, to remove the covering; to lay open to view or 
make visible something before unseen or concealed. 
From God's point of view, there is nothing new under 
the sun. Everything has always existed in divine Mind. 
With infinite Mind, there is no beginning or end, for 
everything of God's creation has always been in exist- 
ence. But when we finite creatures obtain the first 
knowledge of anything, we think and say that we have 
made a discovery; so we have from man's point of 
view. 

Columbus discovered America; he did not create or 
make anything by his discovery. The American conti- 
nent was there from the dawn of creation, but it re- 
mained for Columbus to discover or uncover this con- 
tinent and lay the knowledge of its existence open to 
the view of the civilized world. The primary Bible 
meaning of discover has the sense of uncovering or 
bringing to lighl or tearing asunder a covering that 
previously concealed an object from view like a veil, a 
mist or anything before the eyes which obstructs the 






Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 77 

view by shutting off t ho light and thus causes stumb- 
ling. This veil or mis! is understood to be used in a 

figurative way to represent anything which tends to 

blind or darken mental vision, and does not refer at 
all to ocular sight. 

So, we see that Mrs. Eddy did not claim that she 
made or created anything which resulted in Christian 
Science being brought to the world's knowledge. The 
Christ Science, or Christian Science, like the continent 
of America, was there; had been there since the dawn 
of creation, and Mrs. Eddy was the individual selected 
by God to remove the veil or mist-like covering and lay 
the knowledge of Truth open to the view of the w T orld. 
Possibly some people may not believe that God selected 
Mrs. Eddy for this purpose. Unbelief or disbelief 
of anything is the refusal of the mind t o admit 
or credit the truth of the evidence presented. A dis- 
believer has the evidence relating to the matter set be- 
fore him, and to him incurs the responsibility of admit- 
ting this evidence or of setting it aside. Tillston stated 
a fact w T hich should not escape our attention and our 
remembrance when he said: "Our belief or disbelief 
of a thing does not alter the nature of the thing. Truth 
exists. If we deny Truth, we simply support and up- 
hold error in our consciousness." 

According to history, Columbus was put in chains 
because he said he had discovered a new land. The 
same class of disbelievers tried to put chains on Mrs. 
Eddv and Christian Science. 

V 

When considering Bible evidence, it must be remem- 
bered that the Bible is a book of spiritual truths. An 



78 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

hones! effort is made in this hook to show to all 
thai it is the teachings of the Bible, thai spiritual troth 
can only be Been or comprehended by spiritual minded 
people. Bui God has given to every individual some 
degree Of spiritual perception, and if a spiritual truth 
is plainly pointed out, he can then see it. If a small 
pin is dropped on the floor in a room containing a dozen 
pcophs one man may possibly see the pin very 
plainly; it is also possible that the others may look 
sometime without being able to see the pin at all; but 
just as soon as the man who does see the pin points it 
out, the Other eleven can usually see it at once; it will 
then look so plain to them that they may wonder why 
they did not see it before it was pointed out to them. 

It is just this way with the spiritual truths of the 
Bible. It would be very unfortunate, however, if any 
man should be so blinded by prejudice as to refuse to 
acknowledge that he sees the pin after it is plainly 
pointed out; such an unfortunate man is certainly to 
be pitied. 

The Bible teaches that what is commonlv known as 
popular theology has been leading the professed church 
of ( Mi list into error for twelve hundred and sixtv years. 
During all these long years the people have been led 
astray from the truth as it is in Jesus. In consequence, 
the true meaning of the teachings of Jesus was lost to 
the world. The professed church of Chrisl became an 
apostate church, and for twelve hundred and sixty 
years the true Christian faith, the faith which was once 
delivered to the saints, was adulterated, defiled, and 
polluted by man-made beliefs and teachings, and the 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 79 

people were led Into paths of pnrightousness. Then, in 
L866, the time came when God's sanctuary w;is to i>< k 
cleansed and purified, and the people once more led 
by Christ-Truth into the path of righteousness forever 

and forever. 

The author is aware that these are very strong state- 
ments. All that is asked, however, is thai the reader 
will withhold judgment until after the supporting evi- 
dence is presented. The evidence will show that all 
of Mrs. Eddy's statements are true, and no unprejudiced 
man will doubt but what God did commission Mrs. 
Eddy to uncover or reveal the Christ-Truth once more 
to the world by unlocking the spiritual truths of the 
Bible with the key of Science and Health. 

Jesus in his great prophecy gave in a wonderful way 
an outline of the events which would come to pass be- 
fore what is commonly known as the second coming of 
Christ would take place. These words of Jesus have 
been construed in many different ways, and although 
they give very positive information in regard to the 
coming or presence of Christ, the true spiritual mean- 
ing of these w r ords has been little understood from the 
fact that a considerable part of this prophecy has a 
double or triple meaning, which has confused all those 
who failed to see the spiritual meaning of the words. 
We read these words of Jesus: 

Luke XXI. 24 And they shall fall by the edge of 
the sword, and shall be led away captive into all na- 
tions: and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the 
Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled. 



80 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

The Greek pleroo, here translated fulfilled, means, as 
Jesus here used the word, to verify or prove a prophecy 
or prediction to be true by competent evidence. Jesus 
used the word Fulfilled in this instance in just the same 
sense as he did when he told those who came to arrest 
him at the time of the betrayal: 

Mark XIV. 49 I was daily with you in the temple 
teaching, and ye took me not: but the scriptures must 
be fulfilled. 

Jesus, in the words quoted from his prophecy, said, 
"Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles un- 
til the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled." The times 
here mentioned as the times of the Gentiles then relates 
to some i>eriod mentioned in prophecy. It will be 
clearly shown that a tunc is equivalent to 3G0 years; 
but as times is plural, we are not here informed by 
Jesus as to how many times are indicated. As the 
prophecy of Daniel relates so largely to the first and 
second coming of the Christ, we turn to that prophecy 
for information. All Bible students are aware that 
the book of Daniel consists almost entirely of proph- 
ecies relating to the Messiah, the Anointed or the 
Christ In the vear B.C. 55>"\ Daniel received a revela- 
tion, and we read: 

Daniel VII. 7 After this I saw in the night visions, 
and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and 
strong exceedingly: and it had great iron teeth: it 
devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue 
with the feet of it; and it was diverse from all the 
beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns. 



THE GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN. 81 

8 I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up 
among them another little horn, before whom there 
were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: 

and, behold, in this horn Wi re eves like t he eves of man, 

and a month speaking great things. 

!) I beheld till the thrones were easi down, and the 
Ancient of days did sit, whose garment WOS white as 

snow, and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his 
throne was like the fiery flame, and his wheels as burn- 
ing fire. 

10 A fiery stream issued and came forth from be- 
fore him : thousand thousands ministered unto him, and 
ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him : the 
judgment was set, and the books were opened. 

11 I beheld then because of the voice of the great 
words which the horn spake: I beheld even till the 
beast was slain, and his body destroyed, and given to 
the burning flame. 

12 As concerning the rest of the beasts, they had 
their dominion taken away : yet their lives w r ere pro- 
longed for a season and time. 

Two years later, or in B.C. 553, Daniel received an- 
other revelation. Commencing with the ninth verse, 
we read : 

Daniel VIII. 9 And out of one of them came forth 
a little horn, which waxed exceeding great, toward the 
south, and toward the east, and toward the pleasant 
land. 

10 And it w r axed great, even to the host of heaven; 
and it cast dowTi some of the host and of the stars to 
the ground, and stamped upon them. 
6 



82 Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

11 Yea, tie magnified himself even to the prince of 

the host, and by him the daily sacrifice was taken away, 

and the place of his saneluary was cast down. 

12 And an host was given him against the daily 
sacrifice by reason of transgression, and it cast down 
the truth to the ground; and it practised, and pros- 
pered. 

L3 Then I heard one saint speaking, and another 
Bainl said unto that certain saint which spake, How 
long shall he the vision concerning the daily sacrifice, 
and the transgression of desolation, to give both the 
saneluary and the host to be trodden under foot? 

14 And he said unto me, Unto two thousand and 
three hundred days; then shall the sanctuary be 
cleansed. 

The reader's attention is especially called to the 
fourteenth verse, wherein it is stated that at some time 
the sanctuary would be cleansed. 

The Hebrew word tsadaq } translated cleansed, means, 
cleansed, justified, turned to righteousness, or made 
righteous. 

The Hebrew word here translated cleansed is ex- 
actly equivalent in meaning to the Greek word dikaioo, 
which means, to show or regard as innocent, just or 
just i tied, or righteous. The ITebrew and the Greek have 
exactly the same meaning as Jesus had in mind by the 
word righteousness when he said to his disciples: 

Matthew VI. 33 But seek ye first the kingdom of 
Qod and his righteousness J and all these things shall 
be added unto you. 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 83 

The Hebrew won] godesh, translated sanctuary, re- 
fers specifically to the temple a1 Jerusalem and par- 
ticularly the mosl retired or inner pari of it called the 

holy of Holies, in which was kept the ark of the cove- 
nant, and into which no person was permitted to enter 
except (he high priest, and thai only once a year. The 

English word sanctuary comes to us from Latin 
tanctllS, meaning holy or sacred; hence, a sanctuary is 
a holy, sacred or consecrated place or spot. A sanctu- 
ary is not only regarded as a place, hut as a thing 
itself, and is to he regarded as the most holy thing, a 
consecrated thing, a hallowed thing. 

Daniel here tells us that at a certain time in the 
future God's sanctuary is to be cleansed, purified, re- 
garded as innocent, just or righteous or possessed of 
righteousness. The important thing for us just now is 
to find out from Daniels' prophecies as to when God's 
sanctuary was to be cleansed or made righteous. 

It is a fact which is well known to all Bible students 
that all of God's prophecies or revelations contained in 
the Bible are so hidden by God that no man can figure 
out the time of their fulfillment until after the time 
of fulfillment has arrived or passed. Another well 
known fact is that in deciphering prophecies and reve- 
lations in many cases a day is equivalent to a year, also 
a time is equal to 3G0 days; a season is equal to 360 
days; a month is counted as thirty days, and 360 days 
as a year. All these statements can be sustained by 
Bible proof, and we are now in position to determine 
the date or year in w T hich God's sanctuary was to be 
cleansed. 



84 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

Attention has been called to this verse: 

Daniel VII. 12 And as for the rest of the beasts, 
their dominion was taken away; yet their lives were 
prolonged for a season and a time. 

You will notice that a season and a time are men- 
tioned in this verse. 

A season, as has been explained, is 360 years. 

A time, as has been explained, is 3G0 years. 

Hence, the total time indicated here is 720 years. 

The time here indicated by Daniel which would tran- 
spire before God's sanctuary would be cleansed is 720 
years. 

Again we read: 

Daniel VII. 18 But the saints of the most High 
shall take the kingdom, and possess the kingdom for 
ever, even for ever and ever. 

19 Then I would know the truth of the fourth beast, 
which was diverse from all the others, exceeding dread- 
ful, whose teeth iccre of iron, and his nails of brass; 
which devoured, brake in pieces, and stamped the resi- 
due with his feet. 

20 And of the ten horns that tcere in his head, and 
of the other which came up, and before whom three fell ; 
even of that horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake 
very great things, whose look was more stout than his 
fellows. 

21 I beheld, and the same horn made war with the 
saints, and prevailed against them; 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 85 

'2*2 Until the Ancient of days came, and judgment 

was given to the saints of the most High; and the time 
came that the saints possessed the kingdom. 

S,\ Thus he said, The fourth beast shall be the fourth 
kingdom upon earth, which shall be diverse from all 
kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, and shall 
tread it down, and break it in pieces. 

24 And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten 
kings that shall arise: and another shall rise after 
them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he 
shall subdue three kings. 

25 And he shall speak great words against the most 
High, and shall wear out the saints of the most High, 
and think to change times and laws : and they shall be 
given into his hand until a time and times and the di- 
viding of time. 

26 But the judgment shall sit, and they shall take 
away his dominion, to consume and to destroy it unto 
the end. 

In the twenty -fifth verse, we are informed that some 
evil power which is in opposition to the most High 
"shall wear out the saints of the most High, and think 
to change times and laws : and they shall be given unto 
the hand of this evil power until a time and times and 
dividing of time." 

As has been stated a time is 360 years; times being 
plural it must indicate at least two times; a dividing 
of time would be one-half a time. Hence, the time in- 
dicated here would be at least one time plus two times 
plus half a time or three and one-half times, which, mul- 



86 Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

tiplied by 360 equals 1,260 days, equivalent to 1,260 
prophetical years. 
From a number of facts, which will be shown later, 

these 1,260 vears are the times of the Gentiles referred 
to by Jesus when he stated thai Jerusalem was to be 
trodden down by the Gentiles. Jerusalem is here used 
as the Bymbol or spiritual name for God's sanctuary 
that was at one time possessed by the early Christians, 
or the saints of the most High. In the twenty-first 
Verse, it is stated that some evil influence made war 
with the saints and prevailed against them. 

The Chaldee word yekei, here translated prevailed, 

means to gain the mastery over; to overcome by greater 
influence. We are here told by Daniel that some evil 
influence would make war with the saints of the most 
High and overcome or gain the mastery over them. By 
reading the twenty-second verse, we find that this evil 
influence, which we will name error, maintained its 
mastery over the saints until the Ancient of days at 
the day of judgment restored all things, and the time 
came that the saints once more gained possession of the 
kingdom. In the twenty-fifth verse, Daniel repeats this 
same matter in different words, and we are in this 
verse told, as has been shown, that Jerusalem, the spir- 
itual name for God's sanctuary, would be lost to the 
saints for 1,260 years. Then, in the twenty-sixth verse, 
we are told that the judgment should come and the 
power or dominion of this evil influence which had 
overcome tin 1 saints was to be taken away until the end. 
The Chaldee word cowph, here translated end, means 
the termination of time; that is to say, after the evil 



Tin: GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 87 

influence of error was destroyed, the saints wen* to 
obtain and hold the kingdom; or, as Daniel tells as: 

Daniel VII. IS But the saints of the most High shall 
take the kingdom and possess the kingdom for ever, 

even for ever and ever. 

The language used in all prophecies in the Bible is 
highly figurative; but it is very clear that the saints 
of the most High possessed the kingdom and then lost 
it. After a certain number of years, the saints of the 
most High regained possession of the kingdom, which 
they are never to lose possession of again, but are to 
retain possession of the kingdom forever, even forever 
and ever. 

Attention has been called to these words : 

Daniel VIII. 14 And he said unto me unto two 
thousand and three hundred evenings and mornings, 
then shall the sanctuary be cleansed. 

As every day has an evening and a morning, the time 
indicated here would be one-half of 2,300, or 1,150 days, 
or prophetical years, as the time w T hich would elapse 
before the sanctuary would be "cleansed." 

You remember that it w r as shown by Daniel's first 
prophecy that 720 years would elapse before God's 
sanctuary w r ould be cleansed. 

When w r e add these 720 years 

And these 1,150 years 

We have a total of 1,870 years. 



88 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

We find thai it would be L,870 years alter a certain 
date or event to the time when God's sanctuary was to 
be cli ansi d. 

As has been previously stated, Daniel's prophecies 
relate almost entirely to the first and second coming of 

the Christ Prom the accompaning statements con- 
tained in these two respective prophecies, we know that 

the date here found relates to what is commonly known 

as the second coming of the Christ. 

In nearly all Bibles containing references at the top 
Of the reference column is shown the date of the year 
each event took place. An inspection of these dates in 
your Bible will show that Jesus was four years old at 
the time of the commencement of what is now known 
as the Christian era, or Anno Domino. 

There is some dispute over this matter relating to the 
date of the birth of Jesus, but we have agreed to let 
the Bible decide all disputed points. The reader is re- 
quested to get his Bible and turn to Luke 3: 23, and he 
will read, "And Jesus himself began to be about thirty 
years of age/' etc. In the corresponding reference 
column, you will find printed A.D. 26. As Jesus was 
thirty years old in the year Anno Domino 26, he cer- 
tainly was four years old when Anno Domino com- 
menced. 

The first coming of the Christ dated from the birth 
of Jesus when the angels sang "Glory to God in the 
Highest." 

According to Daniel's prophecy, the second coming 
of the Chrisl would he 1,870 years after the birth of 
Jesus. Hence, for us to find the exact date when God's 



Till; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 89 

sanctuary, according to Daniel's prophecies, was to be 

oleansedj justified, purified, <>r made righteous al the 

and coming or presence of Christ, we must Bubtracl 

these tour years from Daniel's L870 years, which gives 

us the dale A.I>. L866, just as God revealed this dale to 
Mrs. Eddy, and this date was written by her in Science 

and Health, as the date of her discovery. 
So it is written : 

"Is it not yet a very little while and Lebanon shall 
be turned into a fruitful field, and the fruitful field 
shall be esteemed as a forest; and in that day shall the 
deaf hear the words of the book, and the eyes of the 
blind shall see out of obscurity and out of darkness. 
The meek also shall increase their joy in Jehovah, and 
the poor among men shall rejoice in the Holy One of 
Israel." (Isaiah 29: 17.) 



CHAPTEB V. 

POPULAB theologyj which today represents the 
scribes and Pharisees of old, led the world into 
error by locking up and darkening the spiritual truths 
of the Bible with their man-made, materialistic beliefs, 

traditions, and practices. 

The whole world, or rather all men in the world, 
were led astray, and the truth as it is in Jesus was lost 
or locked up. This required another revelation from 
God to enable men to comprehend the truth as Jesus 
proclaimed it nineteen hundred years ago. God, in his 
infinite wisdom, chose Mrs. Eddy as the woman to write 
the Christ-Truth once more to the world. She was 
faithful to the trust placed upon her, wrote down the 
revelation vouchsafed to her by God, and named it 
Science and Health with Key to the Scriptures. This 
hook truly proved the key which has once more unlocked 
the spiritual truth of the Bible to the comprehension of 
men. As a result of this regaining of Truth, spiritual 
power lias been regained to the world, and today men 
and women all over the world are doing in a large de- 
gree the same works done by the early church, and are 
now fulfilling these words of Jesus: "He that believeth 
in me, the works that I do shall he do also." 

One plain evidence, which any man in the world can 

Bee with his own physical eyes if he chooses to look, 

which is very convincing that Christian Science is the 

second coming of Christ, is noted in the attitude of the 

(90) 



Tin: GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 91 

Jewish people towards Christian Science. Jesus said in 
his prophecy : 

LuJa XXI. 24 And Jerusalem shall he trodden down 
of the Gentiles until the times of the Gentiles be ful- 
filled. 

The sanctuary or temple of God was to be trodden 
down until the times of the (Jen tiles were fulfilled ; (hen 
this treading down process was to stop; God's sanctu- 
ary was then to be cleansed, purified or made righteous. 
We now know that this cleansing, purifying or making 
Holy took place in A.I). 18GG. We also know that the 
times of the Gentiles lasted 1,260 years. As during these 
1,260 years the professed church of Christ was an apos- 
tate church by subtracting 1260 from 1866, we find that 
the entire professed church of Christ became apostate 
in A.D. 606. 

It is a fact, known to all men, that during all these 
hundreds of years, the Jewish people have maintained 
their own religion, and up to the organization of the 
Christian Science church, no branch of the professed 
Christian church during all these 1,260 years has been 
able to even make a dent in the religious belief of the 
Jews in the way of converting them to the Christian 
religion. That this would take place is prophetically 
stated by Paul : 

Romans XI. 25 For I would not, brethren, that ye 
should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be 
wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is 
happened to Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles 
be come in. 



92 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

26 And so all Israel shall be saved: as it is written, 
There shall come out of Sion the Deliverer, and shall 
turn away ungodliness from Jacob. 

One idea Pail] here brings out is that spiritual blind- 
ness in part had fallen on Israel, and that this 
blindness would continue until the fulness of the Gen- 
tiles had come in; then at the time of the completion 
of the fulness of the Gentiles, a Deliverer was to come 
out of Sion which would turn ungodliness from Jacob. 

As has been stated, all other branches of the pro- 
fessed church of Christ have for centuries tried to con- 
vert the descendants of Jacob over to the Christian 
faith with, very, very little success. If the reader will 
attend any Wednesday evening experience meeting at 
any Christian Science church, in any city in the world 
where Jews reside, he will see a goodly number of the 
descendants of Jacob stand up and hear them pub- 
licly testify as to the great good Christian Science, the 
Deliverer, has brought to them. 

The members of the early church long centuries ago 
plainly saw and deeply regretted that the old church 
was then blinded by their lack of the true knowledge 
of God, and they were all anxious that every member 
of the old church as well as all other men in the world 
should become acquainted with the true teachings of 
Jesus. The members of the last or Christian Science 
church, plainly see and deeply regret that the old 
church is now blinded by their lack of the true knowl- 
edge of God, and they are all anxious that every mem- 
ber of the old church as well as all other men in the 



THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 93 

world should become acquainted with the true teach- 
ings of Jesus. The Christ did not come the first time 
in acordance with the preconceived opinions and tra- 
ditions of the scribes and Pharisees of oldj conse- 
quently they rejected him. The Christ-Truth did do1 
coino the second time in accordance with the precon- 
ceived opinions and traditions of the scribes and 
Pharisees of today: consequently they rejected hint 

God, in the olden time, did not purify His old pro- 
fessed church and incorporate His new church there- 
with. He set up a new church with a new name, which 
was hated by the old. 

God in the present time did not purify His old pro- 
fessed church and incorporate His new church there- 
with. He set up a new church with a new name, which 
is hated by the old. 

In regard to the new name of Christian Science, if 
the reader will turn to Isaiah 62, he will find in that 
chapter an account of the future of the Christian 
Science church ; in the second verse he will read : 

Isaiah LXII. 2 And the Gentiles shall see thy right- 
eousness and all kings thy glory; and thou shalt be 
called by a new name which the mouth of the Lord shall 
name. 

After reading this whole chapter, the reader will then 
begin to understand that Mrs. Eddy was authorized by 
God to rename the church of Christ, and to rename it 
Christian Science. As to the future of the Christian 
Science Church you can read it in the third verse: 



94 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

Isaiah LXII. 2 And the Gentiles shall see thy right- 
eousness, and all kings thy glory: and thon shalt be 
called by a new name, which the month of the Lord 

shall name. 

3 Thou shalt also be a crown of glory in the hand of 
the Lord, and a royal diadem in the hand of thy God. 

The positive evidence, found in the Bible, is so con- 
firmatory of Mrs. Eddy's assertions that she received a 

revelation from God in lSOG, and the evidence is so 
astounding that it may be questioned by some people 
who, while they admit its accuracv, will make an effort 

7 t • 7 

to set it aside as a mere coincidental or accidental cor- 
respondence of numbers. It is well understood in law 
practice that evidence must be given weight and due 
consideration, no matter how improbable it may appear 
if such evidence is supported by further strong evi- 
dence from a different source which completely corro- 
borates the first. 

So let us turn to the Bible again as the only reliable 
source of evidence by which it can be proved that Mrs. 
Eddy did, or did not, receive a revelation from God 
in the year 1866 as she has positively stated. 

It would naturally be expected that facts regarding 
the future of the church of Christ would be found in 
the book of Revelation. There are differences of opinion 
in regard to Revelation, but doubtless a great majority 
of Christian people believe that therein is contained an 
outline of the future history of Christ's church extend- 
ing from the time Revelation was written until what 
is known as the second coming or presence of Christ. 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 95 

Without going into full details, which might be tedious, 
let us briefly look into a few of the facts relating to the 
future of the church ot Christ as they are given by 

John. We road: 

Revelation IV. 1 After this I looked, and, behold, 

a door WOS opened in heaven: and the first voice which 
I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; 
which said. Come up hither, and 1 will shew thee things 
which must be hereafter. 

The Revised Version reads, "come to pass hereafter." 
These words relate to events which "must be hereafter," 
that is, at some time in the future. Revelation was 
written by John in the year A.D. 96. You will find A.D. 
96 printed in your Bible at the top of the reference 
columns all through Revelation. "The things which 
must be hereafter" must then certainly take place after 
the year A.D. 96, as this prophecy w r as not w r ritten until 
that date. 

The reader is doubtless aware that the Bible is an 
Oriental book ; that is, was written in an Oriental lan- 
guage by Oriental people. It abounds in troup and 
metaphor, and its meaning is largely hidden or ex- 
pressed in symbols which, w^hile they may have been 
well understood at that time, are now unknown to the 
vast majority of people. For instance, in Hebrew 
etymology the number 7 signified a large, complete, 
but uncertain and indefinite number. The number 7 
is also used to indicate fullness, completion or perfec- 
tion; seven times, or sevenfold, frequently means com- 
pletely or abundantly. Seventy times seven is an ex- 



96 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

pression denoting a still higher or superlative degree 
of completeness, fullness, perfection, or abundance. 
We read : 

Revelation V. 1 And I saw in i lie right hand of him 

thai sat on the throne a book written within and on the 
backside, sealed with seven seals. 

In the fourth and fifth verses we read: 

4 And I wept much, because no man was found 
worthy to open and to read the book, neither to look 
thereon. 

5 And one of the elders saith unto me, Weep not: be- 
hold, the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David, 
hath prevailed to open the book, and to loose the seven 
seals thereof. 

The name or title, "the Lion of the Tribe of Judah," 
is one of the numerous names used in Scripture to 
desjnn ate or signify the Christ. 

In the next chapter, the Christ is again referred to 
under the title of the Lamb. We read: 

Ri velation VI. 1 And I saw when the Lamb opened 
one of the seals, and I heard, as it were the noise of 
thunder, one of the four beasts saying, Come and see. 

L* And I saw, and behold a white horse: and he that 
sat on him had a bow; and a crown was given unto 
him: and he went forth conquering, and to conquer. 

3 And when he had opened the second seal, I heard 
the second beast say, Come and see. 



Till: GOLDEN SOPE8 OF MEN, 97 

i Ami (here wcni urn another horse thai was red: 
and power was given to him thai sal thereon to take 
peace from the earth, and thai they should kill one an- 
other: and there was given unto him a greal sword. 

B And when lie had opened the third seal, I heard the 
third beasl say, Come and Bee. And I beheld, and lo 
a black horse; and ho that sat on him had a pair of 
balances in his hand. 

(i And I heard a voice in t he midst of the four beasts 
say, A measure of wheat for a penny, and three meas- 
ures of barley for a penny; and see thou hurt not the 
oil and the wine. 

7 And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard 
the voice of the fourth beast say. Come and see. 

8 And T looked, and behold a pale horse: and his 
name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed 
with him. And power was given unto them over the 
fourth part of the earth to kill with sword, and with 
hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the 
earth. 

And when he had opened the first seal, I saw under 
the altar the souls of them that were slain for the word 
of God, and for the testimony which they held: 

10 And they cried with a loud voice, saying, How 
long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and 
avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth? 

11 And white robes were given unto every one of 
them ; and it was said unto them, that they should rest 
yet for a little season, until their fellow-servants also 
and their brethren, that should be killed as they Were, 
should be fulfilled. 

7 



98 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

12 And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, 
and, l<>, there was a greal earthquake; and the sun be- 
came black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became 
as blood; 

L3 And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even 
as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is 
shaken of a mighty wind. 

14 And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is 
rolled together; and every mountain and island were 
moved out of their places. 

L5 And the kings of the earth, and the great men, 
and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty 
men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid them- 
selves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains; 

10 And said to the mountains and rocks. Fall on us, 
and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the 
throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb. 

17 For the great day of his wrath is come; and who 
shall be able to stand? 

We are here told that w T hen the first of these seven 
seals was opened, a white horse went forth, and he 
that sat on him wore a crown and went forth conquer- 
ing and to conquer. These seven seals signify the per- 
U>r] or complete number; the opening of the entire 
seven will fulfill prophecy and complete the time of 
the coming or presence of the Christ. The white color 
of the first horse is the symbol of purity. The bow and 
the crown are emblems of the victory of the church of 
Christ during the time indicated by the first seal. The 
church was triumphant during its first state of exist- 



Tin: GOLDEN HOPKS OF MEN. 99 

ence. Then, in the third and fourth verses, the second 
il is opened and a red horse went forth; red is the 

emblem of bloodshed or war; he who sat on this red 
horse took peace from the earth, and the church of 
Christ, the saints, during this ]>eriod suffered from a 
war of persecution, which is farther symbolised by the 

great sword, and in this persecution many of the saints 
or Christians were destroyed. After the opening of the 
third seal the black horse went forth; black in prophecy 
is the emblem of distress and affliction; the church or 
the saints of the most High are now suffering severe 
distress and affliction from persecution during the 
period of time indicated by the third seal. When the 
fourth seal was opened, a pale horse went forth, and 
we are plainly told that death sat on this horse and 
hell followed. Power was given death and hell over the 
fourth part of the earth to kill the saints with the sw^ord 
and by throwing them to wild beasts. 

Undisputed facts of history state that during several 
hundred years, known in a general way as the early 
persecution of the church, all these and other methods 
were freely employed to obliterate or exterpate the 
true Christian religion. When the fifth seal is opened, 
we are told in the ninth and tenth verses something as 
to the result of this war on the saints of the most High : 

Revelation VI. 9 I saw under the altar the souls of 
them that was slain for the word of God. 

The Greek word psuche, here translated souls, refers 
to and means the sensual or sentient mind, nature or 
principle of man, which corresponds exactly with and 



100 THE GOLDEN TTOPES OF MEN. 

constitutes man's animal, physical, natural or mortal 
mind, nature or governing principle. The Greek word 
tlmsiastcrion, here translated altar, means a place of 
sacrifice. The true meaning of the Greek of this verse 
is that the animal, physical or natural lives, minds or 
natures of these saints was slain or killed, and were 
under the altar as a sacrifice. But every saint was alive 
as they all "cried with a loud voice," etc. 

Jesus taught that God is a God of the living and 
not of the dead, for to God all are alive. He taught to 
the world for all time to come "he that keepeth these 
sayings of mine shall never see death." All the teach- 
ings of Jesus express or imply that man, the true man, 
the spiritual man, the Son of God which is within every 
man and woman is immortal and never dies. It is our 
belief in such a thing as a material or physical man that 
dies. This erroneous, material or mortal belief is dis- 
pelled or destroyed by a knowledge of the truth that 
all which exists in reality right now is spiritual and 
good. 

In the eleventh verse, these saints of the most High 
are told "that they should rest yet for a little season": 

Revelation VI. 11 And white robes were given unto 
every one of them ; and it was said unto them, that they 
should rest yet for a little season. 

A season, you will remember, is 3fi0 years. The saints 
in heaven were to rest 360 years, until their brethren 
were killed; they were to rest until that time was ful- 
filled. The Greek word plcvoo, here translated fulfilled, 
means to verify as a prediction or prophecy. The 



THE GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN, 101 

prophecies were all, at that time, contained in the Old 
Testament, as the New Testament was not yet known, 
and the fulfillment or verification here referred to al- 
luded to a prophecy Of Daniel or some oilier prophetical 
writings. It will be remembered that it was in the 
year A.D. 96 when John wrote Revelation. By adding 
UG years and 360 years together, we have 45G years. We 
have now made progress in the history of the church 
of Christ down to the year A.I). 45G. 

This date of A.D. 45G marks the opening of the sixth 
seal. During the period of time covered by this seal, 
"tne great day of his wrath is come; and who shall be 
able to stand?" 

We read the words of Jesus, which apply to this time 
and the time indicated by the opening of the sixth seal 
and continuing on from the date A.D. 45G : 

Matthew XXIV. 21 For then shall be great tribula- 
tion, such as was not since the beginning of the world 
to this time, no, nor ever shall be. 

22 And except those days should be shortened, there 
should no flesh be saved : but for the elect's sake those 
days shall be shortened. 

The time these words of Jesus apply to the church of 
Christ commences with the opening of the sixth seal. 
From the twelfth to the seventeenth verse of the sixth 
chapter of Revelation, a description of the condition of 
the world is predicted, which secular history verifies by 
showing that it did come to pass. 

Attention has been called to the fact that the words 
of Jesus usually have two and sometimes three mean- 



102 THE QOLDE3 HOPES OF MEN. 

ings. Material minded people deny this, because they 
can see but one of these meanings, and that is the lit- 
eral or material. In consequence of this, these people 
imagine that a good pari of the prophecy of Jesus re- 
lates to the destruction of the material eity of Jerusa- 
lem. It is also true that material minded people have 
no vision; they live and move at all times in a little, 
narrow, contracted, mortal mind. In consequence of 
this, these people have failed to understand that while 
Jesus may have incidentally referred to the destruction 
of the material Jerusalem, his principle meaning refers 
to the destruction of the spiritual Jerusalem which is 
the symbol of the true church of Christ. 

Daniel tells us what would happen to the saints or 
the early Christians during the time "the abomination 
of desolation' mentioned by Jesus was gaining control 
of the church of Christ by the power of the sword : 

Daniel XI. 31 And arms shall stand on his part, and 
they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall 
take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the 
abomination that maketh desolate. 

32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant 
shall he corrupt by flatteries; but the people that do 
know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. 

33 And they that understand among the people shall 
instruct many : yet they shall fall by the sword, and by 
dame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. 

This destruction of the early Christian church by the 
sword and by dame, it will be clearly shown, was com- 
pleted in A.I). 606, The abomination of desolation 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 103 

which finally gained complete possession "of the holy 
place' 1 or the "sanctuary," was se1 ap in A.l). 576, The 
"sanctuary" was polluted by substituting man-made 
materia] teachings in place of the pure spiritual teach- 
ings of Jesus. This materialized condition of the pro 
fesaed church of Christ continued from A.l>. 606 for 
1,260 years, or to A.I). lSt>(> 7 when the "sanctuary" was 

cleansed. 

The Bible tells us a little more about what happened 
to the destroyers of the early church: 

Revelation IX. 3 And there came out of the smoke 
locusts upon the earth; and unto them was given power, 
as the scorpions of the earth have power. 

4 And it was commanded them that they should not 
hurt the grass of the earth, neither any green thing, 
neither any tree; but only those men which have not 
the seal of God in their foreheads. 

5 And to them it was given that they should not kill 
them, but that they should be tormented five months: 
and their torment teas as the torment of a scorpion, 
when he striketh a man. 

G And in those days shall men seek death, and shall 
not find it; and shall desire to die, and death shall flee 
from them. 

In the highly figurative or symbol language of the 
Jews, numbering by months or moons was considered 
as appropriate of or a symbol of the works of evil. 
The moon being the governess of night, and darkness 
being considered the symbol of a covering for evil deeds. 
On the contrary, the sun being the symbol of light, was 



104 THE GULDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

considered the symbol of good deeds, correct thinking 
or righteousness. 

In the fourth verse quoted, it is stated that the scor- 
pion should not hurt; anything except "Those men which 
have not the seal of (jod in their foreheads." This re- 
fers to the people who rejected the true teachings of 
Jesus at the close of the year A.D. 45G. 

In the fifth verse, quoted above, it is stated that the 
scorpion was not to kill these unbelieving people, but 
that they should torment them "live months." You 
remember that in the symbol language of Scripture, a 
month is considered or counted as thirty days; hence, 
the period or season here indicated would be five times 
thirty, or a hundred and fifty days. Counting a year 
for a day, the time here indicated is a hundred and fifty 
years. This added to the 45G years already accounted 
for brings us down in the history of the church to the 
year A.L). GOG. 

The great time of tribulation mentioned by Jesus is 
now in full force : 

Matthew XXIV. 21 For then shall be great tribula- 
tion, such as was not since the beginning of the world 
to this time, no, nor ever shall be. 

22 And except those days should be shortened, there 
should no llesh be saved; but for the elect's sake those 
days shall be shortened. 

23 Then if any man shall say unto you, Lo, here is 
Christ, or l here; believe it not. 

24 For there shall arise false Christs, and false 
prophets, and shall shew great signs and wonders; in- 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 105 

somuch that, it' U were possible, they shall deceive the 

very elect. 

25 Behold, I have told you before. 

Previous to the time indicated by the complete open 

ing of the sixth seal, all the saints of the most Hi^h 
were giveD white robes. (Kevelation 7.) "And God 
shall wipe away all tears from their eyes." And "there- 
fore are they before the throne of God and serve him 
day and night in his temple." 

It would be of interest to follow this matter out in 
detail, but the subject under consideration just at pres- 
ent is to briefly determine as to whether or not Mrs. 
Eddy did or did not receive the revelation from God 
which is now contained in Science and Health. As it 
would take several volumes to present all the evidence, 
simply a few facts are here presented for considera- 
tion. By holding these few facts in memory and read- 
ing the books of Daniel and Kevelation with care, many 
other supporting facts will become plain and clear to 
the comprehension of the reader. 

The scene John is presenting in Kevelation extends 
to what is commonly known as the day of Judgment, 
or the second coming or presence of Christ. Daniel, 
Jesus, and John all prophesized until that season or 
time should arrive, and then — 

Revelation X. 7 But in the davs of the voice of the 
seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mys- 
tery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to 
his servants the prophets. 



106 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

Let us now pass to — 

Revelation XL 1 And there was given me a reed 
like unto a rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and 
measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them 
that worship therein. 

2 But the court which is without the temple leave 
out, and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gen- 
tiles : and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty 
and two months. 

3 And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and 
they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and three- 
score days, clothed in sackcloth. 



It is here stated that those who worship in the tem- 
ple of God were to be measured; apparently this meas- 
urement was to be made to see whether these worship- 
ers came up to a proper standard. But the outside court 
of the temple was not to be measured, as it was given 
to the Gentiles, and they were to tread the holy city 
under foot forty and two months. Forty and two 
months equals 1,260 days; allowing one day for a year, 
we find that the Gentiles were to tread down the holy 
city for 1,200 years. 

Jesus, in his prophecy, stated: 

Luke XXL 24 And they shall fall by the edge of 
the SWOrd, and shall be led away captive into all na- 
tions: and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the 
Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled. 



THE OOLDBH HOPES OF MEN. 107 

The holy city is the symbol name for Jerusalem; 
Jerusalem is the symbol name for the church of Christ 
So we see thai the church of Christ was to be trodden 

down for 1,260 years. In the third verse, John plainly 

slates that the time is 1,260 days, and that (lie Iwo wit- 
nesses were to be clothed in sackcloth. The ancient ex 
pivssioii Ml sackcloth, or in sackcloth and aslus, was 
derived from the Oriental custom of bewailing. It is 
the symbol of great grief and humiliation. In this 
instance it is expressve of the grief over the prediction 
that the church of Christ should be trodden down for 
1,260 years; then, as it has been shown, God's sanctuary 
was to be "cleansed" by the restoration of the pure spir- 
itual teachings of Jesus. 

John himself was one witness to this fact, and doubt- 
less Daniel the other, for in the last chapter of Daniel's 
prophecy we read : 

Daniel XII. 5 Then I Daniel looked, and behold, 
there stood other two, the one on this side of the bank 
of the river, and the other on that side of the bank of 
the river. 

6 And one said to the man clothed in linen, which 
was upon the waters of the river, How long shall it be 
to the end of these wonders? 

7 And I heard the man clothed in linen, w T hich was 
upon the waters of the river, when he held up his right 
hand and his left hand unto heaven, and sware by him 
that liveth for ever that it shall be for a time, times, 
and an half; and when he shall have accomplished to 
scatter the power of the holy people, all these things 
shall be finished. 



108 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

A time, times, and half, as has been previously ex- 
plained, is equal to one time, plus two times, plus half 
a time, or three and one-half times. A time is 360 
years; three and a hall' times would be 1,200 years. 
Daniel here tells us that at the end of 1,260 years, after 
the power of the holy people had been scattered, all of 
Daniel's prophecies relating to the Christ were to be 
finished. That is, they were to be eompleted, fulfilled, 
and ended. As Daniel's prophecies relate to the first 
and second coming of Christ, at the time "all these 
things shall be finished" as predicted by Daniel would 
he tlii^ date of the second coming or presence of Christ. 

Daniel tells us that the power of the holy people 
would be scattered, and that they would be overcome 
for 1,200 years. Then God's sanctuary was to be 
cleansed. 

Jesus said that Jerusalem, the symbol of God's 
church or sanctuary, would be trodden down until the 
times of the Gentiles would be fulfilled, which was 1260 
years. 

John testifies that the holy city, another symbol of 
God's church or sanctuary, Avas to be trodden under 
foot forty-two months, or 1,260 years. 

We find that Daniel, Jesus and John exactly agree. 
By adding A.D. 606 previously obtained to these 1,260 
years, we have the date of A.D. 1866 as the date or time 
at which all the prophecies of Daniel, Jesus, and John 
were to he completed, fulfilled, or ended. It is now 
clear that Mrs. Eddy's statement in regard to the exact 
date she received her revelation is positively and com- 
pletely confirmed by Daniel, Jesus, and John. 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 109 

Againsl the testimony of God's Word, the beliefs, 
opinions, and prejudices of mankind weigh absolutely 
nothing : 

<i<xl Bpeaks through Daniel, saying: 

Daniel VII. 1*7 And the kingdom and dominion, and 

the greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven, 
shall be given to the people of the saints of the most 
High, whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and 
all dominions shall serve and obey him. 

28 Hitherto is the end of the matter. As for me 
Daniel, my cogitations much troubled me, and my 
countenance changed in me: but I kept the matter in 
mv heart. 



CHAPTER VI. 

IN Revelation, chapter 10, we have an account of 
how and why the book named, Science and Health 
with Key to the Scriptures, came into the world. You 
remember what has been previously stated in regard to 
the number seven being the symbol number of perfection 
or completeness; you will also notice that the events 
in this chapter all took place during the period indi- 
cated or covered by the opening of the seventh seal. 

There were seven seals to be opened, and during the 
period of the last or the seventh, all things would be 
completed, finished or brought to perfection. This 
would indicate the second coming of Christ and day of 
judgment, at this time or period. It is also during this 
period that the seventh angel would sound, and all 
things would be finished. We have all heard the tradi- 
tion which is supposed by thousands of people to have 
a Bible foundation that on the day of judgment, the 
Archangel Gabriel would stand on that day, which is 
supposed to be the second coming of Christ — this angel 
would stand with one foot on the sea and the other 
upon the land, and proclaim that time was no more. 
Hundreds of millions of people have been taught to 
believe that at that time, after all mankind had been 
judged and consigned to heaven or hell, that the heavens 
and the earth were to be burned up with fire. 

We read in regard to the seventh angel : 

Revelation X. 1 And I saw another mighty angel 
come dow r n from heaven, clothed with a cloud : and a 

(110) 



THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 111 

rainbow wa% upon his bead, and bis face was as H were 

the sun, and his feel as pillars of fire: 

2 And he had in his hand a little hook open: and he 
set his righl fool upon the sea, and his left foot on the 
earth, 

3 And cried with a loud voice, as token a lion 
roareth: and when he had cried, seven thunders ut- 
tered their voices. 

4 And when the seven thunders had uttered their 
voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from 
heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the 
seven thunders uttered, and write them not. 

5 And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and 
upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven. 

6 And sware by him that liveth for ever and ever, 
who created heaven, and the things that therein are, 
and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the 
sea, and the things which are therein, that there should 
be time no longer: 

7 But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, 
when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God 
should be finished, as he hath declared to his servants 
the prophets. 

8 And the voice which I heard from heaven spake 
unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book 
which is open in the hand of the angel w^hich standeth 
upon the sea and upon the earth. 

And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, 
Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take 
it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but 
it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey. 



112 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

10 And I took the little book out of the angel's hand, 
and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: 
and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter. 

In tlie second verse, we are told that this seventh 
angel who came from heaven had in his hand a little 
hook, and that this book was open. This little book is 
the symbol of, Science and Health with Key to the 
Script urcs, by Mary Baker Eddy, which includes her 
discovery made in A.D. 18G6. 

This seventh angel, which denotes completion, "set 
his right foot upon the sea and his left foot upon the 
earth, and he cried with a loud voice.-' All this agrees 
with the Archangel Gabriel tradition, which seems to 
have been handed down for centuries. Then he lifts 
up his hand and swears by the creator of the heaven 
and the earth "that there should be time no longer," 
but "the mystery of God should be finished." 

Paul tells us : 

1 Timothy III. 16 Without controversy great is the 
mystery of godliness. 

But now the finishing or completion of "this mys- 
tery" is revealed by God to Mary Baker Eddy, and re- 
corded by her in the open book named Science and 
Health. This book is now open to all who wish to know 
about the mystery of godliness. It is supplied with a 
key which unlocks the spiritual truths of God's Word, 
as hundreds of thousands of people have freely testified 
to the world during the past forty years. 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 113 

The Greek word musterion, used by both Paul and 
John, and translated mystery, rHVrs to those who are 
initiated into religions rites in the sense thai this in- 
dividual or these individuals had come to a true knowl- 
edge of the Becrets of the order. The mystery of God, 
then, is a knowledge of Truth as it was possessed by 
the saints of the most High as it was originally tanghl 
by Jesus the Christ. This knowledge which was only 
known to the early saints, as the initiated, was lost to 
the world in A.D. GOG. When this knowledge was re- 
gained through revelation to Mrs. Eddy, then the faith 
or mystery which was once delivered to the saints once 
more becomes known to those who accept the truth of 
God's Word as written in Science and Health. This 
regaining of the spiritual truth which was first taught 
by Jesus the Christ constitutes the second coming or 
presence of the Christ. 

We should never forget that it is the comprehension 
and the putting into, practice of the teachings of Jesus 
the Christ which brings salvation to men. God, the 
Father of all men, dictated this teaching to Jesus for 
that very purpose. There is no question but what Jesus 
tried to teach men that the way of the spiritual life w r as 
the only way which led to true happiness. He tried to 
teach and demonstrate to men by his own life, that the 
only success worth striving for, or having, was only 
to be gained by living a spiritual life right here and 
now. He taught that the only evolution which was of 
any value or service to man was the evolution which 
gradually transformed or changed us from a material 
to a spiritual state of mind or consciousness. Every 
8 



114 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

word and every act of Jesus is in perfect line with this 
thought. This spiritual way, this only road to success 
and permanent happiness originated in divine Mind, 
the mind of God. But the way we have long been 
taught, and the way we have taught our children as 
the proper road to success, was by gaining material 
prosperity for ourselves by the exercise of our own 
strong right arm forced on to victory by the pow r er of 
the human will. 

These two methods are exactly opposite to each other. 
The early Christians tried the way Jesus outlined, and 
they testified that it brought to them peace, joy, and 
true happiness here on earth just as Jesus said it would 
bring. .Man has tried to conquer by following the way 
known as "the strenuous life" for thousands of years, 
but the history of the w T orld plainly show T s that the 
effort to gain peace, joy, happiness, or even permanent 
prosperity by the exercise of the human will has at all 
times and in all ages resulted in a failure. This way, 
this manner of life is a failure, because it is based on 
false principle; this error in the minds of mankind 
must be corrected, and the only way this can be done 
is by our gaining a knowledge of the truth as taught 
by Jesus. Every man in the world who professes to 
be a Christian, must agree that Jesus knew r the truth 
in regard to this matter, and he taught that the spir- 
itual way of life is the only way that peace, joy, com- 
fort, and tranquility of mind can be attained right here 
and now. 

We now come to the part of the teachings of Jesus 
which it is almost impossible to make material minded 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 115 

people, even, know what is meant by reality or truth and 

unreality or error. JeBUfl taught thai the spiritual is 
the only real. He taught that the material, physical, OP 
what we call natural way of life is all an unreality; 
that it is all an illusion or delusion of mind; that 
it is a false state of consciousness which is brought 
about by giving credence to the testimony of our five 
physical senses. He taught that all those who were 
thus deceived by false beliefs; deceived by our own 
false thinking, would some day come to a knowledge 
of the truth ; that is, they would some day come to know 
that the spiritual world is the only world there is now 
in existence or ever has been since the foundation of 
the world. Jesus taught that the material world, the 
world we are made acquainted with by our five material 
or physical senses has no existence now or never had 
any existence in truth or reality; the gaining of a 
knowledge of this truth is what Jesus referred to when 
he said, "Ye shall know the truth and the truth shall 
make you free." 

When you consider all this over carefully, you will 
not be surprised that it is stated in the Bible, "And the 
people were astonished at his doctrine." 

It is possible that the reader may also be astonished 
at the doctrine of Jesus when he comes to know the 
true meaning of the words he proclaimed to the w r orld. 
The writer would say that he studied the Bible at home, 
and listened to preaching in churches of various denom- 
inations for more than fifty years; at the end of that 
time, he discovered by studying Science and Health 
that he knew little, very little, in regard to the true 



116 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

teachings of the Bible, for the reason that he had been 
taught by the leaders of the professed churches of 
Christ to understand the teachings of the Bible from 
a material point of view, which is exactly opposite to 
the spiritual view entertained by Jesus when he pro- 
claimed his words to the world for the salvation of 
all men. 

It then began to be plain why it is that the teachings 
of Jesus have so far failed to bring a full salvation to 
all men in the world. The reason for this failure is 
very simple, and is this : for 1,260 years the true spir- 
itual teachings of Jesus were lost to the world; for 
this reason they were neither preached nor practiced 
during that time; the professed church of Christ be- 
came an apostate church ; the faith which was once de- 
livered to the saints was adulterated by the mixing in 
of material beliefs and practices. 

There is nothing the matter with the Bible; there 
is nothing the matter with the teachings of Jesus. All 
that is needed is that they should be once more under- 
stood and put into practice. To this end God made 
a revelation to Mrs. Eddy; she wrote it down in Science 
and Health with Key to the Scriptures; this key un- 
locks the true spiritual meaning of the Scriptures, just 
as it was intended to do. The spiritual teachings of 
Jesus the Christ at his first coming brought about cer- 
tain results. These spiritual teachings are once more 
understood, and they once more bring about the same 
results; that is why the birth of Christian Science into 
the world is known as the second coming or presence 
of the Christ. 



THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 117 

When reading a book, it is not difficult to correctly 

judge the character and quality of the ideal held in 
thought by its author. This ideal may be of such a 
gross or sensual nature that the reader of the book is 
debased or degraded in life or character by consciously 
or unconsciously imbibing the thought which is re- 
flected by the author. On the contrary, if any author's 
ideal is of a spiritual nature, the reader is consciously 
or unconsciously exalted in character by imbibing and 
assimilating the pure uplifting thought which is re- 
flected by the author's mentality. This desirable effect 
may be of such an intense degree as to bring about a 
permanent effect for good upon the reader's life and 
character that will increase his future happiness, health, 
and real enjoyment of life. 

We see all this exemplified in its fulness by the re- 
sults attained from the study of Science and Health. 
This book was first published in 1875. It is now more 
generally read and studied than any other book ever 
published in the English language, with the exception 
of the Bible. During the past forty years the teach- 
ings of Science and Health have been given earnest 
study and practical day by day trial by tens of thou- 
sands of as intelligent people as live in the w r orld. This 
study and practice of the teachings of Mrs. Eddy has 
resulted in the reformation of thousands and hundreds 
of thousands of people from sinful practices of every 
nature. Xot onlv has Science and Health been instru- 
mental in bringing about all this great good, but hun- 
dreds of thousands of cases of sickness, pain, and suf- 
fering in all its forms have been healed; and now, after 



118 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

all these yean of rigid, impartial testing of her teach- 
ings, {here are hundreds of thousands of earnest, con- 
scientious people scattered all over the civilized world 
who firmly consider Mrs. Eddy by Tar the greatest bene- 
factor of the human race that has stood on the earth 
since the days when Jesus of Nazareth walked over the 
hills and through the valleys of Palestine. 

In the year 1871), the firsl Christian Science church 
was established with a membership of twenty-six per- 
sons, who at once commenced to fulfill to the best o* 
their understanding the positive and repeated com- 
mands of Jesus to all the followers he w r ould ever have 
that they should individually preach the gospel and 
heal the sick. In Science and Health, page 201, it is 
written, "The best sermon ever preached is Truth prac- 
ticed and demonstrated by the destruction of sin, sick- 
ness, and death." 

Christian Science is a world movement, and it is 
today without any flourish of banners or blowing of 
trumpets going quietly about doing a wonderful work 
of healing all over the w T orld; it is daily rescuing men, 
women, and children from sin, depravity, and wretched- 
ness in every walk and condition of life, from the high- 
est to the lowest. It has in thousands of cases made 
the sick well, the impure chaste, the thief honest, the 
drunkard sober, and the indolent industrious. It has 
changed thousands of homes from places of discord and 
unhappiness to homes of harmony and contentment. 

Mrs. Eddy well knew the power which was directing 
and supporting her, when she wrote in Science and 
Health, page 1 1 < > : "No human pen or tongue taught me 



THE GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN. 119 

the Science con mined in this hook, Science and Health; 
and neither tongue nor pen can overthrow ii ; This hook 
may be distorted by shallow criticism or by careless 
or malicious students, and Its ideas may be temporarily 

abused and misrepresented: hnt the Science and Truth 

therein will forever remain to be discerned and demon 

stratedL" 

As one proof of the truth of these words, hundreds 
of thousands of grateful people cheerfully testify in the 
Christian Science Wednesday evening testimonial meet- 
ings as to the peace, joy, and great good that has come 
to them during the past week from the study and daily 
practice of Christian Science teaching. It is not with- 
out some signification that among this great cloud of 
witnesses there are found thousands and thousands 
of people who formerly were highly prized members of 
other churches; these people now stand up in Christian 
Science meetings and freely testify that they had never 
been able to find the true spiritual comfort and conso- 
lation they longed for until they found it in Christian 
Science. 

The Bible teaches that "the fruit of the spirit is Love, 
Joy, Peace, Long-suffering, Gentleness, Goodness, 
Faith, Meekness, and Temperance." Paul testified that 
these were the fruits of the understanding and practice 
of the teachings of Jesus long years ago. Christian 
Science must be in exact line w T ith the teachings of 
Jesus, or it would not happen that in all lands and 
among all classes of people these fruits would be so 
largely produced, as hundreds of thousands of disin- 
terested people so freely testify. It is very plain to 



120 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

these hundreds Of thousands of earnest Christians thai 
any and i'Yrvy professed Christian is tar, very far in- 
deed, from following in the footsteps of the Master who 
denies the possibility of healing by spiritual power. 

They also realize thai if possible, the man is still fur- 
ther from the way outlined by the Master who finds 
it necessary to accompany such denial with words of 
(•ensure or abuse of Mrs. Eddy and those who are today 
by spiritual power lessening the sickness, pain, and 

suffering Of the human race by the practice of the teach- 
- of Jesus. 
The scribes and Pharisees of old objected to Jesus 
and his early followers who were doing these same 

dvcils of kindness, compassion, and love for their 1'ellow- 
men. It is well to remember that when the Pharisees 
of old tried to make the blind man believe that Jesus 
was a sinner, he gave them an answer which called a 
halt to all further verbal argument: u One thing I 
know, that whereas I was blind, now I see." Christian 
Scientists stand in practically the same position today. 
No matter how many modern Pharisees gather around 
and try to convince them that Christian Science is a 
sinner, they earnestly and conscientiously give the same 
repl\ : "(Mie thing 1 know, that whereas I was blind, 
now 1 see." When verbal argument failed to convince 
the blind man that .Jesus was a sinner, those Pharisees 
resorted to physical force, "And they cast him out." If 
any man testifies to having been healed by Christian 
Science in the presence of the Pharisees of today, he 
will find himself figuratively, if not literally, cast out 
of their Synagogue. 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 121 

in order to pnl a rtop to the practice of this healing 
of physical ills by spiritual power, the highest ecclesias 
tical officers of the professed church of Qod caused 
Jesus to be nailed to the cross, and stoned some of his 
followers to death for complying with his command. 
The history of the flrsl forty years of the early Chris- 
tian church has been largely duplicated i>v the treat- 
ment Christian Science received for forty years at the 
hands Of some of the leaders of the later professed 
Church ol' God. Ways and methods have changed, but 
it still remains true that "the carnal mind is enmity 
against Qod. w 

Those who oppose Christian Science and are so firmly 
convinced in their own mind that its teachings are all 
a delusion, should consider these prophetic words of 
Paul in their relation to present-day conditions: 

*2 Timothy III. 1 This know also, that in the last 
days perilous times shall come. 

2 For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covet- 
ous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to par- 
ents, unthankful, unholy. 

3 Without natural affection, truce-breakers, false ac- 
cusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are 
good, 

4 Traitors, heady, highminded, lovers of pleasure 
more than lovers of God; 

5 Having a form of godliness, but denying the power 
thereof: from such turn away. 

These "last days" come as predicted. 



122 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

In the American Version we read : 

Isaiah XXIX. 9 Tarry you and wonder; take your 
pleasure and be blind; they are drunken but noi with 
wine; they Btaggei but not with strong drink. For Je- 
hovah hath poured out upon you the spirit of dec 1 ]) sleep 
and hath closed your eyes the prophets, and your heads, 
the seers hath he covered. And all vision is become 
unto you as the words of a book that is sealed which 
men deliver to one that is learned, saying, Read this I 
pray thee; and he saith, I cannot for it is sealed. 

This exactly describes the condition of popular theo- 
logians at the present hour. The Bible is a sealed book 
to every man in the world who reads it from a material 
or intellectual point of view, and fails to understand 
the spiritual meaning of the words he reads. The whole 
world had arrived at this condition of lack of spiritual 
vision. All eyes were closed and the heads of all seers 
were covered when Science and Health restored to the 
world the Fey which once more unlocked the spiritual 
truths of the Bible. It opened the seal and rendered 
them again available to men. 

A key, in scriptural meaning, is a symbol of author- 
ity or power to explain the law of God; the prophets 
were uiven this authority by the delivery to them of a 
key. 

The entire world can now know that the God of 
heaven gave Mrs. Eddy a key with authority and power 
to restore to the world the spiritual meaning of the 

Bible. When this key unlocked the spiritual truths 
once more to the comprehension of men, the Christ, 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 123 

the Son of God was once more manifested Or made clear 

to the comprehension of men, and the works of the 

devil, which are sin. sickness, pain, and everything 

else which mars the true happiness of men; all these 
works are being destroyed today, just as they were at 
the liist coming of the Christ 

At the beginning of the ministry of Jesus, he gath- 
ered around him a little band of simple-minded men, 
and, day by day, he patiently kept instilling spiritual 
teachings into their dull minds. These teachings were 
but faintly comprehended, as these disciples, like all 
other men at that time, were without much spiritual 
knowledge, which in scripture is symbolized by light, 
and were groping about in material knowledge, which 
is symbolized by darkness. Consequently, the disciples 
not clearly comprehending the real import of the Mas- 
ter's spiritual teaching, kept asking him when he ex- 
pected to set up the kingly dominion that he was pro- 
claiming to the world. 

Doubtless, there are hundreds of thousands of pro- 
fessed Christians today who are so materially minded 
as to suppose that on what is called the day of judg- 
ment, there is to be a great physical demonstration 
and a general resurrection from the dead. These peo- 
ple fail to see or comprehend that whenever they lay 
down their belief and trust in worldly or material 
things, and come to a knowledge of the truth that all 
is spiritual ; come to trust in the God of heaven instead 
of trusting in some material god, then and not until 
then, will the evidence be given them that the king- 
dom of God is within themselves. 



124 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

It has been preached from nearly every pulpit in the 
world for centuries that the material world would some 
day be burned up with fire. It is very generally under- 
stood that this material or natural world will be rolled 
up like a scroll and vanish away; be swept out of exist- 
ence and become an unreality. We have long been 
taught that we live in a material, natural or physical 
world now, and at what is termed death, we are in 
some way, and at some time, to enter what is called a 
supernatural or spiritual world, where God is sup- 
posed to be. Failing to be counted worthy to enter the 
unlocated place called heaven, we are to be delivered 
to a place called hell, which is presided over by a demon 
called Satan and various other titles. Here we are to 
be roasted throughout all eternity because we failed 
to understand, or through human weaknesses inherited 
from a man named Adam, we failed to comply with the 
law of God. The true understanding of the teachings 
and works of Jesus may seem very strange to those who 
have listened all their lives to such erroneous teaching 
as this. 

"Heaven and earth shall pass aw r ay, but my words 
shall not pass away." Jesus spoke these words at the 
close of his prophecy contained in Matthew 24, where 
he depicted events that would transpire up to and in- 
cluding what is commonly known or referred to as the 
end of the world. The meaning or thought Jesus had 
in mind when he said to his disciples that the heavens 
and the earth shall pass away is the belief in each in- 
dividual's physical, sensual or mortal mind that there 
is such a thing in existence as a material, physical or 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 125 

natural creation known as the material heaven and 

earth; that at sonic unknown time thifl belief would be 

figuratively burned up, consumed or destroyed from his 

consciousness by a knowledge of the truth that all is 
spiritual. 

Whenever that time, or more properly speaking, 
whenever that complete change of mind or conscious- 
ness took place, the end of the world, that is to say, 
the end of all worldly or material things, would come 
or be present to that individual. Fire, as relates to the 
burning up of the heaven and earth, is figuratively used 
in Scripture to mean the consuming or separating of 
the parts of a thing, as by fire; literal fire is not meant 
at all; neither has what men call death anything to 
do with the matter of our passing from the material 
to the spiritual world. This transition is purely mental. 
When belief in the reality of matter; the belief in 
the reality of material things had burned out or had 
been destroyed or obliterated by a full knowledge of 
Truth from John's consciousness, he on the Isle of 
Patmos found the words of his beloved Master true, 
which he had heard from his own lips, and then wrote 
these words: "And I saw a new heaven and a new 
earth; for the first heaven and the first earth were 
passed away." 

John had not yet passed through the portals of what 
men call death, but the false knowledge, the wisdom 
of this world, which is the belief in the existence of a 
physical, natural or material world, was burned or oblit- 
erated from his consciousness, and in place of this he 
saw the new or spiritual heaven and earth, just as 



126 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

every other man and woman will see it when they ar- 
rive 1 at the same state <>t* consciousness. This change 
may take place on this side of the river of what men 
call death or on the other side, but it will come to every 
man and woman in the world at some time. 

Bach individual will at some time work out their 
own salvation, and arrive at a state of perfection where 
they will spiritually see the same heaven and the same 
earth which .John saw and described in emblematic 
language in Revelation. 

The Greek telos, which Jesus used, and is translated 
end, was used by him in the sense of haying reached the 
goal; the reaching or arriving at the ultimate point of 
some object or destination at which or toward which 
aims and efforts had been directed. Jesus used the 
word end in exactly the same sense as we mean when 
we say of an individual, k iie gained or reached the end 
or goal he had in view." 

Prom the full meaning of the Greek, as used by Jesus, 
there is no intimation of death or anything disastrous 
or undesirable to take place at the end he mentioned. 
On the contrary, a gratifying conclusion resultant from 
previous efforts is implied. The end or goal Jesus had 
in thought referred to a time or condition in each in- 
dividual's experience or life when they by gradual steps, 
here a little and there a little, were gently led out of 
the belief in things material, until they finally reached 
the end or goal of seeing all things in the clear refulgent 
light of spiritual Truth. As to when this change of 
mind or consciousness may completely take place in the 
individual experience of any man or woman, Jesus said 



Till; GOLDEN BOPES OP MEN. 127 

is unknown to any ami everyone except the Father. 
Speaking in regard to this matter, lie said: 

Matthew XXIV. 36 Bui of thai day and hour 
knoweth no man, do, nol the angels of heaven, bn1 my 
Esther only. 

A correct translation of this verse reads: 

Matthew XXIV. 36 Bu1 no one knows in regard to 
that day and hour; no, not the angels of the heaven nor 

the Son, hut the Father only. 

Paul, speaking on this subject, tells us, according to 
a correct translation: 

1 Corinthians III. 11 For no one can lay another 
foundation distinct from that which is laid, which is 
Jesus the Christ, and if on this foundation any one 
builds gold, silver, costly stones, wood, hay, straw, the 
work of each individual will become plain to the com- 
prehension; for the -day will make it clear; for the 
reason that it is unveiled in fire and so every one's 
work, whatever it is, the same fire will test; if the work 
of any individual remains which he built up, he will 
receive a reward; if the work of any one shall be con- 
sumed, he shall suffer loss. He himself, however, shall 
be saved in that day, but as if by means of fire. ,Do 
you not know that you are a temple of God and the 
Spirit of God dwells in you? 

The thought Paul here expresses is that every indi- 
vidual man, woman or child in the world is God's tern- 



128 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

pie in which God dwells. The consciousness of each 
individual will al some time in the Future be freed from 
all beliefs in everything that is unreal or untrue. This 

individual will then have arrived at the day of judg- 
ment for the reason that lie is mentally free from all 
error; he is, therefore, capable of exercising righteous 
or right thinking judgment. He will have arrived at 
the 1 mental condition or state of consciousness where he 
thinks true thoughts or Truth instead of his former 
untrue thoughts or error. 

The man Jesus of Nazareth; the Son of man, as he 
termed himself, was tempted at all points like as we 
are, and he reached this end or goal; he overcome all 
beliefs in material things at an early period in his life, 
and while he was in the first bloom of manhood, he 
told his disciples when he knew in a few hours he would 
be called to pass through what men called death, "Be 
of good cheer, I have overcome the world." He had 
individually reached the goal or end. He wished to 
cheer his brothers with the good news that it was pos- 
sible for a man, a mere man, as some of our friends 
might phrase it, to subdue or overcome the world right 
here on the earth; and, furthermore that what men 
called death had or has nothing at all to do with this 
matter. If it was not possible for mere man to arrive 
at this same end or goal; reach the same ultimate re- 
sult which Jesus reached, Why is it written? 

I!<nl<it;<>n III. 21 To him that overcometh will I 
grant to sit with me in my throne, even as 1 also over- 
came, and am set down with my Father in his throne. 



THE GOLDEN BOPE6 OF MEN. 129 

Paul had this same goal, end, mark or aim in mind 
when he wrote to the lMiilippinns : 

Philippians 111. L3 Brethren, I count not myself to 
have apprehended: but this one thing / do, forgetting 

those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto 

those things which are before. 

14 I press toward the mark for the prize of the high 
calling of God in Christ Jesus. 

Bnt what did Jesus mean when he told his disciples 
to be of good cheer because he had "overcome the 
world." If it was not possible for these disciples to 
also overcome the world, it would not be of any special 
interest to them. If Jesus of Nazareth, by reason of 
qualities of what is called superhuman power, or power 
which is not possible for other men to attain; if, by 
reason of what popular theology pictures as the divine 
or God-like nature possessed by him alone, Jesus over- 
come the world ; then this overcoming would be of little 
interest to any disciple Jesus would ever have. But, 
on the other hand, if Jesus fought the battle of life just 
as every other man has to fight it; if the Bible is true 
and he was actually "tempted at all points like as we 
are/' and overcome the w r orld under such conditions, 
then it certainly is of great interest to us all. But 
what did Jesus mean or what did he refer to when he 
said he had overcome the world? The word overcome, 
as Jesus used it, means, to subdue, to prevail, to con- 
quer, to gain the victory over, to have dominion over. 

In the first chapter of the Bible, it is written in re- 
gard to God's children : 
9 



130 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

Genesis I. 28 And God blessed them, and God said 
unto them. Be fruitful, and multiply, and replenish the 
earth, and subdue it. 

Do not fail to note that the language here used im- 
plies a command that all of God's children must subdue 
the earth or world: this subduing or overcoming is by 
no means left as a matter of choice if we wish to be 
obedient to God's will and to do those things which 
are pleasing in liis sight 

Jesus of Nazareth, by obedience to his Father's will, 
as here indicated, was enabled to overcome the world; 
that is, to subdue it; he gained or rather retained for 
himself the dominion over all the earth, which is uiven 
as a free gift to all who subdue or overcome the world 
as Jesus their Master and Wayshower did before them. 
Jesus viewed everything from the spiritual or from 
God's point of view. As he viewed everything from 
God's viewpoint, he clearly saw the unreality of all 
things material, or what is commonly called natural, 
physical, or mortal. Here is w r here the difference arises 
in the views of those who adhere to the opposing doc- 
trines or teachings of realism and idealism over which 
the professed church of Christ has differed for cen- 
turies. Idealism teaches that the world or w^orldliness 
will not be destroyed or obliterated by the literal burn- 
ing of what we call the natural or physical world as the 
great majority of professed Christians doubtless be- 
lieve. Those who read the Bible literally or materially 
fail to see that the world or all worldliness or all ma- 
terial beliefs will be destroyed by the gradual destruc- 
tion or obliteration of erroneous beliefs in our indi- 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 131 

vidua! consciousness; the beliefs thai we live in fl 

material world or thai there is any such thing as a 

material world in existence at all. 

This teaching is the Strong meat, as Paul terms it, 
of the religion which Jesus preached for the salvation 
of all men. It is possible and very probable that there 
are today thousands of gray-haired babes in Chrisl who 
can scarcely receive 4 it, for they may be still feeding on 
the milk of the Word. It is also possible that this milk 
has been much adulaterated with materialistic teach- 
ings based on the second account of creation which 
Paul tells us is simply a "silimitude," which is a fable 
or allegory intended to figuratively explain how we, by 
giving credence to the evidence of our five physical 
senses, are persuaded, beguiled or deluded by the ser- 
pent or devil, which is our own material or mortal mind, 
to eat every day and every waking hour of the forbidden 
fruit of belief in a material world. 

All this may be new and strange, if not entirely pre- 
posterous and absurd to many professed Christians, but 
it is the true teachings of God's inspired Word, and the 
true meaning of the words and deeds of Jesus the 
Christ, who founded the Christian religion. 

Popular theology has long taught that we must die 
in order to pass from the material to the spiritual 
world. Jesus told people, "if any man keep my sayings 
he shall never see death." It is now very plain to us 
if we follow the spiritual teachings of our Master, the 
Comforter does come and does lead us into all Truth, 
just as Jesus said. We thus gain knowledge and power 
from God which enables us little by little to overcome 



132 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

our false consciousness or belief that we are living in 
a material world. This overcoming constitutes a resur- 
rection from a material to a spiritual state of existence 
or consciousness. We thus pass from material death 
into spiritual life, and over such, the Bible states, the 
second death hath no power. That we will never see 
or taste death if we faithfully keep the sayings of our 
Master. 

Our false consciousness must be overcome either this 
side of what is called death or on the other side, because 
it must be overcome before we can enter the kingdom 
Of heaven. If overcome on this side, we may fall asleep 
later on, but wo have the word of Jesus, the Christ, 
that we will not be conscious of any undesirable change 
when we cross tin 1 river. 

The Bible plainly tells us that we shall be satisfied 
whenever we awake in God's likeness. We were cre- 
ated in God's likeness, and are still in God's likeness: 
but our mortal or false consciousness; the belief that 
we are living a life in a material world separate and 
apart from God, is the great cause of all our troubles. 

As this belief is overcome, little by little, we grow 
in grace and knowledge of Truth. The pathway shines 
brighter and brighter. First, the blade, then the ear, 
then the full corn in the ear; in this way, the Bible 
teaches, we all can "come in the unity of the faith, and 

of the knowledge of tin 1 Son of God, unto a perfect man, 

unto the measure of the statue of the fulness of Christ." 

Whenever we have entirely overcome our mortal or 

false consciousness; overcome our belief in material 
things, we will And ourselves in perfect happiness, just 
where God placed us in "the beginning." 



CHAPTEB Vll. 

MUCH has been said in regard to t ho evidence 
of our live physical senses being deceptive That 
it is by means of our own brain or intellectual mind, 
which is the product of these senses, that we are con- 
stantly beguiled, deceived, and deluded into believing 
a lie to be the truth. It will now be clearly shown 
that this is the exact teaching of the Bible. 

It may be a surprise to some people to learn that the 
true understanding of God and His creation is not an 
intellectual attainment of the human mind. It may 
also be a surprise to some people to learn that their 
spiritual or God-given faculties of comprehension or 
knowing exist independent of any material, physical 
or corporeal body. That these spiritual faculties are 
at this moment entirely free from any belief in or 
consciousness of having any material existence. 

This may be inferred from the fact that Jesus se- 
lected the twelve apostles from the ranks of unlettered 
men. To these men of lowly rank and station he tried 
to teach spiritual Truth which alone can free men from 
their human intellectual conceptions, beliefs, notions, 
and fears. The beliefs, conceptions, notions, and fears 
which alone bring to the world all sense of sin, sorrow, 
sickness, suffering, and death which mar the happiness 
of mankind. 

The Bible tells us: 

1 Corinthians III. 19 The wisdom of this world is 
foolishness with God. 

(133) 



134 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

The Greek moria, here translated foolishness, means, 
senselessness or absurdity; moria is from moroSj mean- 
ing, st upid, senseless, silly, foolish, or absurd. The 
primary meaning of absurd is deaf, inaudible or in- 
superable to the ear. The original meaning of the verse 
is that God's ear is deaf to the wisdom of this world ; 
that this wisdom is inaudible to Him; that He does 
not hear it at all. God certainly hears and knows all 
things there are in existence, in reality, so the wisdom 
of this world must be nothing; absolutely nothing or 
nothing. That is to say, the wisdom of this world, 
from God's point of view, has no existence at all. This 
wisdom is often referred to in Scripture as vanity, 
which in the Greek means, emptiness, vacuity, or worth - 
lessness. 

The Bible states: 

Kphcsians IV. 17 This I say therefore, and testify 
in the Lord, that ye henceforth walk not as other Gen- 
tiles walk, in the vanity (meaning, emptiness or vacu- 
ity ) of their mind, 

18 Having the understanding darkened, being alien- 
ated (or estranged) from the life of God through the 
ignorance that is in them, because of the blindness of 
their heart (mind). 

In modern use, absurd has the same meaning as silly, 
ridiculous or nonsensical, and refers to that which is in 
opposition or antagonistic to the dictates of common 
sense, which is the plain evidence of our own eyes and 
ears. 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 135 

At another time Paul tells us: 

I Corinthian* 1. IT For Christ sent me not to bap- 
tize, hut to preach the gospel: not with wisdom of 
words, lest the cross of Christ should be made of none 

effect 

IS For the preaching of the cross is to them that 
perish foolishness; but unto us which are saved it is 
the power of God. 

1!) For it is written, I will destroy the wisdom of 
the wise, and will bring to nothing the understanding 
of the prudent. 

20 Where is the wise? where is the scribe? where is 
the disputer of this w T orld? hath not God made foolish 
the wisdom of this w r orld? 

21 For after that in the wisdom of God the world 
by wisdom knew not God, it pleased God by the foolish- 
ness of preaching to save them that believe. 

22 For the Jews require a sign, and the Greeks seek 
after wisdom: 

23 But we preach Christ crucified, unto the Jews a 
stumblingblock, and unto the Greeks foolishness; 

24 But unto them which are called, both Jews and 
Greeks, Christ the power of God, and the wisdom of 
God. 

25 Because the foolishness of God is wiser than men ; 
and the weakness of God is stronger than men. 

26 For ye see your calling, brethren, how that not 
many wise men after the flesh, not many mighty, not 
many noble, are called: 

27 But God hath chosen the foolish things of the 
world to confound the wise; and God hath chosen the 



136 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

weak things of the world to confound the things which 
are mighty; 

28 And base things of the world, and things which 
are despised, hath God chosen, yea, and things which 
are not, to bring to nought things that are: 

29 That no tiesh should glory in his presence. 

Paul here uses the same Greek word moria, meaning, 
nonsensical or an absurdity and is translated, foolish- 
ness. He tells us that the preaching of the cross is an 
absurdity to the perishing; that is, the preaching or 
teaching of the cross is in opposition or antagonistic 
to the plain dictates of common sense. 

Paul gives us to very clearly understand that the 
wisdom of God and the wisdom of this world are di- 
rectly contrary; that they are in exact opposition and 
antagonistic to each other. Whatever God said in the 
Bible was Truth, the wisdom of this world said w r as 
a lie. Whatever the wisdom of this world said was 
the truth, God said in the Bible that it was a lie. 

Now, the only question for us to solve is as to w T hat 
is meant bv "the wisdom of this world." How does this 
wisdom originate; and where does it emanate from? 
The Greek word Sophia, used by Paul and translated 
wisdom, means and refers to two kinds of wisdom. 
Spiritual, divine or heavenly wisdom and also its exact 
opposite which is, material, devilish or hellish wisdom. 
This is just as the Bible states the difference of these 
two kinds of wisdom to be : 

Jatnrs III. 17 But the wisdom that is from above 
is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be in- 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 137 

treated, full of mercy and good fruits, without par- 
tiality, and without hypocrisy. 

The Bible tells us where and how to get a full supply 
of this divine wisdom : 

James I. 5 If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask 
of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth 
not; and it shall be given him. 

(> Hut let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For 
he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with 
the wind and tossed. 

Then the Bible tells us something about the other 
kind of wisdom which is human wisdom or the wisdom 
of this world : 

James III. 13 Who is a wise man and endued with 
knowledge among you? let him shew out of a good 
conversation his works with the meekness of wisdom. 

14 But if ye have bitter envying and strife in your 
hearts, glory not, and lie not against the truth. 

15 This wisdom descendeth not from above, but is 
earthly, sensual, devilish. 

Sensual, as here used, relates to the wisdom of man- 
kind w T hich is derived from the five physical senses. 

It is the teachings of natural science that our five 
physical senses enable us to become acquainted with 
some of the conditions of our bodies, and with certain 
properties and states of external things, such as their 
color, taste, odor, size, form, density, motion, etc. Im- 
pressions are supposed to be transmitted by our nervous 



138 Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

system from our bodies and the external world to our 
sensoriuin or brain. In our brain these impressions are 
transformed into sensations, and from this source alone 
originates all human knowledge, ideas or wisdom. 

The human intellect is that faculty or power of the 
human mind which receives or comprehends the ideas 
communicated to it by the five physical senses. The 
human brain being considered the organ and seat of 
the intellect or mental power. In this human brain 
conceptions are formed which are a product of its own 
imaginative or inventive faculty; from these concep- 
tions all human ideas arise or result. 

Natural science further teaches that we can only 
perceive by means of our five physical senses. That it 
is only by means of these senses that we can intellectu- 
ally observe, apprehend, discover, take in or lay hold 
of any knowledge or understanding. Hence, the knowl- 
edge obtained through our five physical senses is the 
wisdom of this world. This wisdom is conceived in 
and takes birth from the human brain ; the mind which 
is the product or the culmination of our five physical 
senses. 

We are told regarding this matter: 

1 Corinthians II. 12 Now we have received, not the 
spirit of the world, but the spirit which is of God; that 
we might know the things that are freely given to us 
of God. 

13 Which things also we speak, not in the words 
which man's wisdom teacheth, but which the Holv 
Ghost teacheth; comparing spiritual things with spir- 
itual. 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 139 

14 Hut the natural man receiveth not the things Of 
the Spirit of God: fOP they are foolishness unto him: 

neither can he know them, because they are spiritually 
discerned. 

The Greek psuchikos, translated natural, means, ani- 
mal, physical or natural. It refers to and includes 
man's whole physical body, mind, and nature in dis- 
tinction from his spiritual body, mind, and nature. The 
Greek moria, translated foolishness, means, senseless, 
or absurdity, as before stated. Paul here tells us that 
the animal, physical or natural man — and these terms 
all refer to the material man in distinction from the 
spiritual man — that this natural man that you see walk- 
ing around under your hat and which you call your own 
personal self; the man wiio possesses your own intel- 
lectual brain and human will — Paul says that this man 
does not know anything about the wisdom w r hich comes 
from God. If spiritual Truth is told to this natural 
man, he does not understand it at all, and he says that 
all such teaching is senseless and absurd, because it 
is contrary and antagonistic to plain common sense. 
Paul tells us that the preaching of the cross is foolish- 
ness to those w T ho are perishing. These people who are 
perishing or being destroyed consider the preaching 
foolish, senseless or absurd because this preaching or 
teaching is so contrary or in opposition to the plain 
teachings of their human mind that if it is true their 
own intellectual judgment is entirely in error. 

The Bible teaches that we must lay down all our ac- 
cumulation of w r orldly, material or mortal mind wis- 



140 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

dom; the wisdom which is earthly, sensual, devilish, 
and accept in place thereof spiritual Truth; accept the 
wisdom which conies from above; comes from the Mind 
which was also in Christ Jesus. 

The gaining of a knowledge of the Truth which Jesus 
taught for the salvation of all men is entirely a mental 
operation. Hence, all Christianity pertains to Mind, 
not matter or material things. But this mental under- 
standing or mental grasp of Truth often commences 
with but a small portion or grain of Truth. Our growth 
in the knowledge or comprehension of spiritual Truth 
must then continue day by day. 

EpTiesians IV. 13 Till we all come in the unity of 
the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto 
a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the 
fulness of Christ: 

14 That we henceforth be no more children, tossed 
to and fro, and carried about with every w r ind of doc- 
trine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, 
whereby they lie in wait to deceive. 

In the last verse we are given to understand that we 
are at all times in danger of being led astray from 
Truth by the sleight, cunning, craftiness, and deception 
of men who are within the professed church of Christ. 
In fact, we are here warned against what is commonly 
known as the devil in the church. 

The devil is very generally regarded by papular the 
ology as a real being or person possessing an evil spirit. 
In a general way this being or person is understood to 
have a real entity with a real place of residence called 



Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 141 

hell, just as pictured oul and luridly described In 
hante's [nferno. 

It is doubtless true thai when mental pictures or 
conceptions were being formed in the minds of Intel- 
lectual theologians regarding the devil and hell, thai 
Dante's Inferno played a much more important part 
than the description contained in the Bible. 

Be this as it may, the devil is understood to be re- 
ferred to under the names or titles of serpent, Satan, 
Beliar, Apollyon, adversary, prince or god of this world, 
and other names expressive of a deceitful, insinuating, 
and delusive personality. We personify by ascribing 
or attributing to an inanimate object or being the sen- 
timents, actions or language of a being or person. Per- 
son is from the Latin persona, meaning or relating to 
a face mask used by actors on the stage. This mask- 
covers the whole head and is worn by a man who is 
representing a character on the stage as a player or 
actor appears in the person of King Lear. The audi- 
ence does not see the true, real, or original King Lear 
on the stage, but sees an actor who assumes to per- 
sonate his character so as to pass for the real King 
Lear. 

A human being is usually understood to be a person 
consisting of a corporeal, physical or material body, 
and an in-corporeal, non-physical or spiritual body. 
Now, the plain truth is that we are all actors on the 
stage, and the drama of life is now being enacted. The 
world is the stage; we are the actors. 

"Honor and fame from no conditions rise; 
Act well your part — there all the valor lies." 



142 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

The flesh, the physical body or external personality, 
is but the mask we wear on the stage. This external, 
visible form is but the fictitious, counterfeit or false 
character or mask of the real, true, and original king 
or man who is created in God's image and likeness. The 
real man, the God created man, is within the mask. The 
real or inner man is a spiritual man; hence, he is in- 
visible to mortal or material eyes, as he is the image 
of the invisible God. This inner man is God's only 
begotten Son, because He never begot or caused the dust- 
formed, outer man to come into life or existence at all. 
To this inner or spiritual man, the Son of God, belongs 
every promise of the love and protection of God con- 
tained in the Bible. Shakespeare must have had this 
inner man who is like God, God-like, or God's likeness 
in mental view when he wrote: 

"To thine own self be true; 
And it must follow, as the night, the day; 
Thou canst not then be false to any man." 

In its Bible sense, man is a generic term, and is the 
family or race name for all of God's sons and daughters. 
These sons and daughters are the "Hosts of heaven," 
and are servants of the most High. That is to say, they 
are under the rule or dominion of God their heavenly 
Father, who is King of kings, and Lord of lords. But 
each individual child or son is given rule or kingly do- 
minion by God over all the earth, earthly or material 
things. 

The name Adam represents the Adamic race or Greek 
genos, from genea, which is translated generation. The 



THE GOLDEN BOPE8 OF MEN, 148 

term generation, in its broad sense as Jesus used the 
word, includes the whole Adamic race known as man 
kind. By mankind is meant B kind of man. Thai is, 
the kind of a man which we see witli physical eyefi 
which is the counterfeit or false personation of a man. 
It is the personality or false ego; it is the mask worn 
by the real or Ciod-created man, and this mask is the 
material part of man which is represented, in the sec- 
ond account of creation, as being made from the dust 
of the ground. 

This Adamic race, family or generation, instead of 
maintaining their God-given estate or principality, 
wherein man was given dominion, are represented in 
the similitude, comparison, or likeness of Adam's trans- 
gression as having become subjects of, or come to be 
under the dominion of the serpent or the devil. In 
consequence of this change of sides, or the transfer- 
ence of our allegiance to the devil, we lost in the garden 
of Eden the kingly dominion given to God's children 
"In the beginning." 

In the allegore of the Jehovistic, or second account 
of creation, it is stated : 

Genesis II. 8 And the Lord God planted a garden 
eastward in Eden ; and there he put the man whom he 
had formed. 

The Hebrew word Eden, here left untranslated, 
means, pleasure, delicate, and delight. Eden is from 
the Hebrew adan, meaning, libidinous enjoyment of 
self. Libidinous is from the Latin word libidinosus, 
meaning, full of desire or passion, licentious, wanton, 



144 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

lustful. Pleasure is from the French plaisir, meaning, 
as here used, the gratification of the five physical senses, 
or the mind of which these senses is the culmination. 
Delicate is from Latin delicatus, meaning, pleasure 
from delta re, meaning, to allure, seduce, entice, lead 
astray. We arc allured to evil by some promised pleas- 
ure. We are enticed into it by our passions. We are 
seduced when drawn aside or led astray from Truth. 
Delicious is from Latin deliciousus, and here refers to 
the pleasures derived from the five physical senses. 
Hence, we see the name or term Eden refers to the state 
of enjoyment of our {>ersonal self by pleasures derived 
from the gratification of our own physical senses. The 
Hebrew quedmah, above translated eastward, does not 
here refer to direction, but means, antiquity ; in ancient 
times; or, in olden times. 

In the preceding verse we are told: 

Genesis II. 7 And the Lord God formed man of the 
dust of the ground, and breathed into his nostrils the 
breath of life; and man became a lining soul. 

The Hebrew nepesh, translated soul, means, sentient 
or sensual being. Sentient is from the Latin word 
sent i ens from sentive, and means to perceive by the five 
physical senses. Became, as above used, means, come to 
be; op, come into being, or state. The thought here 
expressed is that man passed into the state or condi- 
tion of a sentient or sensual being by a change from 
bis previous state or condition of a spiritual being. 

According to the teachings of the Bible, Ave have two 
ways or methods of perception. One way of perception 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 145 

is by our human mind. I>y this method we have or 
receive knowledge, or cognition Of things, hy means of 
our live physical senses as has been explained. The 
oilier way is by intuition and revelation, which is also 

known as spiritual knowing. By this method of spir- 
itual perception, knowing or understanding, thoughts 
are poured into man direct from God; Mind; Prin- 
ciple; without the intervention of any reasoning 
process 

Peter tells us: 

2 Peter I. 2 Grace and peace be multiplied unto you 
through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord, 

3 According as his divine power hath given unto us 
all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through 
the knowledge of him that hath called us to glory and 
virtue : 

4 Whereby are given unto us exceeding great and 
precious promises : that by these ye might be partakers 
of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that 
is in the world through lust. 

The Greek phusis, translated nature, in the fourth 
verse, means, an infused or instilled disposition. In- 
fusion means, literally, the action of pouring in; or 
fact of being poured in ; or refers to that which is 
poured in. In a Bible sense the divine nature, or the 
infusion we receive from God, is a pouring in of some- 
thing from divine Mind. The only thing which can 
emanate or flow from Mind as a source or point of 
origin is an idea. Hence, man is Mind's or God's idea. 
10 



146 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

Cardinal Manning wrote in, "Mission of the Holy 
Ghost," "This lifelong increase of charity in the soul 
is wrought by gift and infusion on God's part." 

The Cardinal expresses the thought thai charity or 
love is poured into man by God or Mind. Every man's 
disposition is the prevailing spirit or governing pur- 
pose of his mind. In our disposition, mind or nature 
we are favorably or unfavorably disposed toward any 
and everything by the mental tendencies or qualities 
by which we are ruled or dominated. Hence, Mind is 
the ruling or kingly power in man. 

There are two minds recognized in the Bible; One 
true, the other false. It is highly important for every 
man to know which of these two minds is ruling him. 
If he is ruled by the true Mind or Truth, he is ruled by 
God. If he is ruled by the false mind or error, he is 
being ruled by his own sensual mini, which is the devil 

Now let us get this matter clear so there will be no 
misunderstanding. By a man's mind we mean the 
same as when we speak of his nature, disposition or 
character. By these terms is meant the inherent, domi- 
nant power or mental impulse by which our actions 
are determined, directed or controlled. 

An infused nature, disposition or character signifies, 
in a good sense, all the mental qualities or principles 
poured into a man by divine Mind; Principle; God. On 
the other hand, it means, in a bad sense, all the mental 
qualities poured into man by the opposite or the op- 
poser of .Mind; Principle; God; which all Christians 
consider to be the devil. 



Tin: GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN. 147 

It is Clearly shown In this book, from the word- of 
• Jesus and Other Bible teachings, that OUT own materia), 

physical, sensual, intellectual or mortal mind— the 
mind which is the product of our own live physical 
senses -is the only devil, influence or thing there is in 
the world which can have any evil influence or effect 
upon us. 

In order to understand the true meaning of the Bible 
you must know that the Christ, the son of God, the 
son of God's love, is the spiritual man within you. God 
created this son in His own image and likeness. This 
son is all the man and the only man there is of you 
in reality and Truth. In this son, or child, God is 
continually pouring thoughts or ideas which originate 
in and emanate from divine Mind. When we are en- 
tirely governed by these infused thoughts, all our im- 
pulses, principles, and actions are good, kind and lov- 
ing to our fellowmen. These impulses, actions or deeds 
result in bringing us peace, joy, and comfort of mind 
or consciousness. 

In the world, there is in many instances a true or 
genuine article or thing, and also a false or counter- 
feit article wiiich is simply an imitation of the genuine. 
We are sometimes imposed upon by accepting a coun- 
terfeit silver dollar as a genuine dollar. Just as long 
as we are uninformed of the deception, and do not know 
that the dollar is counterfeit, we regard it as the real 
thing and worth a hundred cents; but just as soon as 
we find out the truth; find out that the dollar we have 
in hand is only a counterfeit; find out that it is a false 
imitation of the genuine or true dollar and that it was 



148 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 

not made by proper authority, we then willingly toss 
our counterfoil dollar Into the scrap heap as we con- 
sider it Of no value whatever. 

The Cod Of heaven sent His Son, the Christ, into 
the world. The invisible, spiritual man within yon is 
this only begotten Son. This Christ is the only genuine, 
true, or individual son or man of God's creation. 

The god of this world has also, seemingly, sent his 

son into the world. The visible, material man outside 
of you; this dust man is but a counterfeit son or man. 
This counterfeit son, God repudiates and disowns, be- 
cause He never created, formed or made him. When 
you tind out that this dust man, this physical man is 
simply a counterfeit man: find out as Jesus said that, 
"He is a liar and the father of it" (John 8: 44), are 
you willing to toss this counterfeit son, who is the son 
of Satan, into the scrap heap and consider him of no 
value, profit or advantage just as Jesus told us when 
he said, "It is the spirit that quickeneth (or gives life) 
the flesh (or material man) profiteth nothing." 

There are doubtless thousands, if not millions, of 
professed Christians w r ho talk very bravely about leav- 
ing all for Christ. About overcoming the devil. But 
when they find out the truth that the mystical, myth- 
ological devil, they talk so much about, is their own 
arrogant, egotistical, intellectual mind — the human 
mind which is the product of their own physical senses 
— how many of these professed Christians are willing 
to make their words good by overcoming this devil and 
leaving all for Christ? 



Tin; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 14 ( J 

Paul gives us an understanding of the Bible view of 
the seeming material, physical or personal man, Jesus 
of Nazareth, and his relation to God as the Christ, 

which reads as follows, according to a correcl transla- 
tion : 

2 Corinthians V. 1G So thai we from this time honor 
no one in accordance with the physical man; and even 
if we esteemed the Christ in accordance with the phys- 
ical man; yet now we no longer so distinguish him. 

17 For, if any one be in Christ he is a new creation; 
the old things have passed aw T ay ; behold ! all things have 
come into newness of life. 

18 But all things are out of that God who has recon- 
ciled us to himself by the agency of Jesus the Christ, 
and has given to us the agency of the reconciliation. 

19 Namely; That God was within the Christ (or the 
Anointed one) reconciling the world to himself not 
counting to them their offences; and has deposited with- 
in us the Mind of the reconciliation. 

The thought expressed by Paul is that although some 
of the members of the early church had been acquainted 
with and honored Jesus in the physical or fleshly form, 
they did not now take the physical or fleshly form or 
nature of Jesus, or that of any other man, into con- 
sideration at all. By the expression, "the old things 
have passed away; all things have become new/' Paul 
for things means thoughts; old thoughts of error or 
untrue thinking had passed away and new thoughts of 
Truth ; thoughts that emanated from divine Mind, had 
taken their place. This was and is the regeneration or 



150 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

new birth. Whenever we come into a knowledge or 
comprehension of Truth, the old material or mortal 
mind or man dies, and the new man, the Christ within 
us, comes into newness of life. 

The Greek word paliyycncsia, translated regenera- 
tion, is found but twice in the Bible: It means and 
refers to a spiritual revival or restoration to life or 
consciousness by the infusion or pouring in of Truth. 
By this renewal we are made new after being in a state 
of decay, loss or destruction, and we are made new by 
being restored or brought back to our first estate. Our 
first estate was that of spiritual beings in which we 
were created by God "in the beginning." Then, in the 
garden of Eden, this spiritual man, who was wholly 
spiritual and not material in any respect, is represented 
as coming to be a sentient or sensual being. A sentient 
or sensual being is a human being who has the power 
or function of sensation or of perception by means of 
his five physical senses. Sensual persons are those who 
are absorbed in or inclined to the gratification of their 
five physical senses, and they are indifferent to and 
nearly destitute of spiritual life. 

The Bible speaks of two minds, two natures, two 
bodies. One mind, nature, and body we possess in 
reality and in Truth. This is the spiritual Mind, 
nature, and body in which we were created in "the be- 
ginning." The other mind, nature, and body is the 
sentient op sensual. This part of us is the material 
mind, nature, and body which we are led to imagine 
we have since acquired by listening to the voice of the 
serpent which is our own sensual mind; the mind which 



THE GOLDEH BOPES OF MEN. 151 

is the product and culmination of our own five physical 

senses. 

Careful readers of the Bible will note thai upon this 
dust-formed, material or sensual man, the man who is 

born of woman, falls vvwy curse, every denunciation, 
every expression of God's displeasure contained in the 
Bible. 

At the close of what is considered the most terrible 
denunciation contained in the whole Bible, Jesus used 
these words: 

Matthew XXIII. 33 Ye serpents, ye generation of 
vipers, how can ye escape the damnation of hell? 

34 Wherefore, behold, 1 send unto you prophets, and 
wise men, and scribes: and some of them ye shall kill 
and crucify; and some of them shall ye scourge in your 
synagogues, and persecute them from city to city. 

35 That upon you may come all the righteous blood 
shed upon the earth, from the blood of righteous Abel 
unto the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias, whom ye 
slew between the temple and the altar. 

36 Verily I say unto you, All these things shall come 
upon this generation. 

All through the Bible, from beginning to end, the 
serpent is the symbol of evil; the symbol of evil influ- 
ence which is personified as Satan, devil, etc. Jesus 
spoke the words above quoted to the multitude and 
to his disciples in a general way, but they w r ere aimed 
at the scribes and Pharisees, the leaders of God's 
chosen people. He calls them "ye serpents, ye genera- 
tion of vipers." 



152 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

The Greek gennema, translated generation, is de- 
rived from genos and means, offspring, children, family, 
race or kind. 

A correct translation reads : 

Mattheic XXIII. 33 Serpents, the children (family 
or race) of vipers! How can you escape the judgment 
of the Gehenna? 

Jesus stated that "all these things shall come upon 
this generation." The Greek gennema, here translated 
generation, is from genos, meaning, offspring, children, 
family, race or stock. 

Peter used the same word in addressing the saints: 

1 Peter II. 9 But ye are a chosen generation, a royal 
priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people; that ye 
should shew forth the praises of him w r ho hath called 
you out of darkness into his marvellous light. 

The Greek word genos, here translated generation, 
means, offspring, children, family, race or stock as 
above stated. The word refers to and includes all the 
children God ever created, formed or made. But pop- 
ular theology with its narrow and limited vision 
imagines that when Jesus said "all things shall come 
on this generation," he meant and referred to the people 
who were living at that particular time, when as a 
matter of fact he meant and included the whole Adamic 
family or race. In just the same manner popular the- 
ology belittles and misconstrues about all the teachings 
of Jesus. 



THE GOLDEU BOPES OF MKX. 153 

Jesus well knew that God'8 family, the chosen race 
of men Gk>d created, formed or made was spiritual and 

not material, lie also knew that at some time this 
Truth would be known to all men. He knew that at 
some time men would begin to be once more entirely 
free from all belief in the stupid Adam dream of ma- 
terial existence; the existence, being or life which is 
only known to us by means of our live physical senses. 
The knowing or knowledge which constitutes what is 
known in the Bible as the wisdom of this world. 
A correct translation of Peter's words reads: 

1 Peter II. 9 But you are an elect race; a kingly 
priesthood, a holy nation (or family), a people for a 
purpose; that you may make clear (or plain) the per- 
fection of him who called you from darkness into his 
marvelous light. 

Hence, we see that the Bible recognizes two kinds, 
races, or families of children. One kind, race or fam- 
ily of children is generated; that is, begotten, procre- 
ated, or brought into existence or life by God our 
heavenly Father. These children, this kind, this race 
or family Peter tells us is a kingly priesthood, a holy 
nation, race or family, a people for a purpose. This 
kind, race or family are the children of God. At an- 
other time Jesus described the other kind, race or fam- 
ily of children when addressing some Jews who were 
about to kill him. 

John VIII. 44 Ye are of your father the devil, and 
the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer 



154 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, be- 
cause there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, 
he speaketh of his own: lor he is a liar, and the lather 
of it. 

A correct translation reads: 

John VIII. 44 You are fathered by the devil, and 
the pleasure of your father you desire to do. He was 
a manslayer from the beginning, and did not abide in 
Truth, for Truth is not in him. When speaking a lie, 
he speaks out of his own self; for his father is also a 
liar. 

The Greek word idios, which Jesus used in this verse, 
a d is translated own, means and pertains entirely to 
self. This personal self or personality refers strictly 
to the material body and corporeal existence. Please 
note that Jesus here states that the corporeal or phys- 
ical man is fathered by the devil. A few hours before 
the betrayal, Jesus spoke these words: 

John XV 'I. ;>2 Behold, the hour cometh, yea is now 
come, that ye shall be scattered, every man to his own, 
and shall leave me alone: and yet I am not alone, be- 
cause the Father is with me. 

The Greek word idios, here again used by Jesus, and 
translated own, moans one's own, and, as used above, 
refers strictly to own self or personality. Self here re- 
fers to the person as an object of his own reflective con- 
sciousness. This consciousness corresponds to the ego 
of metaphysicians which is the conscious thinking prin- 
ciple. 



Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF Mi;\. 155 

The only true ( go } or thinking principle, is ( lod ; Prin- 
ciple; Mind; whenever we are in harmony with, obedi- 
ent to, and governed by divine Mind, God or Principle, 
all is peace, joy, comfort, harmony, and happiness with- 
in our consciousness, and the kingdom of heaven i> 
found within us. lint there is also seemingly a false or 
lying ego, a non-egO, if you please, which is a counterfeit 
or opposite of the divine ego or Mind. This false or lying 
ego Is the big "I" which swells up in us, and if it is not 
trampled down, subdued or overcome, this false ego, 
which is our own so-called physical, natural, sensual or 
mortal mind causes us to regard own self's interest or 
personal self interest as the supreme guiding principle 
of action and desire. Consequently, what is called the 
natural instinct of self-preservation is our governing 
principle instead of divine Principle or God. This 
false or lying ego, which is our own so-called intellect- 
ual or mortal mind is the devil. Every human being 
who is ruled by this evil influence or devil will do 
devilish things; even to murdering people, if they do 
not think as kk I" think, or believe as "I" believe. This 
human self or personality is simply egotism, which is 
the passionate love of self. Every one that is dominated 
by or under the dominon of his own human personality 
is led, enticed or beguiled to consider everything as con- 
nected with his own person, and he prefers his own self 
to anything and everything else there is in the w T orld. 
He makes the happiness and security of self the highest 
motive of life, and his great desire is to secure his own 
personal pleasure or advantage, regardless of any wish 
or desire to benefit others. He regards his own per- 



156 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

Bona! interest as paramount to all other considerations 
a i all times. He usually makes frequeut use of the 
pronoun "I," and what "P do not think and what U I" 
do not believe cannot be of any possible importance or 
value. 

In order that this matter be clearly understood and 
that (here be no confusion of meaning, let us define the 
terms personality and individuality. Personality let us 
consider to be that part which constitutes, forms or 
composes a distinct or separate or set-apart human be- 
ing considered with respect to the material body or cor- 
poreal existence only. Let us include in personality 
all that part which pertains to the material or physical 
body or substance of mankind. Let personality also 
include all perception or knowledge which the five ma- 
terial or physical senses bring to the brain or material 
mind which constitutes the human intellect, mind or 
will. 

From a natural or physical science point of view, 
personality, as here defined, includes all there is of any 
man or woman now in the world; ever w T as or ever will 
be in the world. At the same time it is the teaching 
of the Bible, when its true import is known, that all 
this personality is absolutely nothing or no-thing; that 
it is a negation of being; that it has no being, existence 
or life at all in reality or Truth. 

Individuality, let us consider to be that which con- 
stitutes, forms or composes a distinct, separate or set- 
apart man or woman considered with respect to the im- 
material body or incorporeal existence only. Let us in- 
clude in individuality all that pari which pertains to 



Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 157 

tlu» immaterial or spiritual body or substance of man. 
Lei individuality also include all the perception, knowl- 
edge or understanding which intuition and revelation 
brings to the comprehension ol man; the real or indi- 
vidual man; the man who is possessed of distinction, 
character-expressing qualities which arc like God, God- 
like or God's likeness. 

From God's point of view, individuality, as here de- 
fined, includes all there is of any man or woman now 
in the world, ever was or ever will be in the world. At 
the same time it is the teachings of natural or physical 
science, when its true import is known, that all this in- 
dividuality is absolutely nothing, or no-thing. That 
it is all an imagination, or a delusion of mind, and has 
no being, existence or life in reality. We now see the 
reason why every human being in his personality, his 
oicn self, invariably believes, upholds and defends the 
teachings of natural or physical science. But by so do- 
ing, he places himself in exact opposition to God and 
all the teachings of His Word. In opposition to the 
teachings of Jesus. In opposition to the teachings of 
Christian Science; as they are in exact harmony and 
uphold God's side of this contention. Hence, the per- 
sonality or own self of every human being is the op- 
poser, or the devil, because he opposes God. This is 
why Jesus told the Jews: 

John V. 30 I can of mine own self do nothing. 

If Jesus by means of his own self or his human per 
sonality could do nothing, how can human personality 
be of any advantage to any man? The personality or 



158 Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

own self of every human being is the dust-formed or 
Adam pari of us. It is the one man by whom sin and 
death entered into the world. 

Romans V. 19 For as by one man's disobedience 

many wore made sinners, so by the obedience of one 
shall many be made righteous. 

This Adam part of us is the "one man" which we 
ali imagine we acquired in the garden of Eden. This 
part .Jesus said we must deny or renounce and refuse 
to <»wn as belonging to us, and to take up our cross and 
follow hint This personality or own self of every 
human being is "that man of sin" Paul tells us about: 

2 The88alonians 1 1. 1 Now we beseech you, brethren, 
by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our 
gathering together unto him, 

2 Thai ye be no1 soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, 
neither by spirit, nor by word, nor by letter as from 
us, as that the day of Christ is at hand. 

3 Lei no man deceive you by any means: for that day 
shall not come, except there come a falling away 'first, 
and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition; 

1 Who opposet h and exhalteth himself above all that 
is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God 
sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he 
is (lod. 

We are further told : 

l Corinthians III. n> Know ye not that ye are the 
temple Of <Jod, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in 
you ? 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 159 

The Bible plainly teaches that every man is God's 
temple or sanctuary. This "man of sin," this opposer Of 
God who sittcth in this temple is every mans' own ma- 
terial, carnal, intellectual or mortal mind. The mind 
which natural science tearhes us is seated in the gray 
matter called the human brain, and whose ideas or 
thoughts constitute 1 what the Bible calls "the wisdom 
of this world," which is foolishness with God. 

The Bible clearly shows that we are God's temple 
or sanctuary. Our mentality is the sanctuary that is 
to be cleansed by being justified or turned to righteous 
ness or right thinking. The cause of all the sense of 
sin, sickness, sorrow, pain, and death there is in the 
world right now is error, or wrong thinking. We think 
wrong or have erroneous thoughts whenever we listen 
to or are governed by our ow r n self-created, sensual or 
mortal mind. All true thought or Truth comes to us 
from divine Mind. When we listen to divine Mind; 
God; Spirit, we. are righteous; that is, we are right 
thinking. When we listen to our own intellectual mind, 
we are unrighteous or wrong thinking. The original 
meaning of righteous was right-wise or right-wis. Wis 
means, way or manner. Eight means, in accordance 
with Truth. Hence, righteousness means that we must 
be governed, dominated or influenced in thought, word, 
and deed in accordance to the way of Truth. To be 
righteous we must obey the divine injunction : "Let 
the wicked forsake his ways and the unrighteous man 
his thoughts." 

The Bible and Science and Health both positively 
and plainly teach, that all the ideas, perception, knowl- 



160 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

edge or wisdom we receive from our own material, 
natural or sensual mind is in direct opposition and is 
antagonistic to the Truth which Jeans taught for the 

salvation of all men. This is the true and only rea- 
son why the teachings of Christian Science seem sense- 
less and absurd today to material minded people. 

Jesus established the Christian religion wholly on a 
spiritual foundation. Other foundations there are 
none. He taught and demonstrated that spiritual law 
supercedes and annuls all the so-called laws of nature 
or material conditions. He taught the supremacy of 
Mind over matter. If we wish or hope to enter the 
kingdom of heaven, we must bring ourselves in perfect 
line with these teachings. We can follow these teach- 
ings of the Master or reject them; but it is well to re- 
member that Jesus plainly tells us: 

Mat thnv X. 38 He that taketh not his cross and 
followeth after me, is not worthy of me. 

When .Jesus said, "Ye shall be scattered every man to 
his tnvnf his meaning was that his church would be 
scattered or broken in pieces by the personality or 
egotism of some of its members w r ho, with sword in 
hand, would prove to the world that they w T ere man- 
slayers by slaying in cold blood those who did not think 
as "F' think or believe as "I" believe. 

One reason by which Jesus knew that the power of 
the holy people or the saints would be ^scattered" was 
because he had read it in the Scriptures just as any 
Other man can read it if he will turn to the last chapter 
of Daniel. 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 161 

Daniel XII. 7 And l heard the man clothed in linen 

which was upon the Waters of the river when he held up 
his right hand and his left hand unto heaven, and sware 
by him that Liveth forever that it shall be for a time, 
times and an half (1,260 years) : and when he shall have 
accomplished (finished) to scatter (or break into 
pieces) the power of the holy people < or the saints » all 
these things shall be finished. 

Daniel gives very full information in regard to what 
would happen to the holy people, the saints or the early 
church of Christ, commencing with the birth of Jesus, 
the Anointed, the Messiah or the Christ, and continuing 
on down to the completion, consummation or full end 
at the second coming or presence of Christ in A.D. 1866. 
It has been repeatedly and clearly shown, from positive 
Bible proof, that the power of the holy people, the saints 
or the early Christian church would be scattered, 
broken into pieces or destroyed between A.D. 456 and 
A.D. 606, and that this loss of spiritual power would 
continue on down from A.D. 606 for 1,260 years, or 
until the completion or full end in A.D. 1866. It 
has also been shown that "the abomination that maketh 
desolate" spoken of by both Daniel and Jesus, w r as 
set up in the professed church of Christ in A.D. 
576. It has also been shown that the seventy weeks 
or four hundred and ninetv vears (Daniel 9: 24) 
which were determined or decreed upon the world 
in which to "bring in everlasting righteousness" 
and to anoint the most Holv commenced at the conver- 
sion of Cornelius in A.D. 41, and continued four hun- 
11 



162 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

dred and ninety years, or until A.I). 531. Then 1,335 
years after tbia (Daniel 12: 12), the "blessed" end came 
in A.I). !$(>(>. In regard to the exact time the church 
of Christ was to be scattered the Bible states: 

Daniel IX. 2(> And after threescore and two weeks 
shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the 
people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the 
city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be 
with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are 
determined. 

The American Version is plainer, and reads: 

Daniel IX. 20 And after the threescore and tw T o 
weeks shall the anointed one (or the Messiah, or the 
Christ) be cut off, and shall have nothing (or there shall 
be none belonging to him) and the people of the prince 
that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctu- 
ary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and 
even unto the end there shall be war; desolations are 
determined. 

Daniel, in this verse, tells us that after sixty-two 
weeks, or four hundred and thirty-four days, or four 
hundred and thirty-four prophetical years, the anointed 
one, which is equivalent to the Messiah or the Christ, 
would be cut oft' or destroyed, and there shall be none 
belonging to him. The meaning of this verse is that 
four hundred and thirty-four years after a certain date 
the Christ would be cut off; that is, his church would 
be scattered and he would have no true disciples or 
followers belonging to him. 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 163 

Now, we wish to know when this Cutting off, BCat- 

tering or breaking into pieces of the power of the holy 
people or earthly saints took place. In the preceding 

verse (Daniel !>: 25) we are told that these four hun- 
dred and thirty-four years dated "from the going forth 
of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem 
unto the Messiah the Prince." 

The Hebrew word dabar, here translated command- 
ment, is correctly translated, word. From the going 
forth of the icord to restore and to build Jerusalem unto 
the Messiah the Prince. This tvord refers to the Word 
of God or New Testament, which is the Word of com- 
mandment of God directing all men how to build up 
Jerusalem, which is the symbol name of the church of 
Christ. The New T Testament was completed in A.D. 
97. This being the date when John wrote his gospel, 
which finished or completed the Word of the New Tes- 
tament. Hence, A.D. 97 was the date when the com- 
plete Word or commandment went forth, and four hun- 
dred and thirty-four years after this, or in A.D. 531, 
the Anointed one, the Messiah or the Christ was to be 
cut off, and have nothing or have no disciples belonging 
to him. That is to say, in A.D. 531 the true followers 
of the Christ were to be all cut off or scattered, and the 
power of the holy people, the saints, the early Christians 
was to be broken to pieces. This is what the Bible tells 
us would take place. The Scriptures cannot be broken, 
and every true Christian believes that it all took place 
just as it is predicted in the Bible that it would take 
place. 



164 THE GOLDEN BOPES ( >F MEN. 

Then God tells Daniel in the last two verses of 
Daniel's prophecy when summing everything up for a 
final or complete end : 

Daniel XII. 12 Blessed is he that waiteth and 

cometh to the thousand, three hundred and five and 
thirty days. 

13 But go thou thy way till the end be; for thou 
shalt rest and stand in thy lot at the end of days. 

The 1,335 days, or prophetical years, mentioned in the 
twelfth verse is to bring in the blessed time. These 
1,335 years added to A.D. 531, previously ascertained, 
brings us to the blessed time of A.D. 1866, when God 
made a revelation to Mary Baker Eddy in order that 
His temple or sanctuary should be cleansed, justified, 
made righteous or right thinking. 

To all those who accept and practice in their daily 
lives the spiritual teachings of God's Word as written 
in the Bible and Science and Health, this promise is 
made: 

I sdi ah XXXV. 10 And the ransomed of the Lord 
shall return, and come to Zion with songs and everlast- 
ing joy upon their heads: they shall obtain joy and 
gladness, and sorrow and sighing shall flee away. 



CHAPTEB VIM. 

THOSE who believe in the troth of the Bible a1 all 
inusi admit thai it is absolutely useless for us 
to pray "Thy kingdom come, Thy will be done on earth 
as it is in heaven," if we hold a material kingdom 
in belief or thought. 

God's kingdom is a spiritual kingdom, which is ex- 
actly opposite 1 or in opposition in all respects to a 
material kingdom. Whenever we pray for anything 
which is in exact opposition to God's will, our words 
are but sounding brass and tinkling cymbals. We gain 
nothing by pretending to draw near to God with our 
mouth, while our heart or mentality is far from being 
in harmony with His will. All such prayers are but 
vain or empty repetitions, such as the heathen use. 

Let us remember that man, the true man, is a spir- 
itual being and Jives and moves in God's spiritual king- 
dom where it is his God-given right and privilege to 
have dominion. Whenever we are beguiled, deceived 
or cheated by our material or mortal mind, which is 
the product and culmination of our five physical senses, 
into thinking or believing that we are right now living 
in a material world, separate and apart from God, we 
are then simply spiritually dead. We are then dead to 
the truth as Jesus saw things, but living in the delu- 
sions of a false consciousness which brings to us a sense 
of fear and limitation which tends to destroy all our 
true happiness. Jesus taught that we should deny the 
truth of this false consciousness; that we should deny 

(165) 



166 Till; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

thai we had any material or physical existence at all. 
Hetanghl thai we should begin right now to live wholly 
in the spiritual world; the world of Truth and reality 
as he was then living right here on earth. Jesus plainly 
taught that just in degree as we would do this, just in 
that degree we would gain the same kingly dominion 
over all earthly or material things or thoughts which 
he enjoyed in such a wonderful degree that popular 

theology, which looks upon man as a "worm of the 
dust," stands hack in amazement and ignorantly con- 
siders that Jesus of Nazareth must certainly have been 
God Bimself in human form, as no man could by any 
possibility have been endowed by God with the ability, 
power, and dominion possessed and exercised by Jesus. 
The Bible, however, teaches that just as last as Ave over- 
come the world by overcoming our false beliefs that 
there is such a thing as a material world by gradually 
becoming conscious of the truth that all is spiritual and 
nothing at all is material, we by this gaining of spir- 
itual truth pass through what is termed the resurrec- 
tion. We in this way pass from material death into 
spiritual life. What the world calls death has nothing 
to do with this resurrection in the Slightest degree. 
This mental change called the resurrection may take 
place at any time either before or after what is com- 
monly called death. The Greek anastasis, translated 
resurrection, as used by .Jesus and the early Christians, 
moans, literally, a standing up again; that is, a rising 

up from tiie dead; or the resurrect ion from death. The 
English word resurrection is from Latin rcsini/rrc, 

meaning to rise or to appear ; a springing into life again. 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 167 

in its Bible sense ii means, to be revived, or inspirited 
by the recover; of spiritual truth. 

When Jesus tried to teach the world that all was 
Bpiritual and that there was in reality no material 
world, he talked to a world of people who were spir- 
itually dead; that is, they were dead or lost in material 
beliefs just as thousands are today. This was what 
Jesus meant when he told the man who wanted to go 
home and bury his father, "Let the dead bury their 
<lead, come thou and follow me." 

The Bible states that Jesus was the firstborn from 
the dead, and it teaches that all others were spiritually 
dead because by giving credence to their five physical 
senses they had been beguiled and deceived into believ- 
ing a lie; the lie that they lived in a material world. All 
the i>eople in the world had thus been beguiled, de- 
ceived, and deluded into believing the lie that they 
lived in a material world, separate and apart from God 
their heavenly Father, when, as a matter of fact, reality, 
or truth, in Him they lived and moved and had their 
being, existence or life. 

Each individual in the world makes his own choice 
of masters. We can be dominated by or under the 
dominion of our own physical, carnal, sensual, intel- 
lectual or mortal mind, and these terms all refer to the 
same mind, and be subjects or children of the devil, 
which is our own material or mortal mind, and suffer 
a corresponding degree of the pains, discomforts, and 
anguish of hell right now, or we can be dominated by 
or under the dominion of God by showing our respect 
and affection for Him by being obedient to the first im- 



168 Till: GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 

plied commandment Be ever gave to man; the com- 
mandment which was given "in tin* beginning" when 
he told "them" to "subdue" — thai is, to overcome, coii- 
qner op gain the victory over the world. When we be- 
gin to obey this divine implied command, we begin at 
once to regain spiritual lighl or Truth; we begin to 

see things from God's point Of view, just as .Jesus saw 
them. Then tin 1 day of judgment begins to come to 
us because we then begin to have judgment ; that is, we 
begin to attain to thai Mind "which was also in Christ 

JeSUS," which enables US to spiritually distinguish 

Truth from falsehood; distinguish the real from the un- 
real or imaginary. This regaining of spiritual Truth 
constitutes the resurrection from the state or condition 
of being spiritually dead, and we begin, little by little, 
to enter the kingdom of heaven, where 1 all is spiritual ; 
where all is love and joy and peaceful tranquility of 
mind which Paul told the Philippians "passeth all un- 
derstanding." 

Tin 1 Greek nous, here translated understanding, is, 
properly translated, conception of the human intellect. 
A correct translation reads as follows: 

Philippians IV. t Be joyful in the Lord at all times; 
1 say again be joyful. Let your gentleness be known to 
all men; the Lord is near. lie not anxious about any- 
thing; but at all times let your requests be made known 
io God by prayer and earnest petition with thanksgiv- 
ing; and that peace of God which surpasseth all con- 
ception of the human intellect shall guard your hearts 
and your thoughts in Christ -lesus; finally, brethren, 

whatever things are true; whatever things are honor- 



Till: GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN. L69 

able; whatever things are just; whatever things are 
pure; whatever things are lovely; whatever things are 

Of good repute; if there l>e any virtue, [f any praise, 

carefully consider these things. 

This is exactly what Christian Scientists ask all men 

« 

to do today: to "carefully consider these things," and 
by "things" Paul referred to thoughts. 

The resurrection as has been stated is the regaining 
of spiritual Truth; this resurrection and day of judg- 
ment in its fulness is a change which will come com- 
pletely to every man, woman, and child in the world 
at some time. Jesus said in regard to this time: 

Matthew XXIV. 36 Bui of that day and hour 
knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but my 
Father only. 

From the standpoint which Jesus viewed things, all 
the people around him were dead in the sense that they 
were dead in trespasses and sins. They were materially 
dead, hut walking around in spiritual darkness. The 
Bible states that Jesus Christ was the firstborn from 
the dead : 

Revelation I. 5 And from Jesus Christ, tcho is the 
faithful witness, and the first begotten of the dead, and 
the prince of the kings of the earth. Unto him that 
loved us, and washed us from our sins in his own blood, 

<> And hath made us kings and priests unto God and 
his Father; to him he glory and dominion for ever and 
ever. Amen. 



170 Till: GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 

A correcl translation reads : 

Revelation I. 5 And From Jesus the Christ, the faith- 
ful witness, the firstborn out of the dead, and the prince 
of the kings Of the earth; to him who loves us and Treed 
us from our sins in his blood, 

o* And made for us a kingly dominion, priests to God 
and his Father; to him he the Glory and the dominion 

as preparatory to the ages and the ages. Amen. 

7 Behold! He comes with clouds; and every eye 
shall see him and those who pierced him; and all the 

tribes (or kindred) of the earth shall mourn over him; 
yes. Amen. 

In the fifth verse, it is stated that Jesus the Christ 
was the firsl begotten or born out of the dead, and that 
he is the prince of the kings of the earth. Then in the 
sixth verse, .John tells us that we are the kings referred 
to as being kings of the earth. In the seventh verse, "Be- 
hold ! he conies with clouds/' 

Clouds in Scripture are an emblem of glory, majesty, 
and power; they denote the approval, presence, and 
power of God. 

We read these words of ,Jesus: 

Matthi ir XXIV, 30 And then shall appear the sign 

of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the 
tribes Of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son 
Of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and 

greal .-lory. 

JeSUS is here describing the change which will take 
place in the consciousness of vvi^vy man and woman in 



Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 171 

the world, l > 1 1 1 we musl remember thai this change is 
purely mental. John Bays, "Every eve shall see him." 

No man or woman will ever see the Christ with phye 
ical eves; but everyone In the world will spiritually 

see him whenever they have arrived a1 a true mental 

condition or state of consciousness; whenever this 
resurrection has eome to us individually in its complete- 
ness, we will then have come to the day of judgment. 
The standard of Christian perfection is commonly 
understood to ho the highest possible attainment of 
consecration consistent with the possession of a human 
body and a human nature in distinction from absolute 
or Godlike perfection. To be consecrated in a Bible 
meaning is to be separated or set apart; that is, we 
must set apart and lift up or exalt our spiritual part or 
nature, which is the Son of God, and is the likeness of 
God. At the same time we must also set apart and 
trample down, subdue or overcome our material or 
physical part or nature, which is the son of Satan, 
and is the counterfeit of the likeness of God, and 
is the part which is supposed to be external to 
or the outside part of us; the part which is 
known to us as the animal man, the natural man, 
the human man, or known as mankind; that is, a kind 
of man; this kind of a man is not the real God-created 
man, but simply a fictitious imitative kind of a man; 
this part of a man, which we imagine we possess, was 
never created by God, and is simply a creation of our 
own so-called physical, sensual, intellectual or mortal 
mind, and therefore has no existence in reality or Truth. 



172 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

The early Christians understood and obeyed these 

true spiritual teachings of Jesus; one by one they were 
resurrected from the materially dead and passed from 
material death to spiritual life. The day of judgment 

come to each one of these people just as fast as this 
change took place; the (Mid of the world come to them 
whenever they had overcome the world; that is to say, 
whenever they had mentally arrived at the place or 
condition that all belief in a material world was de- 
1 roved or obliterated from their mind or consciousness. 
Then the Bible tells tis the true spiritual teachings of 
Jesus were lost to the world for 1,260 years. Wheu the 
spiritual teachings of Jesus were restored by God to 
the world through Bis revelation which is contained in 
that "little hook," Science and Health; then compre- 
hension of spiritual Truth was once more regained to 
the world; resurrection from the state or condition of 
being materially dead once more commenced; once more 
men began to come to the day of judgment, and this 
const it tites the second coining or presence of Christ. 

These long centuries of spiritual blindness and the 
consequent misunderstanding of Bible truth cost the 
human race untold suffering. And now, after the light 
of Truth once more shines out brightly, some of the 
leaders of the professed church of Christ in different 
parts of the world tight hard to maintain their erron- 
eous teachings, plainly showing that they have a zeal 
but not according to true knowledge or Truth. 

We are all aware that a cycle is a ]>eriod of time, a 
round of years in which the same course is supposed 

to begin again. We are all fairly well informed re- 



Till; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 173 

garding the spirit of opposition which the Christ en 
countered at the time of his first appearance nineteen 

hundred years ago; we are all aware that the leaders 

of the professed church of (led failed to recognize Or 

comprehend the long-looked-for Messiah or Christ at 

that time, and that so far as Jesus and his first ad- 
herents were concerned, the opposition which resulted 

in the rejection and crucifixion of Jesus, as well as the 
first persecutions of his followers, was instigated and 
brought about by the Banhedrin, the Supreme Court of 
the church of God's chosen people, and the highest 
ecclesiastical authority on earth at that time. 

And now, at the second coming of the Christ, lias it 
ever occurred to some of the professed leaders of the 
visible church of Christ that they, too, have failed to 
comprehend or recognize the long-looked-for Messiah 
or Christ at this time. That they in so far as lays 
within their power have, and are now exhibiting, the 
same spirit of opposition ; that they have met their Lord 
and Master at his second coming with the same spirit 
of crucifixion he received from the professed leaders 
of God's church so long ago when he first proclaimed 
to the world the glad tidings of the kingly dominion of 
God. 

It was well known and understood by the Jewish 
people in general that w T hat is now called miracles were 
signs; signs given by God, which were to be considered 
and accepted as positive and convincing evidence to 
all men of the approval, presence, and power of God. 
The refusal of the highest officials of the professed 
church of God to accept or even consider this evidence 



174 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 

ms being divine called from Jesus what is considered 
the mos1 fearful denunciation contained between the 
covers of t be Bible. 

Jesus knew and all his hearers knew in their con- 
sciousness thai his healings were signs or wonders, 
which were accomplished by the power of the Boly 
spirit. When the scribes, Pharisees, and other high 
officials of the professed church of God rejected the 
Messiah, the Christ, by refusing to acknowledge or even 
consider the meaning bf these signs or wonders, these 
high officials knew thai they were rejecting evidence 
thai came from the God of heaven whom they professed 
to serve. All this took place nineteen hundred years 
ago. Today many of the highesl officials of the pro- 
fessed church of God stand in exactly the same posi- 
tion, assume the same attitude toward Christian 
Science, which is the second coming or presence of the 
Christ, as was assumed toward the Chrisl by the scribes 
and Pharisees at his first appearance or presence so 
long ago. The scribes and Pharisees <>f olden times 
resisted and rejected the Christ then. The scribes and 
Pharisees of modern times resist and reject the Christ 

now. These present high officials of the old professed 

church of God also now refuse to acknowledge or even 
consider the meaning of the thousands and tens of 
thousands of signs and wonders which are now taking 
place all over the civilized world. 

These high officials also know within their conscious- 
ness that they are rejecting evidence which comes from 
the God of heaven, whom they profess to serve. They 
know that they are rejecting evidence that is intended 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 175 

by God to fulfill his word of prophecy by proving to the 
world thai Christ, Truth, is once more with God's 
people. 

One day the Pharisees and Saduceee came apon Je- 
sus and tempted him by asking him to show them a 
sign from heaven. Jesus had healed people of all man- 
ner of sicknesses and all manner of diseases all around 

and about those people, as they well know; Inn now 
they tempted him by asking him to bring down fire 
from the clouds, or something of that kind, which could 

be of no possible benefit to anyone, more than to sat 
isfy an idle curiosity. 
Jesus gave them this answer: 

Matthew XVI. 2 When it is evening, ye say, It will 

he fair weather: for the sky is red. 

o And in the morning, It will be foul weather to day : 
for the sky is red and lowring. ye hypocrites, ye can 
discern the face of the sky; but can ye not discern the 

signs of the times? 

A correct translation reads: 

Matthew XVI. 2 In the evening you sav, it will be 
fair weather for the heaven is red. And in the morn- 
ing, there will be a storm today, for the heaven is red 
and threatening. 

Hypocrites! You can judge the indications of the 
heavens, but you cannot judge the signs of this decreed 
time. 

Jesus called the attention of the highest ecclesiastical 
authorities of the professed church of God, at that time, 



176 THE GOLDEN DOPES OF MEN. 

to the fact thai they were hypocrites. Jesus knew that 
these men were well informed of the fact thai the Mes- 
siah or the Christ Was expected to appear; they also 
knew that the very signs (which we have been taught 
to call miracles) — thai these signs were from heaven 
and were positive proof to all men thai Jesus of Naz- 
areth was the man raised up i>y God to fulfill prophecy 
relating to the long-expected Messiah or Christ. We 
all know how these high officials received, or rather 
refused to receive, the Christ at that time, Jesus, as 
the Christ, was a complete disappointment to them as 
conditions were so far from their expectations in so 
many ways, and they could see nothing of any advan- 
tage in the senseless and absurd teachings of Jesus. 
They called him a demoniac because he preached such a 
si range doctrine; a doctrine, which, in their opinion, 
could never be of any advantage to the Jewish nation, 
and they refused to receive him as the Christ. They 
worried along with Jesus for several years and then 
nailed the "deceived' and "pestilent fellow?' to the cross 
to get him out of the way and save the church of God 
and the Jewish nation from destruction. 

Many of the highest ecclesiastical authorities of the 
professed church of God at this time are well informed 
of the fact that the Messiah or the Christ was to come 
again; the signs which were to precede his coming or 
being present with his people were once more all 
pointed out in the Bible, and they have all been fulfilled. 
The thousands of healings of physical ills of every na- 
ture which are now taking place all over the world are 
the same positive proof to all men that the Christ, 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 177 

Truth, is here again, just aa foretold in the Bible by 
Jesus and others. But, just as nineteen hundred years 
ago, some of the leaders of tin* old professed church of 
God refused to receive the Chrisl at thai time, just so 

some of the leaders of the old professed cliurcli of God 
have refused to receive the Christ, Truth, at this time. 
The second coming or presence of the Christ is just afi 

complete a disappointment to the leaders of the old 

church today as his first coming or presence was to the 
old church centuries ago, and for exactly the same 

reason. 

Material minded Pharisees openly scorned the ideal 
teachings of Jesus long years ago; many of them con- 
cealed and tried to hush their inward convictions of 
the truth of the teachings resultant from evidence all 
around them of the approval, power, and presence of 
God. Material minded people nailed Jesus of Nazareth 
to the cross just as it was foretold in prophecy they 
would do. But that prophecy was fulfilled. Hence- 
forth, material minded people will never again succeed 
in nailing the Christ, Truth, to the cross. The time 
is now present when this prophecy is being fulfilled. 

Daniel VII. 25 And he shall speak great words 
against the most High, and shall wear out the saints 
of the most High, and think to change times and laws : 
and they shall be given into his hand until a time and 
times and the dividing of time. 

26 But the judgment shall sit, and they shall take 
away his dominion, to consume and to destroy it unto 
the end. 
12 



178 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

'27 And the kingdom and dominion, and the great- 
ness o£ the kingdom under the whole heaven, shall he 
given to the people of the saints of the most High, whose 
kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions 

shall serve and obey him. 

This lime or age has come. The people of the saints 
of the most High are now entering into possession of 
the kingdom, which this time, is an everlasting king- 
dom, and all dominions shall serve and obey him. 

These words of Isaiah apply with great force to 
present day conditions as relating to a considerable 
part of the visible church of Christ. 

Isaiah XXIX. 13 Wherefore the Lord said, Foras- 
much as this people draw near me with their mouth, 
and with their lips do honour me, but have removed 
their heart far from me, and their fear toward me is 
tanghl by the precepl of men : 

14 Therefore, behold, I will proceed to do a marvel- 
Ions work anions this people, even a marvellous work 
and a wonder: for tin 4 wisdom of their wise men shall 
perish, and the understanding of their prudent men 
shall be hid. 

This marvelous work among the people "even a mar- 
velous work and a wonder" is today being performed 
all over the civilized world; but the wisdom of a <jreat 
number of the wise men of the professed church of 

Christ has so far "perished", and the understanding 

of the "prudent men" has become so "hid" by creeds, 

formalism, and man-made delusive doctrines that these 






Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 179 

wise and prudent leaders either fail t<» comprehend or 
refuse to consider the plain signs of the present decreed 
time; signs which should plainly tell them thai Chris- 
tian Science is the second coming or presence of Christ. 

The term clouds, as used in Scripture, is the emblem 
of the prosperity, power, and glory attendant to the ap- 
proval, presence, and power of God. Jesus said, when 
speaking of what is understood to relate to the second 
coming or presence ^i' the Christ : 

Lulce XXI. 27 Aied then shall they see the Son of 

man coming in a cloud with power and greal glory. 

Those who read the Scriptures in a literal or material 
way fail to comprehend that the healing power which 
now accompanies Christian Science is the seal or signet 
of the approval, presence, and power of God. Millions 
of professed Christians fail to comprehend that Chris 
tian Science is today demonstrating God's power and 
glory on earth in just the same way as .Jesus and his 
early followers did at the first coming or presence of 
the Christ. 

May every reader lay down personal prejudice and 
calmly consider the following plain truths as stated 
by Mrs. Eddy : 

"Divine metaphysics is now reduced to a system, to 
a form comprehensive by and adapted to the thought of 
the age in which we live. This system enables the 
learner to demonstrate the divine Principle, upon which 
Jesus' healing was based, and the sacred rules for its 
present application to the cure of disease. 



180 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

Late in the nineteenth century I demonstrated the 
divine rales of Christian Science. They were submitted 
to the broadest practical test, and everywhere, when 
honestly applied under circumstances where demonstra- 
tion was humanly possible, this Science showed that 
Truth had lost none of its divine and healing efficacy, 
even though centuries had passed away since Jesus 
practiced these rules on the hills of Judea and in the 
valleys of Galilee. 

Although tliis voinnm contains the complete Science 

of Mind healing, never believe thai von can absorb the 
whole meaning Of the Science by a simple perusal of 
this book. The book needs to be studied, and the 
demonstration of the rules of scientific healing will 
plant yon firmly on the spiritual groundwork of Chris- 
tian Science. This proof lifts von high above the per- 
ishing fossils of theories already antiquated, and en- 
ables von to grasp the spiritual facts of being, hitherto 
unat tained and seemingly dim. 

Our Master healed the sick, practiced Christian heal- 
ing, and taught the generalities of its divine Principle 
to his students; but he left no definite rule for demon- 
strating this Principle of healing and preventing dis- 
ease. This rule remained to be discovered in Christian 

Science." (Science and Health, p. 14b.) 

The cycle of time has once more swung around. Chris- 
tian or spiritual healing is once more battling against 
materia] beliefs for its God-given rights just as it did 
nineteen hundred years ago. 

When calmly considering the claims of the Christian 
Science method of healing, we should not fail to re- 






Tin: GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 1M 

member thai ei eat truth brought to the world's 

attention was al the beginning advocated and main 
tained, often al the cost of their physical lives, by a 

faith t*ul Pew. 

Noisy "political donors" who are urged on by selfish 
special interests arc now here in free America, making 
Btrenuous and persistent efforts to establish al the 
hands of the government a state school of medicine. 
Right now hold attempts are being made, under the 
guise of philanthropy, to force the passage of laws 
designed solely to entrench in power and monopolis- 
tic authority one so-called branch of the healing art 
known as materia medica, to the niter exclusion and 
extermination of Christian healing as practiced and 
taught by Jesus. 

The cycle lias swung around; the time has once more 
come when all true followers of Jesus must repeat this 
prayer which was offered to God by the early Chris- 
tians: 

Acts IV. 29 And now, Lord, behold their threaten- 
ings: and grant unto thy servants, that with all bold- 
ness they may speak thy word. 

:>o By stretching forth thine hand to heal; and 
that signs and wonders may be done by the name of 
thv holv child Jesus. 



CHAPTEB IX. 

THERE are a Dumber of words or terms used in 
the Bible to express or indicate a sinful condition 
such as defile, profane, common, unclean, corrupt, and 
pollute. These words and their derivatives have now 
become largely obsolete, and their meaning not well 
comprehended. The exact meaning of all these words 
is n«»\v well included in and comprehended by the use 
of the one word debase. Debase is from de } meaning, 
down, and base, meaning, low, and the literal mean- 
ing is, to lower. Attention is also called to the word 
exalt, the literal meaning of which is, to lift up. These 
two words, exalt and debases include much in Bible 
meaning. 

When we lift up or exalt our divine nature, which 
is the Son of (Jod within us, we are exalted. That is, 
we are raised to a high state or condition of conscious- 
ness in which we possess and are actuated by or are 
uuder the dominion of noble thoughts and asperations. 

On the other hand, if we allow our carnal or mortal 
mind or nature to be lifted up or exalted, and allowed 
to rule or have dominion over us, we are debased or 
lowered in our purity of consciousness. This debase- 
ment corresponds in exact degree to tin 1 extent we allow 
ourselves to be dominated by or allow our human or 
mortal mind to have dominion over us. 

People have been taught for hundreds of years that 
there was such a being or person in existence 4 as the 
(182) 



Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 183 

devil, Satan or the same person or power under a quid 
ber of oilier names. From the teachings we bad lis 
tened to all our lives, we had about .-ill come to the 

Conclusion that this devil which we heard so much 
about, possessed about as much power as God, and some 
of us seemed to fear him more than we did God. Many 
of us have often wondered why or how it was thai this 
devil ever came into existence at all, foe he is accred- 
ited with being the cause of death and all other sorrows. 
afflictions, and troubles of every kind which have come 
upon the human race. It also seemed plain that if this 
devil could be destroyed or obliterated that we would 
not have to go anywhere to be in heaven, for heaven 
would be right here just as soon as the devil was dead. 

If God made all things that were ever made, created, 
or caused to exist; if He is the only creator, then it 
follows that if there is such a thing, person, or power 
in existence as a devil, God must certainly have created 
him if the Bible is true. 

The devil, death, hell, and the grave are so entwined 
in their Bible account that if there is a personal devil, 
there is also such a place or locality as hell. Doubt- 
less all Christian people agree that if any man obeys 
God's will he is certain to enter heaven. They also 
agree if any man persists in being disobedient to God's 
will, he will certainly find out that there is a hell. 

The disagreement is in regard to where hell is located, 
or in what is consists. The words of Jesus must be 
accepted as supreme authority by all who profess to 
be Christians. Those who do not so accept them are 
not Christians, but only make-believe Christians, for 



184 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

the term Christian means one who comprehends and 
daily practices the true teachings of Jesus the Christ. 
It is written in regard to Jesus: 

Mark VII. 14 And when he had called all the people 
unto him, he said unto them, Hearken unto me every 
one of you, and understand. 

15 There is nothing from without a man, that en- 
tering into him can defile him: but the things which 
come out of him, those are they that defile the man. 

Attention has been called to the fact that it is not 
probable that any man ever lived who used words with 
greater scientific accuracy and precision than Jesus. 
In this instance when he used the word nothing, he 
meant exactly what he said. The literal meaning of the 
Greek oudeis, here translated nothing, is, not even one 
person, being or thing. Hence, nothing means, not any 
thing, and indicates a state of nothingness. A correct 
translation reads: 

Mark VII. 15 There is nothing external to the man 
which entering into him has power to debase him; but 
the things emanating From the man are the things 

which debase him. 

The word emanate is used in the sense of, to issue 
or How forth from as a source or point of origin. 

These words of Jesus settle beyond all question that 
there is no devil or anything else outside of or external 
to our own carnal or mortal mind or consciousness 
which has or can have 1 the slightest debasing power or 
influence over us in any possible way. 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 185 

In oidcr to make this matter still plainer to his 

disciples thai their own carnal or mortal mind was the 

only breeding place or source of evil, Jesus continued: 

Mark VII. 20 And he said. That which coincth out 
of a man, lhat defileth the man. 
lM For from within, out of the heart of men, proceed 

evil thoughts. 

Do not fail to no.te thai out of the heart (meaning 
mind i proceed or flow Forth evil thoughts. 

A thought is a conception or formation in the mind 
of a mental picture. It is an image or likeness which 
we also call an idea. This thought or idea is a judg- 
ment, opinion or a conclusion which is born or origi- 
nates in or is produced by the imaginative faculty of 
the human mind which created or formed the thought 
or conception, and it is purely an imagination. 

Imagination may be defined as the will working on 
the materials of" memory. It selects the parts of dif- 
ferent conceptions or objects of memory to form a 
picture or mental figment which is pleasing and elevat- 
ing, or is more terrible and frightful than has ever been 
presented in reality or Truth. Jesus names some of 
these evil thoughts, conceptions or imaginations which 
are born, formed or conceived in our own carnal or 
mortal mind, and which we all concede to be the works 
of the devil. 

Mark VII. 15 There is nothing from without a man, 
that entering into him can defile him : but the things 
which come out of him, those are they that defile the 
man. 



186 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

is And he saith unto them, Are ye so without un- 
derstanding also? !><> ye not perceive, that whatso- 
ever thing from without entereth into the man, it can- 
not defile him ; 

20 And he said. That which cometh out of the man, 
that defileth the man. 

lM For from within, out of the heart of men, proceed 
evil thoughts, adulteries, fornications, murders, 

22 Thefts, covetousness, wickedness, deceit, lascivi; 
on- an evil eve, blasphemy, pride, foolishness: 

23 All these evil things come from within, and defile 
the man. 

A correct translation of these verses reads: 

Mark VII. 15 There is nothing external to the man 

which entering into him can debase him; but the things 
which emanate from a man are the things which debase 
him. 

18 And he said unto them, are you also so deprived 
of comprehension? Do you not perceive that nothing 
from without entering into the man can debase him? 

20 For from withiu out of the heart of men emanates 
evil thoughts — adulteries, fornications, murders, 
thefts, covetousness, villianies, deceit, intemperance, 
envy, calumnies, pride, and egotism. All these evil 
things How from within, and debase the man. 

These words of Jesus give us plainly to understand 

that all the evil which is supposed to be in the world 
is conceived or born within and Hows from out of our 
own physical, carnal, sensual, or mortal mind or state 



Till: GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. L87 

of consciousness. This being true, ii follows that this 
mortal mind or consciousness is the only Satan or devil 
there is in the world. This devil or evil influence is 
purely a product of our own imagination. Be 1ms no 

truth Or reality in him, and this is why .Jesus said he 
was a liar from the beginning. 

Consciously or unconsciously we are continually 
hanging up pictures on memory's walls, which are the 

walls of our consciousness. The pictures or mental 

images which are formed by our sensual or mortal mind 
are but a vivid impression which is supposed to be re- 
ceived from our physical senses, but they have no con- 
crete representation in reality or Truth. 

These pictures or false representations are the hor- 
rible pictures of vice and error iu its myriads of forms. 
While these pictures have no concrete representation 
in Truth; no existence in fact or reality, they have, to 
our mortal mind or consciousness, all the force of real- 
ity. As a result of our firm belief in their reality we 
are filled with fear and disturbance or anxiety of mind 
which destroys our peace and happiness in a greater or 
less degree, and in the figurative language of the Bibie 
we suffer the torments of walking through the flames 
of the fires of Gehenna, or hell. 

On the other hand, the beautiful and exalting pic- 
tures seen hanging on the walls of our consciousness 
are produced by reflections from divine Mind; God. 
These pictures illuminate or enlighten us. They exalt 
or lift us up to the love of the good, the true, and the 
pure. AVe are thus lifted up or exalted towards heaven 
or harmony where all is peace and joy and tranquility 



188 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

of mind. These exalting pictures are nol the false and 
deceptive product of imagination, bul they are the rep- 
resentations of reality or Truth and do not fade or 
vanish away. They arc the unfading reality or Truth 

to which Peter refers with these words: 

l Peter V. 1 And when the chief Shepherd shall ap- 
pear, ye shall receive a crown of glory that fadeth not 
away. 

The Greek pltam roo. here translated appear, means, 
to he manifested or rendered apparent or plain to the 
comprehension. 

A correct tarnslation read.- : 

1 Peter Y. 4 And when the chief Shepherd is made 
plain to tin* comprehension yon will obtain the unfad- 
ing crown of glory. 

There is, in one sense, nothing gained by our know- 
ing the truth regarding the devil and hell, for our suf- 
ferings in the night-mare of mortal consciousness are 
sometimes jusl as acute and oppressive as they would 
be if we literally walked through the llames of the 
Are of Gehenna, in the valley of the son of Hinnon, 
where, it is said, the Israelites at oik 1 time sacrificed 

their children to Moloch. 

Let no one think for a moment that those who com- 
mit sin will not be punished. Those horrible and fear- 
producing pictures of sin; the pictures which are con- 
ceived within our own sensual or mortal mind will, 
if not forgiven, hang there on the walls of our memory 
or consciousness where* we are compelled to look at 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. L89 

them <>\vvy hour until, figuratively, the Barnes of Buffer- 
ing have burned them u p and they are thug obliterated 
or destroyed from our consciousness, and we sec them 
no more. 
We must remember thai from a Bible poinl of new 

every truth is considered from a purely mental Stand- 
point Two states of mind or conditions of conscious- 
ness are recognized; one false the other true. Conse- 
quently these two states or conditions are directly 
opposite and antagonistic to each other. Paul tells us, 
as you remember: 

Romans VI 1 1. 6 For to be carnally minded is death : 
but to be spiritually minded is life and peace. 

The spiritual mind or state of consciousness is to 
hi* governed by divine Mind; the mind of Spirit; God. 
If our consciousness is in joint relation, concord or 
harmony with divine Mind, then we are not conscious 
of any evil or error; then all is peace and harmony 
within us. This state of mind or consciousness in its 
fulness constitutes heaven. 

As these states or conditions of mind or conscious- 
ness are at enmity or war with each other, they are cer- 
tainly arrayed on opposite or opposing sides. For this 
reason the carnal, sensual or mortal mind or state of 
consciousness is known in Bible language as the ad- 
versary, the opponent, the accuser, and all the other 
names used in the Bible to personify evil or an evil 
influence. If we are ruled, or under the dominion of 
this carnal or mortal mind, we are arrayed in opposi- 
tion to God; we do not claim to be God's subjects or 



190 Till; GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 

childrn, bul have transferred our allegiance from Him. 
We are a traitor, a Benedict Arnold, to God because 
we have renounced our loyalty to God, our own Father, 
and given our allegiance to the devil. \*>y so doing, we 
have voluntarilv wandered away from and renounced 
the kingly dominion which is given to us as an inherit- 
ance by our heavenly Father, who entertains nothing 
hut love toward us. W'e have lefl our Father's bouse 
of heavenly peace and harmony, and have wandered off 
into another country, and have gone to work feeding 

swine for the devil. 

Jesus well knew at the close of his earthly ministry 
that his teachings were hut little understood even by 
the apostles. And now, alter centuries of study and 
research, it must he conceded by ail liberal people that 

the true import of his words can only be understood 
as we are able to comprehend their spiritual meaning. 
Any attempt to learn the meaning of the teachings of 
Jesus by considering them from a material minded 
point of view is, al all times and under all conditions, 
to simply he led into the darkness of error. Error in 
its Bible sense means a mistake in judgment, by means 
of which we are led to assent to or believe what is no1 
true. In this sense the term error is identical with or 

expresses the same meaning as illusion, delusion, fal- 
lacy, deception or hallucination. These terms all refer 
to a misleading or wandering of the human mind re- 
sultant from our entertaining false views, conceptions, 
opinions or beliefs. 
The teachings of the Biblt are based on a certain 

theory or docrtine. If we gel this theory clear in our 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. LM 

comprehension, we will understand and respect the 
Bible in a higher degree than we ever have under the 
theory or doctrine now taught by popular theology. 

In order to bring Truth within the comprehension of 
men, the supposition is granted in the Bible that man 
has two natures: the human nature and the divine na- 
ture. This supposition is only granted, however, fur 
tin 4 purpose of making the truth plain to the compre- 
hension of men while, in reality, or Truth, we only have 

» 7 7 

one nature which is the divine nature or character. 

This nature or character is a reflection from Mind; the 
mind of God. The onlv reflection there can be from 
Mind is an idea. Hence, man is God's idea. Man be- 
ing a reflection from God, he is God's image and like- 
ness. Tli is reflection of God's nature or character is 
what makes man like God, or Godlike, or God's like- 
ness; these three terms all having the same meaning. 
Man, the true man, the God-created man is all there 
is in realitv of a'nv and every man, woman, and child. 
This spiritual man who is the Son of God, the Christ, 
is now sinless and pure. He is Godlike or God's like- 
ness, and has eternal or everlasting life, just as the 
Bible states. This God-created man within us is now 
perfect, complete, entire, wanting nothing. Everything 
in our consciousness that is not good; everything that 
is not like God or a likeness of Life, Truth, Love, is an 
error; this error must be burned out or eliminated; 
must be cast out, trodden down or destroved because 
it is an error. It is simply a delusion or illusion of 
mind; a false or lying consciousness, which brings to 
us a sense of sin, sickness, and death. Jusl as fast as 



192 Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

we subdue this false mind or consciousness we subdue 
the world. Ood tells us to do this in the flrsl chapter 
of the Bible. We are given dominion over the world 
and told to subdue the world. By obedience to this 

implied command to BUbdne the world, we gain for our- 
selves a corresponding degree of dominion over earthly, 
materia] or worldly things. It is by obedience to this 
role thai we gain dominion to overcome sickness, sor- 
row, and death, and therefore begin to enjoy health, 
joy, ami happiness right here and now. 

It was only by the admission of the testimony of our 
five physical senses as being the truth which built up 
or created our belief in the existence of matter and 
the reality of material things. These senses are the 
only means by which we have or can have anv knowl- 
edge of our own material body or any other part of 
what we call the material, physical or natural world. 
This being true, it must be evident to all that the only 
way we can overcome, subdue or destroy our belief in 
the existence of or in tin 1 reality of material or worldly 
things is to refuse to give credence to the testimony 

of our own live physical senses as being the truth. 
Whenever we do this we make a change of sides and 

we embrace and comprehend the teachings of Jesus 

the Chrisl instead of continuing to believe and uphold 
the intellectual teachings of material minded teachers 
who are simply blind leaders of the blind. 

Then Jesus continued : 

Mark VII. 20 And he said. That which cometh out 
of the man, 1 hat detileth the man. 



Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 193 

2J For from within, out of the heart of men, proceed 
evil thoughts, adulteries, fornications, murders, 

22 Thefts, covetousness, wickedness, deceit, lascivi- 

ousness, an evil eye, blasphemy, pride, foolishness 

23 All these evil things eonic from within, and defile 
the man. 

The word heart is used in the Bible metaphorically 

where mind is to be understood. All religion is en- 
tirely mental, and strictly speaking has nothing to do 
with the heart. The word heart is figuratively used 
in the Bible as the symbol of the good or bad qualities 

of our nature, but in all Cases mind is understood. 

Jesus names a list of evil tilings, ideas or thoughts 
which flow from the human mind. 

The meaning of the word thing is usually considered 
to be whatever exists or is conceived, imagined, believed 
or supposed to exis.t as a separate entity or existence. 

We conceive by forming an idea in our own mind. 
That is, we form an image or model of the thing in 
our own mind for an idea is simply a mental picture 
or an image or model of the thing supposed to be seen. 
It must be evident that nothing can be conceived of, 
that is, the conception itself cannot be external to the 
mind which makes, forms or creates the conception. 
It is the teaching of idealism that the thing is therefore 
within the mind, which made, formed or created this 
conception, mental picture, image or model ; and that 
there is no thing, or nothing, outside of, or external to, 
or apart from the mind which made, formed or created 
13 



194 Till] GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 

the conception. The human mind within itself being 
the sole author, creator op father of the thing. 

In the second, or whal purports to be a material, ac- 
count of creation, we rend : 

Genesis II. 16 Unto the woman he said, I will greatly 
multiply thy sorrow and thy conception; in sorrow 

thou shall bring forth children: and thy desire shall be 
to thy husband, and he shall rule over thee. 

Conception, as here used, means and refers solely to, 
the act or power of conceiving or forming in the human 
mind. The concept thus formed being an idea which 
is entirely a child of the imaginative or inventive 
faculty which is supposed to be inherent to our human 
mind. The ideas which are conceived, formed, engen- 
dered or broughl forth in our human mind are the chil- 
dren which now comprise the Adamic race, family or 
generation. Upon this generation, family or race, which 
is conceived in the human mind, Jesus pronounced the 
strongest words of disapprobation found in the Bible 
in which he said: 

Matthew XXIII. 33 Ye serpents, ye generation of 

vipers, how can ye escape the damnation of hell? 

When you have traced out this matter of conception, 
you will find that Jesus taught that ideas conceived in 
the human or mortal minds of mankind are children or 

progeny of the serpent, Satan, devil or any of the other 

names used in Scripture to personify error or the con- 
ception and entertaining of false ideas, notions, beliefs 
or doctrines. 



Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 195 

Idealism teaches that whatever thing is conceived, 
Imagined, believed or supposed to exist as a Beparate 
entity has no such entity or existence a1 all separate 
or aparl from, or external to, the mind which made, 
formed or created the conception or idea. < consequently 
the Christian idealist denies the existence of matter or 
material substance of any and every kind or nature, 
and maintains the teaching that all is Mind and its 
visible manifestation. That is to say, all is Mind, and 
that which is revealed, uncovered or made clear to the 
discernment or comprehension of our spiritual faculties. 

Now, our spiritual faculties, which alone constitute 
the spiritual man, are, according to the teachings of 
the Bible, in direct opposition to and in conflict or war 
with our so-called material faculties which constitute 
the physical or material man. Consequently it would 
be utterly unreasonable to suppose that our spiritual 
or God-given faculties, or our spiritual man, mind or 
nature within us would or could agree or be at peace 
with our material or Satan-given faculties, or our phys- 
sical man, mind or nature which is supposed to be out- 
side of, or external to, our spiritual man and separated 
by a line of demarkation w T hich Paul calls the middle 
wall or partition. 

Ephesians II. 13 But now in Christ Jesus ye who 
sometimes were far off are made nigh by the blood of 
Christ. 

14 For he is our peace, who hath made both one, and 
hath broken down the middle wall of partition beticeen 
us; 



196 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

L5 Saving abolished in his flesh the enmity, i p< n the 
law of commandments contained In ordinances; for to 
make in himself of twain one new man, so making 

peace; 

16 And thai he might reconcile both onto God in one 
body by the cross, having slain the enmity thereby. 

Paul here refers to the warfare which went on in 
the consciousness of Jesus of Nazareth: "for he was 
tempted at all points like as we are vet without sin." 
The war between his material senses and his spiritual 
faculties. 

This same warfare is going on every hour in our own 
mentality or consciousness, and it will go on within 
ns until all error or evil is subdued, overcome and cast 
out. When all error or false beliefs are destroyed by a 
knowledge of Truth, we will then have arrived at the 
day of judgment. We will then be able to give right- 
eous or right thinking judgment, as all error or wrong 
thinking has been eliminated from our mentality or 
consciousness. 

The material or physical part of the man Jesus of 

Nazareth died, to human sense, a physical death on the 
cross. It was the son of Mary who died. Jesus him- 
self called attention to this fact while hanging on the 
cross by calling to his mother, "Woman, behold (or see) 
thy son." The spiritual pari of the man Jesus of 
Nazareth, which is the Son of God, possessed eternal 
life and never dies. Jesus well knew this fact, and he 
voluntarily went to the cross to demonstrate this £reat 

fact to all those who comprehended and accepted his 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 197 

teachings and brought their daily walk and conversa 
tion in harmony with his teachings. If Jesus was dif 
ferenl in liis relationship to God than men arc today, 
then, his demonstration would not be of any special 
value to us. The Bible plainly tells as that Jesus was 
like unto Ids brethren in all things. 

Hebrew* II. IT Wherefore in all things it behoved 
him to be made like unto his brethren, that he might be 
a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining 
to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. 

It is the material or physical part of our mind, nature 
or consciousness which dies. All that dies is simply 
a false belief which we may now hold to be true. It is 
a false belief or a lie because it has no corresponding 
entity in reality. Hence, it dies, or is destroyed or 
obliterated from our mentality or consciousness as we, 
little by little, come to a knowledge of Truth. This is 
the death or gradual destruction of error in Paul's 
consciousness to which he referred when he said : 

1 Corinthians XV. 31 I protest by your rejoicing 
which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord, I die daily. 

It is but our false sense of things or an untrue dis- 
cernment by means of our senses which dies. All things 
which are real ; all things which are of God's creation, 
are perfect and eternal. But our own false sense of 
discernment pictures out before us many things which 
are not real because they have no correspondence in 
reality. There is no Truth in them because God never 
created them. 



198 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

There is no more truth or reality in the scenes which 
each moment pass before our physical senses than there 
is in those seen at a moving picture show. Von sit in 

your chair and see the show pass before von. hut are 
not deceived into believing that the scenes are real be- 
cause you know the truth. You know that it is hut 
a Beeming; that it is hut an illusion or delusion of the 
sense of sight. Possibly a little child may sit beside 
you who, in his innocence of the arts of men, may see 
tin 1 pictures pass before his eyes, and they may look 
so real to him that he has not the slightest doubt in 
his mind hut what everything is in reality just as it 
appears to his physical sight. There will come an 
awakening, even in a material way, to that child some 
time. Little by little he will come to the knowledge 
of the truth. He will then know that the show is all 
simply an illusion of the senses. 

We are all children. The material world which passes 
before our five physical senses are the scenes of a vast 
picture show. At first we have no doubt but what this 
world show is all a reality; that it is just as it appears 
before us each moment. The Bible tells us that God 
is Spirit. We also learn that God created all things. 
We learn that He only created a spiritual creation or 
world. Thai lie never created a material creation or 
world at all. Then, as we gain this knowledge of reality 
or Truth, we begin to come into the same light and to 
know the truth of things just as Jesus saw and knew 
them. JeSUS knew that all the perception or knowl- 
edge which comes to mankind by means of their physical 
senses was nothing hut a falsity ; a vain or empty show ; 



Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. L99 

he knew thai il was nothing bnl an illusion of the 
senses; thai ii was but a picture or image <>r likem 
in the human mind and consciouness which had no cor 
respondence in reality, and was purely a producl of 
imagination, Jesus also knew thai we, like the little 

child, would some time come to an awakening to the 
Truth. Paul expresses the thought in these words: 

l Corinthians XIII. L2 For now we see through a 

glass, darkly; but then lace to face: now I know in 
part : but then shall I know even as also I am known. 

We will then know that all is spiritual and good. We 
will know that there is in reality nothing or no thing 
material or evil. At present, we all have but a limited 
knowledge of Truth; but as we grow in grace and a 
knowledge of Truth, the path becomes brighter and 
brighter, and we know that some day we will arrive at 
that radiant state of consciousness where we will have 
a full knowledge of Truth. Then, we shall know exactly 
as we are now known. This radiant state of conscious- 
ness is what John referred to when he wrote: 

1 John III. 2 Beloved, now are we the sons of God, 
and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we 
know that, when he shall appear, we shall be like him; 
for we shall see him as he is. 

3 And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth 
himself, even as he is pure. 

The word appear, as here used, means, to be plain or 
clear to the comprehension. John is here speaking of 



200 Tin: GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 

the Christ, the Son of God. Thia son is the spiritual 
man, mind <>r nature within as in distinction from the 
material man, mind or nature thai we may now suppose 
or imagine we also possess. This translation gives the 
full sense of the Greek : 

l ./o//y/ ill. 2 Beloved! We are now sons i or chil- 
dren) of God, and ii has not yel been made plain to 
the comprehension what we shall be. We know, how- 
ever, if it should be made plain to our comprehension 

wo shall he his likeness; because we shall see him as 
he is. 

David, in his day, caughl mental glimpses of the 

spiritual Son of God, the Christ, who is made in the 

image and likeness of God, and sang: 

Psalm* XVII. 1-") As for me, I will behold thy face 
in righteousness: i shall be satisfied, when I awake, 
with thy likeness. 

The important thing for us to do is to wake up right 
now from tin 1 deep Adam sleep or dream of belief in 
matter or material conditions. We wake up just as 

fast as we gain a knowledge of Truth. This knowledge, 

this right thinking, saves us from tin 1 illusions or de- 
lusions or error or wrong thinking, saves us from a 
false state of mentality or consciousness which is the 
source of all our sorrows, pains, and tears. 

The Bible tells us to "awake to righteousness (or 
righl thinking) and sin not." There need be no delay 
for, "Now is the day of salvation." Not tomorrow, or 

when we are supposed to die, but now. The average 



Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 201 

man is willing to be saved right now and enter the 
kingly dominion of the heaven of health and happiness 
righl here on ihr earth, provided he is allowed to Ing 
in all his earthly baggage, consisting of a large stock 
of man-made creeds, prejudices, and deluded beliefs 
which be calls his theological doctrines. This baggage 

is the burden we must all lay down before we can 

enter the harmony and peace of heaven. 

It does not lessen one enjoyment or interest in life 
to learn that the world is a big, busy moving picture 
show. One picture is presented to our mental view 
and then another. We art 1 finding out that these pic- 
tures of the world we live in are pictures formed in 
mind or consciousness. These pictures are formed 
either from thoughts or ideas emanating from divine 
Mind, the mind of God which bring to us health, joy, 
and life, or they are pictures formed from thoughts or 
ideas emanating from the human brain, the ideas which 
bring to us a sense of sorrow, sickness, and death. 

It is for us to remember that we are in the world 
to make sacrifice of self, the false ego } and to make life's 
journey brighter for others and not primarily for our 
personal selves. It is the unselfish people who are the 
happiest. The dissatisfied ones are those who are 
seeking happiness for themselves alone. 

Whenever we look into a mirror we see a picture of 
whatever is presented for reflection. It is the same 
with our consciousness. If the hideous pictures of hate, 
cruelty, or ignoble deeds are reflected or thrown back 
to us, we crouch down in the shadows of gloom to hide 
self, the false eyo, from their distressing Bight. 



202 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

Whenever we cover the walls of memory with pictures 

Of love and unsellisli deeds to those around OS, we live 

in a world of peaceful consciousness. This is the peace 
Jesus referred to when he said : 

John XIV. 27 Peace I leave with you, my peace 1 

give anto you : not ;is die world giveth, give I unto you. 
Lei not your heart be troubled, neither let ii he afraid. 

Men and woman made in God's [mage, likeness or 

character, should reflect God's likeness, character or 
image. God is Love Whenever we reflect or east back 

love to others, we are reflecting God. God is Principle: 
Whenever we stand erect <>n principle and east all 
ignoble thoughts out of our mentality we are exalted 
or lifted up; we will then reflect deeds of justice and 
right to our fellow men. These good ilwd^ bring sun- 
shine into our lives, and we eateh ourselves humming 
Shreds of joyous BOng. These good deeds give form and 

color to beautiful pictures in our consciousness, and 

no matter what the world may say about us, we know 
and realize that we are having tUe pleasure of adding 
something to the world's store of happiness. 

Abraham Lincoln knew this secret well, for lie said: 
"Die when we may, I want it said of me by those who 
know me best, that I always plucked a thistle and 
planted a ilower wherever J thought a flower would 
mow." 

Jesus plainly taught that there was nothing or no- 
thing, <>r not one thing, outside of, or external to, us 
which could l>y any possibility debase or degrade us. 



Tin: <;<>u>kn m>n:s of MEN. 208 

Consequently all the teaching to the contrary which 

we have listened to all our lives is false. 

Heaven is where God is; as all professed Christians 
teach, theoretically at least, thai God is everywhere, 

it must he evident to all that heaven is not a place 
or a locality, lint a state or condition of mind or eon 

scionsness. 

From a Bible point of view hell is the exact opposite 
or antithesis of heaven. That is to say, these terms are 
understood to be indicative of the extreme opposition 
and contrast in character between heaven and hell. 

Jesus plainly and positively taught that the kingly 
dominion of God is within us; as he made no distinc- 
tion between the kingly dominion of God and the kingly 
dominion of heaven, we have a right to infer that the 
kingly dominion of heaven is within us and that it re- 
lates entirely to a state or condition of mind or con- 
sciousness. It also follows that as hell is the antithesis 
of heaven, it is also a state or mind or consciousness. 
All this is strictly a mental condition, and our lives are 
governed by whatever ideas are held by ourselves to be 
Truth. 

The English word idea is from the Greek word Idea, 
from idem, meaning, to see or seen. Consequently an 
idea is what is seen. That is, we see the form, image 
or model of the thing in our mind. The thing is in 
tills way comprehended by our faculties of understand- 
ing, and we see, or have perception. 

Now, our faculties of understanding or perception 
are either material or physical ; or, they are immaterial 
or spiritual. Do not forget that an idea is that which 



204 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 

is seen. This idea is in mind. Hence, in the mind is 

seen the form, image or model of the thing. 

It has been shown ihai the Bible plainly teaches that 
our so-called physical, sensual or mortal mind cannot 
know or understand al all in regard to anything re- 
lating to God; Spirit; or Sis creation. The Bible 

clearly teaches that God; Spirit; Mind; created or 
made all things which were ever caused to come into 
existence, being or life in reality. With our spiritual 

faculties, or mind, we see or perceive this spiritual 

world, the only world there is in existence. With 
our material faculties, or mind, we see or perceive a 
material world which has no existence in reality, be- 
cause God never made it. What we sec 1 with our ma- 
terial faculties is simply a delusion or illusion con- 
ceived, created or made within our own material, sen- 
sual or mortal mind, and the world we see or perceive 
by means of our material mind is an unseen world, be- 
cause the world we arc* deluded, beguiled or deceived 
by this mind into believing to he a real world has no 
existence 1 outside of, or external to, our own material 
mind or brain where all our materia] conceptions, be- 
liefs or ideas are born or come into existence. 

This unset n world — the world we imagine we sec 1 with 
our material, sensual or mortal mind, is called hell in 
the Bible. In our mortal mind, or material state 1 of 
consciousness, we believe We Bee a material world, while 
in Truth or reality we see absolutely nothing at all, and 
arc 1 in perfect darkness. This spiritual darkness is the 1 

darkness referred to by Jesus in the parable of the 
marriage supper. 



Till: GOLDEN BOPE8 OF MEN. 205 

Matthew XXII. n And when the king came in to 
see the quests, he saw there a man which had not on a 
wedding garment : 

\'2 And ho saitfa nnio him, Friend, how earnest thon 
in hither not haying a wedding garment? And he was 
speechless. 

13 Then said the king to the servants, Bind him hand 
and foot, and take him away, and cast him into outer 
darkness; there shall he weeping and gnashing of teeth. 

All through the Bible, light is the symbol of spiritual 
knowledge; the knowledge or understanding which 
conies to us from divine Mind. In like manner dark- 
ness, the opposite of light, or rather the absence of 
light, is the symbol of material knowledge; the knowl- 
edge of this world which comes to us from our own 
material, sensual, intellectual or mortal mind. Jesus 
used the word darkness in the sense of obscurity; or 
the state of being unknown, unseen, or not seen. In just 
the same sense the world we think we see or perceive 
with our material mind is an unseen world; because 
it is not seen and it is all simply an illusion or delusion 
of the senses; this unseen world is called hell in the 
Bible because it is a false or an unreal world which 
is in direct opposition to or is an antithesis of the world 
of Truth or reality which is called heaven. 

One day Jesus told his disciples, addressing his re- 
marks to Peter: 

Matthew XVI. IS And I sav also unto thee, That 
thou art Peter, and upon this rock I will build my 
church ; and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it. 



206 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

r.) And I will give unto thee the keys of the kingdom 

Of heaven: and whatsoever t lion slialt bind on earth 
shall be bound in heaven: and whatsoever tlion slialt 
loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven. 

A correct translation reads : 

Matthew XVI. 18 And to you I say that in like- 
ness you are a rock, and upon this same rock I will 
build my congregation; and the gates of the unseen 
world shall not, by opposition, gain the victory over 
her. 

Prevail means, to gain the victory over. The original 
sense of against is opposition. The Greek hades, trans- 
lated hell in the above verse, means, unseen world. The 
Greek word hades is derived from a, meaning, not, and 
idein, meaning, to see or seen: The true meaning of 
hades is unseen in the sense of not seen; invisible; 
hidden, or obscure. 

Hades is the word used in the Septuagint, a Greek 
translation of the Old Testament, as a translation of 
the Hebrew word shod: Shoel being a word or term 
used to denote the world, state or abode of the dead. 

Tin 1 word shod, in the Hebrew is the equivalent in 
meaning of the Greek word hades, and literally means, 
that which is in darkness; that which is invisible or 
unseen: that which is obscure or destitute of light. 

The original meanings of the Hebrew word or term 
Shoel and the Greek hades are identical, and are both 
correctly expressed in English by unseen world or ////- 
seen state. They both refer to something unseen in the 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 207 

sense of being simply a product of tin* imagination; an 

illusion, or delusion of mind. 

The word hades is found eleven times In the Now Tes- 
tament; in ten places it is translated hell, and in the 
remaining instance it is translated grave, as found in 

tli is verse: 

Corinthians XV, 55 O death, where 4 is thy sting? 

O grave, where is thy victory? 

A correct translation reads : 

Corinthians XV. 55 Where, O Death, is your sting? 
Where, O unseen world (or hades), is your victory? 

Also in the New Testament the word translated hell 
eleven times should, in all cases, be translated Gehenna, 
according to the Greek; Gehenna being the Grecian 
form of indicating the Hebrew words which are trans- 
lated "valley of Hinnon." 

The valley of Hinnon, or Gehenna, was near Jeru- 
salem, and into this valley were cast all kinds of offal, 
such as the carcasses of beasts and the bodies of those 
who had been executed as criminals. A fire was kept 
constantly burning to consume all these and the filth 
from the city. 

Gehenna is used in the New Testament to symbolize 
utter destruction. It has been translated hell and 
grave, but in no place in the Greek where the word is 
used is it to be regarded as a place of eternal punish- 
ment or torment either by expression or implication. 
Gehenna is to be regarded as a place, state or condi- 



208 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

lion of detestation or abomination in the spiritual 

meanings these words have throughout the whole Bible. 

The words Shoe! and Hades, which are translated 

hell and grave in Scripture, are never properly used 

to represent the grave as a place of burial of the dead 

body. These WOrdfi are used, however, to indicate the 
abode of departed spirits, and Shoel and Hades, or 
hell, is in all cases understood to be the antithesis of 

heaven. All the teaching of the Bible is strictly in line 
with and confirmatory of the idealistic and spiritual 
teaching thai heaven and hell are not places or local- 
ities, but states or conditions of mind or consciousness. 

All people in every age, who have come to a knowledge 
or comprehension of Truth by letting spiritual light 

illume them, have" begun to enter the kingly dominion 

of heaven righl then and there. Whenever we are obedi- 
ent to God's Word atid strive to subdue the world, the 
sunshine of heaven rests upon us, and we are upheld 
and sustained. Bui if we are disobedient and will not 
believe His Word, we simply cast ourselves into outer 
or external darkness, and through consciousness we ex- 
perience the hell which is figuratively described as, 
weeping and wailing and gnashing of teeth. 

All our joys and all our sorrows are entirely due to 
our condition of mind. To be spiritually minded, the 
Bible tells us, is life and peace; to be carnally minded 
i> death. 

It may have dawned upon the comprehension of the 

render that our five physical senses are the gates of 
hell which .Jesus referred to when he said that the gates 

Or means of entrance into hell, hades, or the unseen 



Till; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 209 

world, should not overpower his church OP Congrega- 
tion by their opposition to Truth, Possibly the reader 
never before realized thai he is in the gardep of Eden 

right now; never before realized thai his own physical 

senses are righl now beguiling, deluding, and deceiv- 
ing him into believing thai he sees, feels, hears, tastes, 

and smells a material world all around him. 

This evidence comes to us in a wry subtile manner. 
It creeps into us in such a sly, crafty, insinuating way 
that few realize that they are, righl here and now, being 
beguiled, deceived and deluded by the 4 seducing influ- 
ence which is figuratively stated as having beguiled and 
deceived Eve in the garden of Eden. You remember 
the words Eve is represented in the allegory as saying: 

Genesis II. 13 The serpent beguiled me and I did 
eat. 

Eat means, figuratively, to partake of; hence, a par- 
taker is one who takes a part in common with others. 
The Hebrew nasha, translated beguiled, means, to men- 
tally delude or lead astray from Truth. The truth is, 
that we right now live in a spiritual world; but our 
material senses beguile us to partake of the forbidden 
fruit, which is belief in material knowledge or the be- 
lief in the reality of matter or material things. 

God, in His revealed Word, as written down in the 
Bible and Science and Health, is on one side of the ques- 
tion of the unreality of matter or material things. Our 
material senses testify exactly opposite or in opposi- 
tion to God's revealed Word. The question for each 
one to decide is whether to believe God's revealed Word 
14 



210 THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 

and begin right now to enter the kingly dominion of 
heaven, or to believe the evidence of his own material 

senses and let these gates Of hell prevail or gain the 

victorv over him by their beguiling and opposing in- 
fluence. 

In the similitude of Adam y s transgression, it is 

written : 

Genesis II. L5 And the Lord God took the man, and 

put him into the gardes Of Eden to dress it and keep it. 

The Bebrew abad, here translated dress, means, to 
enslave or hold in bondage. Enslave is here used in 
the sense of, to rednee to subjection by bringing under 
dominion. 

The Bebrew shama/r> here translated keep, means, to 
guard or watch. The Hebrew yanach, translated put, 
means, allowed to stay. To guard or watch, as here 
used, refers to a mental endowment or attitude which 
keeps oil' evil influences and thus prevents loss, injury 
or destruction. The thought expressed in this verse is 
that we must keep or be on guard; we must watch by 
being awake and vigilant lest we be attacked and over 
come by an enemy in the garden of Eden where the 
Lord God allowed us to stay. The enemy or adversary 
we must watch or keep guard ever and reduce to sub- 
jection by bringing him under our complete dominion 
is the serpent, Satan or the devil. This Satan or devil 
is the mind which is the product of our own material 
or physical senses. 

We are allowed to stay in the garden of Eden right 

now "to dress it and keep it/' That is to say, in the 



Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 211 

figurative language of the similitude or allegory we 

must be awake and Vigilant We must watch lest we 

enter into temptation by being overcome by the beguil- 
ing evidences of our senses. We are to keep guard OT 
watch at all times and not let this devil gain dominion 
over us. Not only this, but we are right now allowed 
to stay in the garden of Eden to dress it. Thai is, we 
must reduce all belief in a material world to subjection 
by bringing our physical senses under dominion. If 
we are obedient to God's will, His grace will be sufli- 
cient for us. By His help we can subdue the earth and 
overcome the world, just as our Master did before us. 
Christian Science teaches that devils are evil thoughts 
or suggestions which originate through one or more of 
our five physical senses. It teaches that these evil 
thoughts which debase or degrade us can be thrown 
out or ejected from our mentality if we are watchful 
and pitch them out as soon as they seek or gain en- 
trance. The Bible strongly supports this teaching. 
James explains the matter as follows: 

James I. 12 Blessed is the man that endureth temp- 
tation : for when he is tried, he shall receive the crown 
of life, which the Lord hath promised to them that love 
him. 

13 Let no man say when he is tempted, I am tempted 
of God: for God cannot be tempted with evil, neither 
tempteth he any man: 

1 4 But every man is tempted, when he is drawn away 
of his own lust, and enticed. 

15 Then when lust hath conceived, it bringeth forth 
sin : and sin, when it is finished, bringeth forth death. 



212 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

A correct translation makes this matter still plainer: 

•hums I. 13 Let no one when tempted say, I am 
tempted out of God; for God is not capable of being 

tempted by evil things; and Ho tempts no one. Bui 

each one is tempted by liis own sensuality, being enticed 
ami beguiled: Then sensuality, having formed a con- 
ception concerning, gives birth to error (or sin), and 
error when perfected gives birth to mortality (or 

death i. 

This whole subject relates to mind, not matter, 
dames tells us in the fifteenth verse that when lust, 
which is the longing or desire of our physical senses, 
and is sensuality, has conceived or formed a concep- 
tion it brings forth, beareth, or gives birth, to an idea, 
notion, or thought. This evil thought, or idea is con- 
ceived and born in the sensual mind or mind of the 
material senses, which is the material, human, natural 
or mortal mind of mankind, just as has been repeatedly 
shown. God has nothing to do with the birth, forma, 
tion or conception of an evil thought, as He never 
created the sensual or mortal mind which gave birth 
to the evil thought, idea or conception. 

We are by no means left helpless to the domination 
of our own sensual or mortal mind, which is the devil 
or father of lies, and which gives birth to evil thoughts. 
The Scriptures tell us that if we will resist the devil, 
he will flee from us. To resisl means far more than to 
make a mild, passive effort. It means, in this instance, 
to use vigorous mental effort in opposition. If any man. 
woman or child in the world, no matter whether they 



THi; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 218 

profess to be Christians or not, will make prompt, vig 
orous mental effort, they will soon learn thai evil or 
debasing thoughts or ideas can be thrown (mi of their 
mentality as soon as they arc conceived or horn. 
Science and Eealth tells as thai we musl "Stand porter 
at the door of thought." 

No one does an evil, unkind, low or degrading acl 

without first thinking about it. The evil thought or 
idea is tirst formed or conceived in our human, sensual 
mind. We all can learn to have dominion over our 
own sensual mind. If we will promptly pitch out every 
evil, dishonorable or debasing thought that comes to 
us, and retain nothing but the good, the true and the 
noble thoughts, we will soon note that our standard or 
ideal of what is good and pure will be exalted, and we 
will thus be lifted or drawn up nearer to the Christ 
ideal. 

When Jesus said to Peter, 4k Get thee behind me, 
Satan," he gave us a practical illustration of all this. 
He instantly pitched out of his mentality the Satan, 
evil thought or idea Peter's remark had suggested to 
him. It is for us to follow the Master's example. 

We read a great deal about fire in the Bible in con- 
nection with hell and the devil, and it is well to know 
that fire in Scripture is usually the symbol of destruc- 
tion, or the consuming of worthless, polluted or vile 
things. Gehenna is used, in a figurative way, to repre- 
sent the complete destruction of all that is debased or 
wicked. While no individual will be literally burned 
with fire, the effects of the figurative fire on us through 
consciousness of wrong doing is by no means to be 



214 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

lightly considered or feared. We all know something 
about the effects or results of "burning the candle at 

both end-." We have all "burned our fingers' 9 more 
than one time. Possibly some may have '-burned the 
bridge behind them" to their sorrow. Others may have 
allowed alcohol to have burned up all that was near 
and dear to them. 

Whenever the ardor or longings of our sensual pas- 
sions have burned away or consumed our love of the 
world and the pomp and pride of a sensual life, there 
will come a time either here or hereafter when each in- 
dividual in the world will turn his face toward heaven 
and submit his will to the will of the God who made 
him. Whenever this time comes, or rather, whenever 
this condition oi* consciousness is present with the in- 
dividual, his heavenly Father will see him "when he 
is a great way off," and the returning prodigal will find 
out that during all the years in which he thought to 
secure true and permanent happiness by the gratifica- 
tion of his five physical senses, which is sensualism, 
he was beguiled, deceived, and deluded in the garden 
of Eden by his own egotistical mind, which is the ser- 
pent, into believing that he knew a better way, or a 
better road, to happiness than "the way" pointed out by 
.Jesus, the Anointed, the Messiah, the Christ. 

Thousands and thousands of professed teachers have 
stood up in what is commonly known as the sacred 
place Or desk of God's church and spoke words of blas- 
phemy againsl God's character by describing Him to 
their hearers as a God of vengeance who, according to 
their teachings, would some day torture millions of 



Till; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 215 

men and women In the flames of the Are of a sulphuriotw 
hell for an endless eternity. This blasphemous, dark 
teaching has been preached so strong within the 
professed church of God thai millions of people have 

almost heard the Cries, shrieks, and groans of the 
damned. 
The Bible teaches thai God is Love. There is no 

wrath, vengeance, or desire to punish ill Love. Jesus 
plainly tells all these false prophets or teachers who 

stand up in pulpits and thus desecrated God's name and 
character: 

Matthew VII. 21 Not every one that saith unto me, 
Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but 
he that doeth the will of my Father which is in heaven. 

22 .Many w T ill say to me in that day, Lord, Lord, 
have we not prophesied in thy name? and in thy name 
have cast out devils? and in thy name done many won- 
derful works? 

23 And then will I profess unto them, I never knew 
you: depart from me ye that wo*rk iniquity. 

It has been stated that heaven and hell are exact 
opposites. Hell is the state or condition of conscious- 
ness we see, taste or experience by means of our ma- 
terial, sensual or mortal faculties; it is an unseen 
state or world because there is no such world in ex- 
istence in Truth. 

Heaven is the world or condition of consciousness we 
see, taste or experience by means of our spiritual facul- 
ties. This world is a world of reality which will never 
vanish or fade away because its builder and maker is 
God. 



216 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

All men will sometime learn that to be in perfect 
peace and harmony with Mind; Truth; God; is to he 
in heaven. What mankind calls dying lias nothing to 
do with what we have been taught to call "going to 
heaven." Whenever we have trampled down, subdued, 

overcome or gained dominion over our own material, 
sensual or mortal mind or nature, and have lifted up 
or exalted the Son of God which is our spiritual mind 

or nature, we will gradually, as this change of men- 
tality takes place, be restored back to the happy con- 
dition wherein God placed us at "the beginning," and 
we will at last tind ourselves once more in beaven. 

Jesus of Nazareth was commissioner to make clear 
to tlu* comprehension of all men what was meant by 
tin 1 expression, Son of God. He tried to teach all men 
that the Christ was the image and likeness of God — 
sinless and pure. That this Chris! was within every 
man and woman in the world, and constituted the king- 
dom of God and the kingdom of heaven within them. 
Be did not tell people that they would find Jesus of 
Nazareth within them, but lie did teach that they 
would tind, as Paul expresses it, "Christ in you the hope 
of Glory/ 5 

As we come to a knowledge of this truth we are 
renewed in our mentality, and by means of our spiritual 

faculties of perception, we begin 1<> see the Son of 
God or the Christ within us. The gaining of this 
knowledge or comprehension is gradual. We are told 

in Revelation that the seals are opened, one by one. 

When all seven seals are opened, which is the symbol 

of completeness <>r perfection, we will then have ar- 



Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 217 

rived at perfection. We will then have arrived at the 

Btate <>t' a perfect man just as the Bible teaches: 

Ephesians IV. 13 Till we all come in the unity of 

the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto 
a perfect man, unto the 1 measure of the stature of tin 4 
fulness of Christ. 



.lames tells us : 

J dines IV . S Purify your hearts, ye double minded. 

We have learned that the Bible recognizes two minds 
or states of consciousness; the carnal or mortal, which 
results in death, and the spiritual, which gives us life 
and peace. The only way outlined in the Bible for us 
to obey God's will is to overcome, destroy or subdue our 
carnal or mortal mind, and be guided entirely, not par- 
tially, by divine Mind. Jesus, by listening to and obey- 
ing this divine Mind, was enabled to exercise the kingly 
dominion of heaven right here on the earth. Just as 
fast as we got clear of the double-mindedness of trying 
to believe in both Spirit and matter or material things, 
we are enabled right here and now to commence to enter 
within the same kingly dominion which Jesus enjoyed 
in such an eminent degree. 

Jesus at all times gave God the Father all the praise, 
honor, and glory for the gift of kingly dominion which 
he possessed in such a high degree that popular theol- 
ogy concluded that Jesus must be God Himself. The 
intellectual or mortal minds of men cannot rise to the 
acceptance of the truth that this same kingly dominion 



218 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

is given as a i'rcr gift to all of ( lod's sons and daughters 
who obey God's will by complying with the condition. 
This condition is, thai we subdue or overcome the world. 
We ran only subdue or overcome the world by trampling 
down and refusing to believe our material mind, and by 
listening to and obeying the spiritual knowledge or un- 
derstanding which conies to US from divine Mind. 

The day has come when we now begin to understand 
that spiritual perception or knowing is the only true 
source of knowledge which leads us to happiness here 

and now. For hundreds of years the whole world has 

• 

been deluded with the belief that matter is the real and 
knowable, while Spirit is the supernatural and un- 
knowable. We now know that Jesus taughl and 
demonstrated the laws governing God's spiritual world. 
We also know that there is no other brand ou the mar- 
ket which is "just as good" as "the way" which Jesus 
preached. 

The spiritual kingdom or world which Jesus preached 
about was the realm or kingdom of Mind. This king- 
dom was very real to him, but it is seemingly now- 
looked upon by the great majority of his professed fol- 
lowers as a will-o'-the-wisp, a fairy tale, or a castle in 
the air which the first breath of adversity will blow- 
away. 

There are a large number of branches of tin 1 professed 
church of Christ, and each one claims to have the genu- 
ine brand. As yon pass down the street each church 

calls out, "Here you are!" "Bighl this way!" and Other 
cries to solicit attention to their goods. How many of 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 219 

these churches are producing the fruits of the kingdom 
which Jesus said was at hand? 

We all begin to see thai the reason why the world 
has failed to realize a greater benefit from the teach- 
ings of Jesus during all these long centuries is simply 
because his professed church for twelve hundred and 
sixty years have tried to adapt his spiritual teachings 
wholly, or in a greater part, to a material world: adapt 
them to a world which is entirely a product or creation 
of our own material or physical senses; adapt them to 
a world which is in exact opposition and antagonistic 
to the world which God created "In the beginning." 



CHAPTEB X. 

WE remember thai Jesus said it was Truth that 
would make us free. It is reasonable to think 

that all people desire to be free. No ono wishes to be 
in bondage or a slave to any one or anything. Hut 
what is it that Truth IS to make us free from, and how 
can Truth tree us from anything? It must be plain to 
all that a knowledge or understanding of Truth nfusl 

Tree us from its opposite, which is error or the belief 
in a lie, provided we admit the Truth in our conscious- 
ness, and then hold firmly to it in daily practice. Error 
relates entirely to our mentality, and we can all clearly 
see that untrue, erroneous or wrong thinking is what 
Jesus considered to be the great cause of all the sin, 
sickness, sorrow, and death there is in the world. 

When Jesus told the Jews that Truth would make 
them free, they seemed to be somewhat indignant, and 
told him that they were children of Abraham, and had 
never been in bondage or slavery. Jesus answered 
them, according to a correct translation : 

John VIII. 34 Truth! Truth! 1 say to you that 
i^Y^vy one who is practicing sin is a slave of sin. But 
the slave does not abide in the house to the age. The 
son abides to the age. It' then the son makes you free 
you shall be free in reality. 

Kindly notice that Jesus said that if the Son made 
us \'vw we would be free in reality. Now, this word 
reality is a very important word to us. Jesus practiced 
(220) 



Tin; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 221 

what be preached, consequently he viewed everything 
from the spiritual, or from God's point of view. Every 

man in the world today, who has not overcome in some 
degree his belief in the truth of material things, views 
everything he knows anything a1 all about from a ma- 
terial point Of new. These viewpoints are in exact 
opposition. In consequence of this, what God says is 
reality, or truth, the materially minded man opposes, 
and says it is a lie. What the materially minded man 
believes and says is reality or truth, God says is a lie. 
So we see that much depends upon what is accepted 
as being reality or truth. Let us understand reality to 
be, that which has actual or real existence in distinction 
from that which has an imaginary appearance or seem- 
ing, which, by its deceptive and false semblance to the 
genuine, misleads us into believing that it is the real 
or true thing. Many of us know to our sorrow that it 
is possible for imposture to be so cunningly and artfully 
placed before us as to lead us into error or an erroneous, 
deluded way of thinking, and thus cause us to believe 
that a lie is the truth. 

When Jesus said, You shall know the truth and the 
truth shall make vou free, he meant that everv man and 
woman in the world would at sometime know T the truth 
that everything there was then in the world, ever had 
been, or ever would be, is spiritual. They would know 
that there never was, or never w^ould be, any material 
world in existence in reality or truth. 

It has been stated that Jesus considered that error 
or untrue thinking, w r as the cause of all the sin, sick- 
ness, sorrow, and death there is in the world. If this 



222 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

is true, then Truth, or true thinking, will remove the 
cause of all the trouble there is in this world. It then 
follows thai individually all men in the world will be 
Baved jus! as fasl as they begin to comprehend, ac- 
cept, and practice the Truth, which Jesus preached Tor 
the saving or the salvation of all men in the world. 
This would indicate that each individual's salvation is 
dependent upon our first knowing or comprehending a 
grain of Truth; then its acceptance; then its practice 
in our daily life. 

The opinions of men divide them, in a general way, 
into the belief of one of three systems of religion. These 
systems may be designated or known as realism, 
dualism, and idealism. The realist believes that all is 
matter or material substance, and denies that there is 
such a thing as Spirit or spiritual substance in exist- 
ence. He accepts the evidence of his five physical 
senses as being the truth, and he scoffs at the very idea 
of there being such a thing as a spiritual world. 

The dualist believes that there are two worlds. A 
material world composed of matter which he is living 
in now, and which he recognizes or is made acquainted 
with by means of his five physical senses. He also be- 
lieves that there is also a spiritual world somewhere to 
which men attain at sometime after what is called 
death. 

The idealist knows that all is Spirit or spiritual 
substance, and that there is no matter or material sub- 
Stance. He denies the truth of the evidence of his live 
physical senses, and knows that in reality there is no 
world but the spiritual. 



Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 223 

The .ureal majority of professed Christians in the 
\\<»rl*l are dualists, and suppose thai there are two 

worlds: one called the material world, the Other called 
the spiritual world. 

The realist holds to the doctrine thai genus and 
species exist Independent of our conceptions and ex 

pressions. He firmly believes that external objects exist 
independent of his sensations or conceptions. He main- 
tains that there is something corresponding to each 
conception or expression which is the object of his 
thoughts when he employs the term. In short, a realist 
maintains that everything is just as our five physical 
senses indicate it to be; he, therefore, accepts the evi- 
dence of these senses as being Truth. 

Those who hold to the doctrine of Christian idealism 
maintain that all we are conscious of in Truth or reality 
are ideas formed in Mind. They deny the existence of 
any material bodies or matter from which they are sup- 
posed to be formed. Consequently, they deny the evi- 
dence of their own five physical senses, and no world is 
accepted as having any real existence other than the 
spiritual world. 

It must now be plain that w r e must base all knowledge 
of being, existence or life on either a materialistic or 
an idealistic foundation, or else on a combination or 
mixture of both. This combination or mixture is the 
popular dualism of the day upon which all popular 
theology is founded. 

This dualism, or double-mindedness, with its unend- 
ing problems, perplexities, and contradictions; its con- 
flicts of creeds, forms, and man-made doctrines, human 



224 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

theology or philosophy, can be clearly traced back to 
the Adam dream found in the second, or material, 
account of creation. The account in which evil, or 

error, makes the false claim of making man from ma- 
terial substance, matter, or (Inst. Then introducing 

evil into God's creation, already completed, finished or 
ended, wherein all was very good ami like God, God- 
like, or God's likeness. 

'litis dualism; this combination of Truth and error; 
this mixture of the real and the unreal; this combina- 
tion of the genuine with the counterfeit, upon which all 
popular theology is based, explains in itself why the 
old professed church of Christ is now an apostate 
church. 

Jesus established the Christian religion upon strictly 
a spiritual foundation. .Material or erroneous theolo- 
gical teachings or beliefs crept into the teachings of 
the professed church of Christ from the fact that the 
study and research of the Bible for long centuries by 
our most eminent scholars has been made almost en- 
tirely from a human intellectual point of view. 

Strange as the statement may seem to most people 
in the civilived world, it is a truth that human intel- 
lect ualisin has no part or lot with Christianity. 

It is just now beginning to dawn upon the world that 
all theories, conceptions, and ideas which originate in 
and emanate from the gray matter called the human 
brain are always based on strictly material knowledge, 
which, ill Bible phraseology, is known as the "wisdom 
of this world." We are all just beginning to learn that 
ibis material knowledge; these material beliefs; this 



Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 225 

sdom if this world; will, if heeded, invariably lead 
us into error or erroneous thoughts, as all Ideas <>r con- 
ceptions formed within the human brain are in direct 
opposition to Truth — in direct opposition t<> the gospel 

which Je8US preached and tried to gel all those around 
him to comprehend and practice for their own happi- 
ness and permanent enjoyment right here and now. 
One day, while surrounded by a great multitude of 

people, Jeans entered a, boat on the lake 1 and taught in 
parables, while thousands of people stood around him 
on the beach. At the conclusion of the parable of 1 lie 

sower, Jesus said to this great multitude, "Who hath 
ears to hear let him hear." 

Jesus never wasted any time teaching anything which 
did not have a spiritual meaning. He was doubtless 
aware that the people heard his voice, and in a literal, 
material or intellectual way heard what he said. He 
also well understood that this literal or intellectual 
hearing of all his parables and other teachings would 
be of little or no benefit to any man if he failed to catch 
or comprehend their spiritual meaning. 

During the earthly ministry of Jesus there were 
doubtless thousands and tens of thousands of people who 
listened to his words and saw his demonstrations of the 
power of spiritual Truth, who failed to comprehend 
their spiritual import. Human nature is exactly the 
same today as then, and as it has been for thousands of 
years. From an intellectual viewpoint, doubtless thou- 
sands of people who listened to the words of Jesus and 
failed to comprehend their true meaning, were just as 
intelligent as thousands of people who read these same 
15 



226 THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN, 

words today and also fail to realize any benefit from his 
words, simply because they read these words with a 
cold-blooded, literal, or intellectual, understanding 
The Bible tells us: 

2 Corinthians ill. 6 The letter killeth, but the Spirit 
giveth life. 

The reading of God's inspired Word in a literal way 
is the reason why popular theology has transformed 
the Bible, which is the book of Life, into the booh of 
death; why it has changed the Christian religion, which 
is a religion of joy and sunshine, into a religion of 
sorrow and gloom, 

Paul plainly tells us : 

Ramans VIII. 6 For to be carnally minded is 
death; hut to be spiritually minded is life and peace 1 . 

You will notice* that the Bible recognizes two minds 
or states of consciousness, and that these two are ex- 
actly opposite. One mind results in life and peace; the 
other is the death mind ; the mind of death, or the mind 
Which causes death. 

We are advised : 

Philippians II. 5 Let this mind be in you, which 
was also in ( lirist Jesus. 

Paul certainly does not admonish us to have the car- 
nal mind, the mortal Or death mind, or the mind which 
causes death. We are to have the mind which was also 
in Christ Jesus. Hence, it must have heen the spiritual 



THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 227 

Mind, the divine Mind, the mind of God, which was also 
in chrisi Jesus. Bu1 what is and where la the other 
mind: the carnal mind, the mortal or death mind? The 
Greek word sarw } translated carnal, refers to and in- 
cludes the physical mind and the whole physical body 
of a human being. The Greek sarw } here translated 

carnal, means and refers to I he whole of man's physical, 

natural, sensual, carnal or mortal nature or mind. This 

Greek norm includes all that pertains to man's physical 
body, mind, and lift 1 as distinct or separate from his 
spiritual body, mind, and life. In other words, it 
means and refers to the material or physical man in 

distinction from the immaterial or spiritual man. 

In order to correctly understand some passages in 
the Bible, it is important for us to know that the 
terms, the flesh, and also flesh <nul blood, are known 
as Hebrewisms. Whenever either of these terms are 
used relating to mankind, they mean and refer to the 
whole physical man. They, in all eases, have the same 
meaning as we today understand by the terms physical 
man, natural man, material man, carnal man, sensual 
man, fleshly man or mortal man. All these terms have 
the same meaning, and refer to the man we see with 
our physical eyes in distinction from the spiritual, 
immaterial man who is the image and likeness of the 
invisible God, and is therefore invisible to our physical 
eyes. "No man has seen God at any time," the Scrip- 
tures state. Neither has any man ever seen His image, 
or likeness, with their physical eyes. 

In order that there may be no confusion of thought, 
and that we all may clearly understand just what is 



228 THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 

meant when these respective terms are ased, Ie1 us de- 
tine them in modern language as now understood by 

natural or physical science. 

When considering religions questions, confusion and 

Strife have often resulted from the fact that the re- 
spective parties entertained in their minds different 
meanings for some of the terms used. These misunder- 
standings in many instances could have been avoided if 
the discussion had been conducted on a more scientific 
basis. 

Material is from the Greek materiell, or Latin ma- 
teria, meaning, matter; matter is the substance or stuff 
of which anything is composed which is cognizable to 
or can be known by means of our five physical senses. 
The material man is the corporeal body or form which 
consists of matter or material substance in distinction 
or in opposition to the incorporeal body or form which 
consists of Spirit or spiritual substance. 

Physical is from the Greek plu/sikos, meaning, per- 
taining to nature and material things which are per- 
ceptible to our five physical senses, as opposed or in 
opposition to spiritual things. Hence, the material 
man and the physical man are identical, or the same. 

Natural is from the Latin naturalis, meaning, per- 
taining to nature and material things, and having what 
is supposed to be a real, or physical, existence, as op- 
posed, or in opposition to what is spiritual. Hence, 
the natural man is identical with the physical and ma- 
terial man. 

Carnal is from the Greek word sar.r, and means and 
relates to the whole corporeal body, mind, and nature 



Till; GOLDEN BOPE8 OF MEN. 229 

;i> opposed or in opposition to the spiritual body, mind, 
and nature, it refers to man's human nature in dis 
unction from man's divine or spiritual nature. Carnal 

is also derived from the Latin camalis, from carnis, 
meaning, flesh, in a Bible sense, the terms, flesh; after 
the flesh; flesh and blood; in the flesh; according to the 
flesh; and other terms of similar import, all refer to 
and include the whole corporeal or physical body of 
man as opposed or in opposition to the spiritual body 
of man. Hence, all these terms refer strictly to the 
material man in distinction from the spiritual man. 

Sensual is from the Greek psuchikos, meaning, hav- 
ing the capacity or power of receiving ideas or knowl- 
edge by perceiving by means of impressions received by 
or through the five physical senses. Psuchikos is an 
adjective derived from the Greek word psuchee, which 
is translated sensual and natural several times in the 
Bible, and is also correctly translated animal or phys- 
ical, and is so translated in modern versions. 

For instance, we are told: 

1 Corinthians XV. 44 It is sown a natural body; 
it is raised a spiritual body. There is a natural body, 
and there is a spiritual body. 

A correct translation reads : 

1 Corinthians XV. 44 It is sown an animal (or 
physical) body, it is raised a spiritual body. If there 
is an animal (or physical) body there is also a spiritual 
body. 



230 THE GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN. 

Paul is here speaking of the resurrection, and he Bays, 
If there is an animal i or physical | body. Please notice 
thai be does nol positively say thai there is such a 
thing as an animal or physical body. His meaning 
is, thai if there is such a thing as a physical body, there 
i- positively a spiritual body. This reading— "If there 
is a natural (animal or physical) body there is also a 
spiritual body"; is the reading of tin 1 Sinaitic, Vatican, 

and Alexanderine .Manuscripts; the three oldest and 
most valuable copies Of the Bible now in existence. 

In connection with this matter relating to the (jues- 
tion as to whether or not we possess an animal, physical 
or natural body in reality, attention is called to these 
words : 

1 Corinthians XV. 50 Now this I say, brethren, that 

flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of (lod; 
neither doth corruption inherit incorruption. 

By the use of the Hebrewism "flesh and blood," Paul 
here includes the whole animal, physical, natural or 
sensual man in distinction from the incorporeal, im- 
material or spiritual man. It is the clear meaning 
of the Greek that Paul here positively states that the 
animal, physical, natural or sensual body, nature, and 
mind of man cannot inherit the 1 kingdom of God. In 
the preceding verse he tells us just how we will be 
when resurrected or raised up from the state or condi- 
tion of being dead in material beliefs. 

1 Corinthians XV. 19 And as we have borne the 

image of the earthy; we shall also bear the image <>f 
the heavenly. 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 281 

A correct I ranslal Ion reads 

i Corinthians XV. n> And exactly as we bore the 
likeness of the earthly one, we shall in like manner bear 

llic likeness of the heavenly ( >ne. 

2 Corinthians V, i For we know that if our earthly 
boose of this tabernacle were dissolved, we have a build- 
ing of God, nn house nol made with hands, eternal in 

the heavens. 

2 For in this we groan, earnestly desiring to he 

clothed upon with our house which is from heaven. 

:*» if so he that being Clothed we shall not he found 
naked. 

4 For we that are in this tabernacle do groan, being 
burdened: not for that we would he unclothed, hut 
clothed upon, that mortality might be swallowed up of 
life. 

5 Now he that hath wrought us for the selfsame thing 
is God, who also hath given unto us the earnest of tin 1 
Spirit. 

<> Therefore we arc always confident, knowing that, 
whilst we are at home in the body, we are absent from 
the Lord : 

7 i For we walk by faith, not by sight.) 

The golden thread of Truth runs through the Bible 
from end to end. It runs from the first word in Genesis 
to the last word of Revelation. This golden thread is 
"The Golden Hopes of Men." Popular theology has 
greatly tangled this thread, and made it difficult to un- 
tangle, because we have all been led into error or un- 



232 Till: GOLDEN HOPB6 OF MEN. 

true thinking, and these old, false ways of thinking 
are vcvy difficull to overcome. 

I ><> doI forget thai man, in its Bible sense, is a generic 
term, and means, the race or family of men, ami in- 
cludes every man, woman, and child who lias ever lived 

or ever will live on the earth. 

This race or family Of God are His sons and daugh- 
ters, made in His own image and likeness al the lime 
He created them, the host of them in the beginning 
when He blessed them and gave them dominion over all 
the earth. 

lint God only made one man; that is. He only begot, 
procreated, or caused, one man, in a generic sense, to 
exist or live. This man is God's only begotten Son, the 
son of his love in whom he is well pleased. This only 
Son is the spiritual man, the man who is invisible to 
our Ave physical senses, because these senses know noth- 
ing about God's creation. 

There is also supposed to be a material, physical, 

natural, carnal, sensual or mortal man. But God only 
made one man, race or family. This material man, 
race or family God disowns. This man is called in the 
Bible the son of perdition or destruction; he is also 
called the man of sin; Iieliar; god of this world; and 
a number of other terms of disapprobation ; all of which 

are intended to personify the evil influence called Satan, 
devil, etc. This devil is simply our own false belief 
or falsi 1 consciousness, which is the primary source of 
all our fears, sorrows, pains, and everything else which 
mars our true happiness ri.uht here and now. If we 
could gel entirely free from the influence and dominion 



Till: GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN. 233 

of this devil, we would be in heaven right then and 
there, for heaven is not a place or a locality, bill a state 

Or Condition Of mind or consciousness. Whenever we 

are at peace and in perfeel harmony with the will of 

God, we will find ourselves in heaven. Time or place 
or what men call death has nothing to do with this 

matter at all, and all the preaching of popular theology 
about "going to heaven" is misleading, to say the least. 

We were all made or created in God's image, or 
likeness, in "the beginning'' ; Ave are in his image and 
likeness right now, but error, or untrue thinking, has 
led us to believe what is exactly opposite to Truth. 
God's Word is Truth. Truth tells us that we are the 
image and likeness of the invisible God right now; not 
going to be. But the material, or mortal mind of man- 
kind, which is our own so-called intellectual mind which 
emanates from the gray matter called the human brain, 
has changed all this, and it calls God a liar. We know r 
that God is a liar because we plainly see with our own 
eyes, hear, taste, smell, and feel that there is a physical 
or natural world all around us. We, in our intellectual 
mind; in our personality or egotism, have a mouth 
which speaks great things. Whenever we lay down 
this big "I," this human egotism, which is conceived 
and born within our own intellectual or mortal mind, 
and accept the truth as God caused it to be written 
dow T n in the Bible; accept it in the way it was under- 
stood and preached by Jesus; accept it in the way God 
caused it to be written down in Science and Health; 
then, and not until then, will we begin to be saved or 



234 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

set free from the works of the devil, which are sin, 

sickness, sorrow, poverty, pain, and death. 

This is the kind of salvation Jesus preached; this 
was the good news to men, and it was to commence to 
take effect instantaneously. No waiting; no failure. 
The blessing was to come just as soon as we correctly 
understood the teachings of Jesns, and made an honest 
application of them in onr daily lives. 

Throughout the Bible all the promises of good are 
made to the inner man; to the invisible, spiritual man; 
this image and likeness of God; this Anointed one; this 
Messiah ; this Christ ; this "firstborn of every creature/' 
which is "Chrisl in you, the hope of glory." 

On the other hand, throughout the entire Bible all 
the threats of God's displeasure are directed against the 
outer man; the old man; the visible or physical man. 
God disowns this outer, material, corporeal man en- 
tirely. All through the Hible this material man, in 
distinction from the spiritual man, is spoken of in 
terms of the strongest disapproval. The outer, or old 
man, is our own animal, physical, natural, sensual, 
dust-formed or mortal form, mind, and nature. 

Now, let the reader clearly understand that we are 
not considering two men; one of whom belongs to or 
is a member of some church, and the other man is a 
wicked outsider; neither are we considering a good man 

who lives at your house, and a had man who lives across 

the street. You are requested to clearly understand 

that the good man, the Son of God, tin 1 Christ, and 
also the had man, the son of perdition, the devil — that 
both these men, combined in one, walk around under 



Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 286 

the hat of every man in this world. These two men 
represent our own iwu minds, natures or states of con- 
sciousness. These two minds are the material, physical, 
sensual or mortal, and the opposite the immaterial, spir- 
itual, divine or immortal. These two natures arc the 
human nature and its opposite— the divine nature. 

These two minds or States Of consciousness bring us 
exactly opposite results. The human or mortal mind or 
consciousness brings to US a sense of sorrow, pain, sick- 
ness, sin, and death. The divine Mind brings us joy, 
health, peace, and immortal life. 

The divinity of the man .Jesus of Nazareth consisted 
in his divine nature or character. This divine nature 
or character constituted the Christ, the Son of God. 
This spiritual man, who is a Son of God, is an image 
or likeness of God in his mental nature or character, 
and not in his material or physical form or nature. The 
spiritual man is like God, is Godlike, or God's likeness, 
because he is an emanation out of divine Mind. Hence, 
man is God's idea. The term or name man includes 
all of God's family of sons and daughters; includes all 
men and women who have ever existed or ever will 
exist on the earth. This is the race, kind or family 
Paul had in mental view when he wrote: 

Ephesians III. 14 For this cause I bow my knees 
unto the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, 

15 Of whom the whole family in heaven and earth 
is named. 

We are here told that the whole familv in heaven and 
earth is named after the Father of our Lord Jesus 



236 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

Christ The Greek pa hid, here translated family, 
means, race, as from paternal descent, Hence, all men 
are sons or children of God as all individuals on the 
earth have one common Father, and that Father is God. 
This teaching is in perfect line with the words of 
.lesns who taught 4k the multitude and his disciples": 

Matthew XX I II. 9 And call no man your father 
upon the earth: for one is your Father, which is in 
heaven. 

The corning, presence or reappearing of the Christ 
today is simply a question of our individual }>erception 
of Truth. The truth which Jesus proclaimed, and for 
which he died a physical death. This perception is not 
through or by means of a superior intellectual knowl- 
edge of the Bible, but it is through a spiritual under- 
standing of the truth contained therein. 

If we would walk out of the prison-house of bondage 
to fear, we must admit the truth which Jesus preached 
that man is spiritual ; not material. We can only do 
this by allowing spiritual intuition instead of our 
human intellect to be our master, as the real coming 
of the Christ is only when he is revealed or unveiled 
to our mental view or to our individual consciousness. 

At one time Jesus told his disciples: 

John VI. 63 It is the spirit that quickeneth; the 
flesh profiteth nothing. 

These few words of our Master are an example of 
how difficult it is to understand his teaching. The 



Tin; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 237 

Greek wopoieo, translated qnickeneth, means, to vivify 
or vitalize. Vivify means to animate or endow with 
life; to make alive or to be living. 

The Syriac version by Murdoch reads: "it is the 
Spirit that vivitieth; the body profiteth nothing." 

To vitalize means to furnish, provide or supply with 
the vital, or life-giving, principle. This vital fluid, 
force or life-giving principle is God; Principle. This 
divine Principle is unknown and unknowable to natural 
or physical science. For this reason it is called by 
natural scientists "the unknown cause of life." Evolu- 
tionists can theorize on down until they reach the first 
great cause, or Principle, of life; then they are called 
to a halt, for they know nothing, and can know nothing, 
about Life; God; Principle. 

Paul told the Athenians in regard to this God ; Prin- 
ciple; which is unknow r n to natural science. According 
to the American Version : 

Acts XVII. 24 The God (Principle) that made the 
world and all things therein, he, being Lord of heaven 
and earth, dwelleth not in temples (or sanctuaries) 
made with hands; 

25 Neither is he served by men's hands, as though he 
needed anything, seeing he himself giveth to all life, and 
breath, and all things; 

26 And he made of one every nation (race, tribe or 
family) of men to dwell on all the face of the earth, 
having determined their appointed seasons, and the 
bounds of their habitation ; 

27 That they should seek God, if haply they might 
feel after him and find him, though he is not far from 
each one of us : 



238 Till; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

28 For in him we live, and move, and have our being 

i existence <>r life i. 



Pan! here tells these pagans who worshiped an un- 
known god thai the God of heaven is the life giver. That 
all men who dwell on the face of the earth have In God 
their being, existence, or life. 

When Jesus said to his disciples, "It is the spirit 
thai quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing/ he well 
knew thai all his hearers understood thai by the use 
of the Eebrewism "the flesh" he referred to and included 
the whole animal, physical, natural or corporeal man 
in distinction from the spiritual or Incorporeal man. 
The word profiteth means, to he of benefit or advantage. 
The word nothing, as here used, means, not even one 
man, woman or thing; none; nobody. So we see that 
a correct translation of the words of Jesus reads, 
"Spirit is the life giver; the physical body is of no bene- 
fit (or advantage) to even one man, woman or thing." 

The thought .Jesus impresses on his hearers is that 
spirit ; < tod : Principle, is the oxily life giver. That God's 
image and likeness, the spiritual man, is all that is of 
any value or importance to any man. That the ma- 
terial, physical or natural man or body is of no benefit, 
advantage or value to any one. This is why Jesus at 

one time told "an innumerable multitude of people": 

Luke XII. 1 And I say nnto yon my friends, be not 
afraid of them that kill the body, and after that have 
no more that they can do. 



Till: GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 289 

The Qreek word soma, translated body, means and 
includes the corporeal, material or physical body and 
all iis physical properties, A correct translation reads: 

Luke XII. I And I say to von my friends, be not 
afraid of those who kill 1 he body, and can do no more 
after that. 

To he afraid is to he alarmed or frightened : Jesus 
here tells all the disciples he would ever have to not be 
alarmed, frightened or afraid of those who slay, kill 
or destroy the material or physical body and mind, as 
this pari which is commonly supposed to be so essen- 
tial to mankind is of no benefit or advantage to them. 

All Christians admit that Jesus knew the exact truth 
regarding our existence or life. He well knew that the 
spiritual man is the only man having any existence, 
being or life in reality or Truth. He also well knew 

CD %J 

that to the material minds of all men on the earth at 
thai time, all his teaching was considered an absurdity; 
considered senseless and foolish, because it was in di- 
rect opposition to the evidence of their own material 
senses; just as this same teaching is considered sense- 
less and foolish today by thousands of professed Chris 
tian who imagine that they are following the teachings 
of the Master. 

Jesus knew that the material body and mind had not 
then, has not now, nor never had any existence in real- 
ity. That it is simply a false mental conception or 
image in our own material mind or consciousness, which 
will be gradually destroyed or obliterated from our con- 



240 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 

sciousness as we come or grow into the knowledge or 
comprehension of Truth. 

Jesus made the following public declaration in re- 
gard to this matter: 

Luke IX. 23 If any man will conic after me, let him 
deny himself and take up his cross daily and follow me. 

A correct translation reads : 

Luke IX. 23 If anyone desires to come after me, 

let him renounce himself, and take up his cross daily 
and follow me. 

The Greek word aparneomai, translated deny in 
the above verse, means, renounce; and it is so trans- 
lated in the Bevised and other modern versions. Re- 
nounce means to refuse to own or acknowledge as be- 
longing to. 

Jesus is here speaking of our animal, physical or 
human self or personality in distinction from our true 
self or individuality which is one in substance, essence 
or entity with the Father, and is the spiritual man in 
distinction from the material man. 

The thought expressed by Jesus is that if anyone 
determined by their own power of choice to follow him, 
this individual must renounce or refuse to own or 
acknowledge that his own material or physical body 
and mind belonged to him in reality or Truth. That is, 
we are to deny our false ccjo or personality, and hold 
to our true ego of individuality, or oneness with the 
Father. 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 211 

Jesus practiced what he preached. He renounced, or 
refused to own, that any other than the divine Mind, 
nature or character belonged to him. This is why he 
told the Jews, "] and the Father are one." One in 
quality, nol in quantity. 

There is a great gulf fixed in reality between our 
personality and our individuality. Our personality cor- 
responds to the false ego, the false image or likeness 
of God, Our individuality corresponds to the true ego, 
the true image and likeness of God. Personality refers 

to self, the big "I," the egotistical part of Our nature. 
Individuality refers to our true self, which is our one 
ness with the Father; (iod: Mind; Principle. As has 
been said, Jesus practiced what he preached. He sepa- 
rated himself; that is, he set him and self apart. The 
him part, the true ego, the true image of God, he lifted 
up or exalted. The self part, the false ego, the false 
image of God, he trampled down, and refused to 
acknowledge as belonging to him at all in reality or 
Truth. 

Jesus not only did this for himself, but he also taught, 
as has been shown, that all the disciples or followers 
he would ever have must do the same if thev ever ex- 
pected to enter the kingly dominion of heaven. 

The ego is the conscious thinking principle. The true 
ego is a reflection from divine Mind; God; Principle; 
Spirit. It is the province of divine Mind; God, to 
think, and this thought passes from God to man. This 
thought is the wisdom which James tells us "cometh 
from above that is first pure; then peaceable, gentle, 
and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits." 
16 



242 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

The Bible telle as (Galati&ne 5: 22) thai these good 
fruits are love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentleness, 
goodness, faith, meekness, temperance. These are the 
fruits produced by those who are dominated by the true 
i go, which is the divine .Mind. 

The false ego is our own material, physical, sensual 
or mortal mind, which is the producl and outgrowth, 

natural science tells us, of our own physical senses. 

In this human mind conceptions Or ideas are horn, 

which result, the Bible tells us, in far from "good 
fruits." 

Galatians Y. l!) Now the works of the flesh are man- 
ifest, which are thisr; Adultery, fornication, unclean- 
no-, lasciviousness, 

I'll Idolatry, witchcraft, hatred, variance, emulations, 
wrath, strife, seditions, heresies, 

21 Envyings, murders, drunkenness revellings, and 

such like: of the which T tell you before, as I have also 
told you in time past, that they which do such things 
shall not inherit the kingdom of God. 

We are told that these are the works of the flesh. 

Flesh, as here used, refers to and includes the whole 

material or physical man and mind, as lias been re- 
peatedly explained. The mind which produces this 
kind of fruit is tin' false ego, which Jesus said we must 

deny, renounce or disown as belonging to us if we ever 

expected to he one of his disciples. 

We can all now see how impossible it is for anyone 
who is dominated by the mind of the tlesh, or his own 
material or mortal mind to he a Christian. We can 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 



LM:J 



thai ii ifi highly importanl thai every individual 
comply wiili the teachings of the Master, and refuse to 
listen to the mind which is the culmination of their 
own physical senses; refuse to listen to the mind or 
intellecl from which all the knowledge and wisdom of 
this world emanates; the knowledge and wisdom upon 
which all the SO-called laws of nature or the laws of tin 1 
material world arc Founded. The laws which arc held 
to be sacred truths by natural science. 

Christian Science -which is the Chrisl Science, or 

Science of Christianity, first proclaimed by Jesus — this 

Science annuls and denies the truth in reality of all the 
material laws upon which natural science is Founded. 
christian Science is founded upon the wisdom of God. 
Natural science is founded upon the wisdom of man- 
kind; the wisdom of this world, which the Bible says 
is foolishness with God. 

"Choose ye this day whom ye will serve." 
At the risk of being tedious, it has been shown over 
and over by unquestioned proof that all the intellectual 
faculties of a human being can know or recognize is 
that which pertains to the so-called material world. 
Principle; Mind; God; the divine power which created 
and sustains the universe, and without whom man him- 
self would be an impossibility, can never be known 
through the human intellect. It is only in the spir- 
itual or true mental realm of Mind that God can be 
known. 

This knowledge comes to us through spiritual intui- 
tion, inspiration or revelation. It is through prayer or 
earnest desire that men enter this spiritual realm, and 



244 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

it is highly important thai we do ao1 ask amiss. Noth- 
ing l»!ii thai which is for the highest good and happiness 
of man lias ever had any peal existence in the world, no 
matter how mncfa evidence onr physical senses may 

present to onr brain to convince as thai this statement 

is not literally true. 

Thai the real cosmos, or world, is a spiritual world, 
and that it includes man as a spiritual being, is by no 
means joyfully accepted as true by our so-called human 
intellect. This is the very reason why Jesus told us 
that his theology must he received with the spirit of 
meekness, confidence, and trust of a little child if we 
wished to enter the kingly dominion of heaven. 

In the allegory, fable, parable or similitude of Adam's 
transgression, we are told: 

Genesis IV. 9 And the Lord said unto Cain, Whore 
is Abel thy brother? And he said, I know not: Am 
I my brother's keeper? 

10 And he said, What hast thou done? the voice of 
thy brother's blood crieth unto me from the ground. 

11 And now art thou cursed from the earth, which 

hath opened her mouth to receive thy brother's blood 

from thy hand ; 

12 When thou tillest the ground, it shall not hence- 
forth yield unto thee her strength; a fugitive and a 
vagabond Shall thou be in the earth. 

L3 And Cain said unto the Lord, My punishment is 
greater than I can bear. 

1 1 Behold, thou hast driven me out this day from the 
face of the earth: and from thy face shall I 1m» hid: 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 245 

and l shall be a fugitive and a vagabond in the earth; 

and it shall come to pass, (hat every one llial tindeth 
me shall slay ine. 

Cain is here represented as saying onto the Lord, 

"Thon hasi driven me out this day . . . and I shall 
be a Fugitive and a wanderer on the earth." 

God never drove any of His children away from Him, 
but the parable, table, or allegory is here told as though 
a true statement of actual fact was being related, just 
U .Esiiji's and all other fables or parables are told. 

A Bible parable is a story, fable or allegorical rela- 
tion or representation of something in life from which 
a spiritual lesson is to be drawn for our instruction. 
The parable, fable or allegore, however, must always 
be accepted in its figurative or emblematic meaning, and 
is never to be considered as a literal statement of fact. 

The wandering here figuratively alluded to, is purely 
a mental wandering. This wandering relates entirely 
to mental abberations, or wanderings of the human 
mind or consciousness, of the whole human or Adamic 
generation, race or family. 

The erroneous thought, idea, or conception of this 
beguiled, deluded, or wandering Adamic or mortal 
mind is that we live in a material world right now sepa- 
rate and apart from God. It was only by the admis- 
sion of the evidence presented by our physical senses 
as being the truth that this false thought, idea, concep- 
tion or belief w r as first formed or created. 

Strange as it may appear to the reader, it is the 
teaching of the Bible, when its true meaning is known, 



246 Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

that this false conception or belief is hut an idea, men- 
tal picture, image or conception which is wholly and 
entirely a generation, production, progeny or fruit of 
tin- imaginative or inventive faculty of our own human, 

physical, natural, carnal or mortal mind. It is the 
teaching of the Bible that all those thoughts, ideas, 
conceptions or beliefs which are conceived within our 

own human or mortal mind have no truth in them in 
reality, hut are all mental abberations, or wanderings 
of the mind, or state of consciousness. Consequently, 

in order to he saved, delivered or set free from these 
mental wanderings of mortal mind or consciousness, 
we must make a change of mind. We must turn about 
or exactly reverse our mental conceptions, ideas, 
notions, and beliefs. This we can only do by denying 
the reality, substance or existence of matter or material 
things. 

It was our admission of materialism as being the true 
or actual state or condition of things in this world 
which brought about our accepting as true all the con- 
ceptions, notions or imaginations of our self-created 
mortal mind or material state 1 of consciousness. 

It must he plain to all that "the way" out of this 
material hell, hades, or unseen world, hack into imma- 
terial or spiritual heaven where God placed us in "the 
beginning," is to annul, abrogate or destroy our own 
mortal or material mind by utterly denying or refusing 

to own or accept the evidence of our live physical senses 
as being the truth, for these senses are the gates or 
entrances through which evidence reaches our human, 
carnal or mortal mind which, by its opposition to Truth, 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 247 

carries us ;iw;iv captive by making us believe thai there 
is a material world all around us. 

Whenever we do this we make a change of sides 

and begin to uphold and maintain the gospel which 
Jesus preached. We then begin to realize the greal 

value Of the gospel or good news which was to save, 
redeem, or se! free, all captives of sense in the world 

who comprehended and practiced the teachings of our 
Saviour and Redeemer. 



CHAPTER XL 

IT is the teachings of Christian Science that t he 
science of medicine, as this profession is now called, 

had iis origin in pagan idolatry; that it is today an 
idolatrous practice, which is in direct violation of the 

law of God. That it is an outgrowth of the teachings 

and beliefs of the pagan priests of the pagan Soman 

Empire, who, in their lack of knowledge of the true 
God, set up Apollo as the god of medicine. 

Apollo was supposed to have dictated the first pre- 
scription: .-Esculapius, the son of Apolla, the pagan 
Roman god of mythology, was supposed to have heen 
such a noted physician that he was killed by Jupiter 
to keep men from living forever. Hygeria, the daughter 
of yEsculapius, was worshiped by the Romans as the 
goddess of health, and Hygeria, or Ilygene, as everyone 
knows, is the department of modern medicine which is 
now supposed to treat of the preservation of health. 

The system of opinions, teachings or beliefs known 
a- mythology respecting the deities or gods, which the 
pagan or heathen nations constituting the Roman Em- 
pire believed in, comprised their system of religion cen 
tnries before and after the birth of .lesns. The pagan 
Romans, Greeks and other heathen nations firmly be- 
lieved that Jupiter, Apollo, and other gods presided or 
ruled over the world, and influenced for good or ill all 
the affairs of mankind. 

These mythological beliefs are now usually looked 

upon or considered by some people ;is mere myths, 
(248) 



THE GOLDEN SOPE8 OF MEN. 249 

fables or fictitious stories. Doubtless there are people 
now living who fail to understand thai these, and other 
mythological belief s or doctrines, were as firmly believed 
in and adhered to in practice by nearly all the world 
(or centuries before and after the beginning of the 
Christian era, as any belief or practice is held to al 

present by what we understand to be the Christianized 
world. 

The word or term pagan in Scripture has the same 

meaning as Gentile, heathen, idolater or an idol wor- 
shiper. These terms were applied by the Jews and also 
by the early Christians to all people who adhered to 
the worship of false gods. By the early Christians 
these terms were more directly applied to all those who 
refused to abandon their idolatrous and material be- 
liefs of every nature, and accept the spiritual teaching 
and practices taught by Jesus, the Christ. 

Time has made no change in this matter, and any 
man or woman who today believes in or practices any- 
thing which is not in keeping with the true teachings 
of desus is just as much a pagan, just as much a heathen 
or an idolater now as in the early days of Christian) t v. 

When speaking of those who are engaged in the prac- 
tice of medicine, there is no wish to personally speak 
ill of any man, or deny the positive fact that thousands 
of men now engaged in this profession have heretofore 
made an honest and sincere effort to alleviate the phys- 
ical ills of humanity. Thousands and tens of thousands 
of honorable physicians have doubtless lived up to their 
highest convictions of their duties to humanity and 
Christianity. 



250 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

Bui from dow on the rase is different, as these men 
will soon know thai to continue the practice of medi 
cine is simply to go contrary to God's law. By so doing, 
they will class themselves with crooks and oilier evil 
doers who attempt to make their living by practicing 
on the ignorance, credulity and frailities of their fol- 
low man. 
"The Future history of material medicine may corre- 
ond with that of its material god, Apollo, who was 
banished from heaven and endured .meat sufferings 

upon earth." (Science and Health, p. L58.) 

The teachings of Science and Health, relating to the 
belief in, and use of, material medicine lor the cure of 
physical ailments considering all that they imply, are 
among the boldest statements that were over made by 
any man or woman since the world began. If this teach- 
ing is true, every man or woman on earth today who 
uses or prescribes drugs for the cure of any human ail- 
ment, is, from a Bible point of view, a Gentile, a pagan, 
or a heathen ; these terms all having the same meaning; 
consequently he is also an idolater or idol worshiper, 
and is not a true follower of the teachings of Jesus. It 
follows that if the teachings of Science and Health are 
true, that every medical college and every medical pub- 
lication in the world is now poisoning the minds of 
people with the teachings of paganism or heathendom. 

It further follows that the whole system, or so called 
science, of material medicine is a delusion, an idolatrous 
practice, and a fraud on mankind. If the teachings of 

Mrs. Eddy are true, then this brave little woman, single- 
handed and alone in the world, had the courage to stand 



Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 251 

op and proclaim the truth to a world of deluded people. 
If her teachings are true, it follows thai all the hun 

dreds of millions of dollars which the world is now 
spending yearly for the services of doctors, and all thai 
the so-called Bcience of medicine costs mankind directly 
and indirectly, is worse than thrown away. More than 

all, this s<> called science of medicine is an arch enemy 
of the religion of Jesus, the Chrisl : and its practice <>r 

sanction by any man or woman in the world is in posi- 
tive and direct violation of God's law as it is written 
down in the Kible. Now, this teaching is true, or it is 
not true. Mrs. Eddy either told the exact truth to a 
deluded world, or she was deluded and taught a delu- 
sion. In order to determine whether the teaching is 
true or false, let us consider it from a Bible standpoint, 
and accept evidence from the Bible as conclusive, no 
matter how many man-made opinions, beliefs, and tra- 
ditions may he torn into shreds. Every Christian in the 
world must accept and abide by the teachings of the 
Bible, no matter how many millions of men may have 
opposite opinions or beliefs. 
It is written in the Bible: 

Revelation XXI. 7 He that overcometh shall in- 
herit all things; and I will be his God, and he shall be 
my son. 

8 But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abomin 
able, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, 
and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the 
lake which burnetii with fire and brimstone: which is 
the second death. 



252 THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 

Jn the fust verse of Revelation we are told thai God 
gave a revelation of Jesus Christ to .John; consequently 

the above two versefl are words direct from God to us 
through John's agency. 
The Creek pharmakeus, translated sorcerers in the 

eighth verse above quoted, means, an enchanter with 
drugs. An enchanter is one who practices sorcerery, 
witchcraft or magical arts. Hence, the Creek phar- 
makeus means and refers to any person who practices 
sorcerery, withcraft, or magic arts with drugs. The 
word drug in the Greek, as used by John, means, drugs, 
medicines, and poisons. An enchanter with drugs, medi- 
cines, or poisons is one who uses them for the cure of 
human ailments bv what is now known as medical 
science. 

The practice of sorcery, witchcraft or magical arts 
for any purpose or under any condition is repeatedly 
forbidden in the Bible; we are told in the eighth verse 
that anyone who uses drugs, medicines or poisons for 
the cure or treatment of physical ailments as practiced 
by what is now known as medical science — we are told 
that such persons are classed with evil doers and "shall 
have their part in the lake which burnetii with fire 
and brimstone." 

When the true import of the Bible is known, it is 
found that the use of drugs or medicine is forbidden 
in a number of other places in the Bible. Paul tells us: 

QalatiatlS V. 1 ( .) Now the works of the flesh are man- 
ifest, which are these; Adultery, fornication, unclean- 
ness, lasciviousness, 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MKN. 253 

l'ii idolatry, witchcraft, hatred, variance, emulations, 
wrath, strife, seditions, heresies, 
21 Enyyings, murders drunkenness, revellings, and 

h like: o!' the which I tell JTOU before, as I have also 

told you in time past, that they which do such things 

shall not inherit the kingdom of God, 

In the twentieth verse, the Greek pharmakeia is 
translated, witchcraft; the plain English meaning is 

what is known as pharmacy; Pharmacy is the art or 
practice of preparing and compounding medicines, and 
of dispensing them according to the formulas or pre- 
scriptions of medical practitioners. This meaning can 
easily be verified by any one who will consult an un- 
abridged dictionary. 

Under the English word pharmacy, the Greek equiva- 
lent of pharmakeia, is usually given with the above 
meaning or definition. Hence, we see that the true 
meaning of the Greek is that any person who com- 
pounds, dispenses, administers or uses medicine "shall 
not inherit the kingdom of God." 

John tells us that those who make use of material 
medicine or drugs "shall have their part in the lake 
which burnetii with fire and brimstone." Paul tells 
that those who use medicine "shall not inherit the 
kingdom of God." One plainly tells us that if we use 
medicine we shall not enter heaven. The other plainly 
tells us that if we use medicine we shall enter hell. 

All fair-minded people must admit that Mrs. Eddy's 
words or teachings are exactly correct; must admit that 
she stated the precise truth in regard to the whole sys- 



254 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

tem of whal is now known as the practice or use of 
medicine, or materia medica, and all that pertains 
thereto. 

The term materia medico is from Latin materia, 
meaning, matter or material, and mediea } Feminine of 
medicuSf meaning, medical. Heme, materia medica 
means, the science treating of all kinds of material sub- 
stances and combinations thereof used in the practice 
of the medical profession, including explantions of the 
nature and effects of medicines. By material is here 
meant all means or methods that do not include sp 
itual means or methods. 

Christians must now plainly see that the Bible clearly 
states that any person who uses medicine cannot enter 
heaven; that all snch persons, if they do not reform 
from this evil practice, "shall have their pari in the 
lake which burnetii with fire and brimstone." 

Some of us protest loudly with our mouth that we 
believe the Word of God; but when a trial of our faith 
comes up, we sometimes flinch or dodge the Word of 
Truth, and have more faith or believe in a lie. 

The visible church of Chrisl has been led astray from 
the truth for more than a thousand years by false teach- 
ing; but now when the true light shineth and the truth 
is once more presented, every professed Christian in the 
world should reform by abandoning the evil practice of 
using material means for the cure of physical ailments 
or publicly withdraw from and disclaim any connection 
with the church of Christ. 

The true import of the teaching of the Bible is so 

astounding and so contrary to what has been accepted 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 255 

as true for centuries thai while the evidence so far 
presented is positive and cannot, nor will not, be con- 
tradicted by any unbiased scholar, lei us look further. 
John, in Revelation, gives us an accounl of the fall of 
Babylon. The name Babylon is used by John in Reve- 
lation in a mystical sense, as the symbol of the kingdom 
of error or unrighteousness. This kingdom or dominion, 
being composed of the sum total of the material be 
liefs and errors of mankind. This kingdom of error or 
unrighteousness is in exact opposition at all points to 
the kingdom of Truth or righteousness. 

During the early centuries of the existence of the 
visible church of Christ, men who were dominated by 
material beliefs crept into the church. This kind of 
professed Christians finally became so numerous and 
powerful that they dominated the early church. Like 
all other material, carnal or mortal minded men, they 
soon began to use physical force to compel all others 
to accept their views just as Daniel prophesied they 
would do. All true" Christians read with feelings akin 
to horror of the deeds of crueltv and inhumanitv which 
the professed church of Christ was guilty of during long 
centuries of its visible existence. Strange as it may 
seem, it is a positive fact that many of the perpetrators 
of these deeds were the most cultured people, from an 
intellectual standpoint, that lived on the earth at that 
time. Athens, Rome, and Ephesus, while they were 
peopled by pagans or idolaters, were the intellectual 
centers of the world. Those in command through force 
of their intellectual ability, material wealth, or power 
were far from being the ignorant and uncultured people 



256 Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

we usually have in mind when we speak or think of < ten- 
tiles, pagans, heathen, or idolatrous people. When we 
consider the persecutions in the way of wholesale mur- 
der which befell the early Christians during the first 

six hundred \i-A\s of its existence, as Stated in history, 

we then begin to understand how it was thai a good 
pari of the true spiritual teaching of Jesus was lost 
to the world. Not only do we begin to understand that, 
bu1 we also begin to understand how it was that the 
practices and teachings of the pagan or heathen priests 
of the Roman Empire, which then controlled the world, 
were substituted in good pari in the Christian church 

at the point of the sword for the truth which Jesus 
taught. One result of this introduction of pagan or 
heathen teaching, where to disobey meant a speedy and 
violent death, was to force on the thought of all men 
the pagan or heathen belief in the power and efficacy 
of materia] medicine called drugs to heal the physical 
ailments of mankind. 

What was the greal underlying, instinctive cause of 
all this wholesale murder of the members of the early 
Christian church by the most intellectual and cultured 
people in the world? There are doubtless a number of 
answers to this question in the minds of mankind, but 
after you have traced the cause to its fountain head, 
you will find that the true cause of all the sorrows of 
these centuries is this: The intellectual, the fleshly, 
the carnal or mortal mind of mankind is enmity against 
God; that is to say, this mind hates God and all things 

spiritual. Jesus received from God and taught to the 

world the general principles of the true spiritual life. 



TIIK GOLDEN EOPES OB! MEN, 257 

He lived and demonstrated this life in the sight of men ; 

voluntarily he went to the cross to demonstrate to men 
by his resurrection that life, man's true life, is immortal 

and never dies. 

To demonstrate to men that the dominion given by 
God to men with His blessing al the creation of the 

world is ever exislant; that it enables men to have 
dominion, not only over all material or earthly condi- 
tions, including every physical ailment, but also over 
death itself, the last enemy to be overcome. This teach- 
ing was the pood news, the glad tidings, the gospel, 
which Jesus heralded to men for their complete, entire, 
and perfect salvation from all ills and sorrows of every 
name and nature which lessen the peace, comfort, and 
happiness of men here on earth. 

The gospel, the good news, which Jesus taught, was 
to take effect here on earth, for he taught us to pray 
to his Father and our Father, "Let thy will be done 
on earth as it is done in heaven." Jesus would certainly 
not teach us to pray for anything that w r as not attain- 
able or was not in keeping with God's will. 

But this instruction, pertaining to the spiritual king- 
dom of God, which Jesus preached, has been hated in 
all ages by men who are dominated by their so-called 
intellectual, carnal or mortal mind. For this reason, 
the sword w^as soon draw T n in the hands of the most in- 
tellectual men in the world, and the cry went forth to 
rid the earth of this spiritual religion, even if it took 
the life blood of every man and woman on the earth 
who adhered to and practiced its teachings. 
17 



258 Tin; GOLDEN EOPES OF HEN. 

We can all admit thai the human, the intellectual, 
the carnal, the mortal mind is the highest perfection 
of materiality or belief in matter. Owing to the lack 
of spiritual knowledge a1 this present time, the intel- 
lectual man now predominates, and he is right now the 
ruler or god of this world. The world today worships 
this intellectual man and ascribes great power to him. 
We all have a formal respect for the true God, and 
Consequently wo do not proclaim in a public way that 
this intellectual, this carnal, this mortal man is a god, 
but in our daily practice, wo often worship him by lis 
tening to his words in preference to the words of the 
God who made us, and who is talking to us every 
wakeful hour of our lives through the inner man, the 
only man God created. 

There are thousands of spiritual truths or thoughts 
shadowed forth in the Bible which, while they are 
plainly seen by spiritual minded people, are very diffi- 
cult to point out in such a way that they can be men- 
tally grasped or comprehended by people who are 
largely dominated by their material, physical, natural, 
sensual, carnal, fleshly, sentious, <>r mortal mind. These 
names, or terms, all refer to what we call our intellect- 
ual mind, the mind which is the culmination and 
product Of our five physical senses. 

This intellectual mind of mankind is the mind which 
Jesus referred to as -the prince of this world" (John 
1 1 : 30). In other places in the Bible*, this intellectual 
mind is referred to as "that man of sin, the son of 
destruction," "the prince of the power of the air, the 
spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedi- 



Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 259 

(nee," and all other Dames <>r terms used in the Bible 
to personify the evil influence named Satan, devil, etc. 
The world will soon comprehend the truth thai our 
own intellectual mind is the only devil <>r evil influence 
of any kind or nature there is in the world or ever 
has been. This intellectual devil is today the god of 
this world, just as he was when Jesus first called him 
a liar and a murderer from the beginning. 

This intellectual god has built up a system to coun- 
terfeit or ape all of God's ways. A system which is in 
direct opposition to God's ways. This intellectual god 
has Formulated a system of laws which he calls the laws 
of nature; also a system for accounting for the pro- 
duction of man called evolution, which leaves God out 
of the matter entirely. 

All these man-made laws are taught as the truths of 
natural science in nearly every theological school in the 
world. In consequence, these schools have turned out 
thousands of ministers and priests who have for cen- 
turies stood up in the pulpits of the visible church of 
Christ, and taught doctrines and practices which were 
and are in direct opposition to God's law as laid down 
in the Bible. 

Material minded people all over the world now stand 
like a solid wall in support of all the false systems and 
methods of natural or physical science. They do not 
even know that all the material laws laid down by this 
intellectual, or man-made way of thinking, are in direct 
opposition and are antagonistic to the kingdom of God, 
which is a spiritual kingdom. Through this lack of 
knowledge or understanding of God's true kingdom, 



260 Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

they are now ready to grasp their sword hilt whenever 
anyone holds up before them the spiritual (rath which 
Jesus preached for the greatest good and happiness of 

all men for all time to come. 

The intellectual god; the prince of this world, built 
up during past centuries what the so-called Christian- 
ized world has been educated to believe to be a great 
system of healing by the use of material means called 
medicine or drugs. This whole system is in direct oppo- 
sition to God's law, and contrary to the ways and 
methods of .Tesus. 

It must certainly be evident to all who have caught 
a glimmering of the truth as it is in Jesus, that nearly 
every man and woman in what we call the Christianized 
world lias figuratively fallen down on their knees be- 
fore this pagan, heathen, man-made belief in the power 
of inanimate drugs to heal. 

As a result of all this delusive, ensnaring teaching 
which has been going on for centuries, if any man at 
presenl even intimates to thousands of professed Chris- 
tians that it is God "who forgiveth all thine iniquities; 
who healeth all thy diseases, who redeemeth thy life 
from destruction," he is hooted at by these intellectual 
or mortal-minded, professed Christians and cast out of 
their synagogue. 

It is now considered the proper thing by most pro- 
fessed Christians to formally admit in their creed that 
God is omnipotent ; that He has all power. Admit in 
their creed that to God belongs all glory, honor, domin- 
ion, and power, as the creator and maintainer of all 
things having real existence. 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 261 

Manv of u.\ then, begin to hedge by Intellectually plac- 
ing limits and bounds to God's power, and admitting by 
our actions that in a Dumber of very important things 
this intellectual god, which we have created and set up 

in our mortal minds, has more power when it conies to 

what we arc pleased to call practical things than the 

theoretical or mystical God we talk about in our creed. 
Consequently, when we or our friends get sick, or suffer 
from any physical ailment, as we have been taught to 
have more faith in the professed disciples of ^Escula- 
pius, the son of Apollo, the pagan or heathen god of 
medicine than we have in the disciples of the God whom 
Jesus preached and practiced under, we hurriedly send 
for a man who professionally claims to be a disciple of 
JEsculapius, the son of Apollo, whose worship prevailed 
over Eome and Greece long centuries ago, and whose 
most characteristic emblem is a great serpent. This em- 
blem of the serpent which Apollo killed at Delphi can 
be seen today by anyone in the show windows of many 
pharmacies or drug stores, in carved or pictoral em- 
blems, coiled around bottles containing drugs; also in 
many medical books which were printed fifty years or 
more ago. This serpent emblem should, of itself, show 
conclusively to all thinking people that the so-called 
science of medicine crawled out from a den of snakes in 
pagan heathendom and idolatry. 

Apollo, who was worshipped by the Eoman and 
Greeks as the god of medicine, was a son of Jupiter 
and Juno ; Juno was worshiped as the queen of heaven ; 
Jupiter was worshiped as the god who presided over 
the sky, and he was believed to have the power to bring 



262 THE GOLDEN DOPES OF MEN. 

about all atmospheric influences or changes in the 
weather. As an example of how these delusive beliefs 
of pagan Rome and Greece still cling to men and 

darkens their minds, go into any drug store in America 
and gel an almanac. On one of the pages of that alma- 
nac you will lind a picture of a nude man with his 
abdomen laid open so as to expose his bowels; sur- 
rounding this nude figure you will find what is called 
the twelve signs of the Zodiac. The lloinans and Greeks 
divided the Zodiac into twelve equal portions, and gave 
each portion a sign name. All this almanac nonsense 
comes down to us as a result of the pagan worship of 
Jupiter as the god of the weather. 

It w r as only a few years ago when one of these alma- 
naces hung up in almost every home in America. It 
was frequently consulted by the good man of the house 
to ascertain what kind of weather could be expected; 
not only this, but forty other things were supposed to 
be predicted or prognosticated by these signs of the 
Zodiac in conjunction with the changes of the moon. 
So this almanac with these old Roman signs of the 
Zodiac was consulted to find out when the weather was 
in a good Bign Tor planting potatoes, killing hogs, lay- 
ing the bottom rails of a fence, weaning the baby, etc., 
etc. 

This pagan delusion of mind is more or less prevalent 
over millions of people in all parts of the world at the 
present time. In just exactly the same manner the 
minds of men are darkened by the delusive belief in 
the power of drugs to heal the physical ailments of 
mankind, although the foolishness of one system may 



THi: GOLDEN BOPES OF .MKN. 263 

do1 at first be so plain to all people as the foolishness 

Of the other. 

Apollo was accredited by the Romans as representing 
the highest type of physical masculine beauty and 
grace. There is at present a celebrated statue of Apollo 
in the Vatican at Rome. This statue is esteemed as 

the noblest representation of the human frame, or form, 
as well as one of the finest pieces of sculpture now in 
existence. The name Apollo is translated from the 
Greek word apollon, which is derived from apolh)nai< 
meaning, to destroy. 

John uses the Greek form, Apollyon, in this same 
sense: 

Revelation IX. 11 And they had a king over them, 
which is the angel of the bottomless pit, whose name in 
the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon, but in the Greek tongue 
hath his name Apollyon. 

The word Apollyon is from apollon, meaning, de- 
stroying, and is the present participle of apollynai. 
meaning to destroy; hence, Apollo and Apollyon both 
refer to a destroying influence. The Hebrew term 
Abaddon is the equivalent of the Greek Apollyon, and 
means a destroyer. 

This destroying and satanic influence is described by 
John as the angel or messenger of the bottomless pit. 
We are thus given to understand that this evil influence 
is the devil's angel. In the last two verses of this chap- 
ter we are given information as to what this angel of 
the bottomless pit destroys. The devil's angel who is 



264 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

bo closely related to, if do1 identical with Apollo, t lie 
Roman and Greek god of medicine. 
Again we read : 

Revelation IX. 20 And the rest of the men which 

were not killed by these plagues yet repented not of 
the works of their hands, thai they should not worship 
devils, and idols of gold, and silver, and brass, and 
stone, and of wood: which neither can see, nor hear, 
nor walk : 

21 Neither repented they of their murders, nor of 
their sorceries, nor of their fornication, nor of their 
thefts. 

The Greek pha/rmakeia } translated sorceries in the 
twenty-first verse, means, pharmacy, or medication, ac- 
cording to Strong's Concordance. According to Young's 
Concordance, the proper translation of this word sor- 
ceries is, enchantment with drugs. These concordances 
of the Bible are standard authorities, and can be pro- 
cured from any bookseller. Medication is the act of 
treating medicinally, and refers to the use of material 
remedies lor the relief or cure of physical ailments. 

A correct translation reads: 

Revelation IX. 21 And they did not reform from 
the murders of themselves, nor from the medications of 
themselves, nor from tlu 1 idol worship of themselves, nor 
from the thefts from themselves. 

The word fornication is used in the Bible far more 
in its metaphorical meaning of idol worship or idolatry 



Till; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 265 

than in its ordinary literal meaning; ii is bo used in 
this instance. The plain meaning of the Greek text of 
these two rerses is thai the real of the men who were 
not killed by the plagues previously mentioned did 
not reform from worshiping the works of their own 
hands; that they did not reform from the worship of 
demons or devils, nor the idols of gold, silver or brass, 
nor of wood, which are inanimate, nor did these men 
who had so far escaped death reform from murdering 
themselves, nor from treating themselves with medicine, 
nor from the idol worship of themselves, nor from steal- 
ing from themselves. 

The underlying thought expressed is that by our ob- 
stinacy in belief in, and the practicing of, idolatry, and 
our refusal to obey God's Word, we bring upon our- 
selves all the ailments and sorrows by which we are 
afflicted right here and now. 

It is an undisputed fact that men who followed the 
barber trade were the original surgeons; not so very 
long ago the striped pole now used as a barber shop 
sign, which is striped spirally with alternate colors of 
red and white, denoted the barber's old-time practice 
of surgery by symbolizing a w T hite bandage on a bleed- 
ing arm. 

The great hobby of surgeons and doctors less than a 
hundred years ago was to bleed people for about every 
possible ailment. No matter if a man had cut off his 
thumb, or received a gun shot w^ound, from which he 
was weak from the loss of blood, the proper thing in all 
cases was to extract more blood by bleeding. 



266 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

These siliceous also usually kept a slock of blood- 
suckers on hand, called leeches, to he applied to various 

parts of the body to draw out more blood. The hobby 
of many Burgeons of today, which amounts to a mania 

With some, is to cut into the abdomen of about every 

patient who comes into his shop, no matter what the 

ailment may be. If the patient is so fortunate to live 
through the operation, as it is called, he usually finds 
When he conies to pay his bill that his surgeon friend 
still has a large stock of blood suckers on hand. 

Here in America, large (plant it ies of the roots of a 
plant known as ginseng are gathered yearly and shipped 
to China, where this worthless trash usually sells for 
from $5.00 to (10.00 or more per pound. It is stated 
by missionaries that often these unchristianized 
Chinamen buy one of these dried roots having some 
fancied resemblance to the form of a man or animal. 
The Chainaman then sets up this inanimate, worthless 
root or drug in his house as a god. 

He frequently prostrates himself before this ginseng 
god with fervent prayers and supplications, beseeching 
it to ward off and protect him from evil spirits, hob- 
goblins, and hoodoos, which he sincerely believes, in his 
deluded mind, are thick about him, and ready to en- 
danger or destroy his life. 

This statement is confirmed by the report made by 
the American Consul General at Hong Kong to the 
United States Commerce Department during L913, in 
which he states : 

"Much of the root recently received in China direct 
from American growers has been smooth, round, and 



Till: GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 267 

light in color, and otherwise showing the effects of over 
cultivation. What la wanted in the Chinese mark 
is not root of this sort, but a rough, gnarled, dark 
product, which resembles wild ginseng as nearly as 
possible. The underlying theory of the use of ginseng 
decoctions is that they combine the virtues of nature 
— /*. c, wind, water, woods, the elements, and wild 
nature generally; root should, therefore, be cultivated 
in order to be acceptable 80 as to he at least rough and 
wrinkled, with a roughness running around it in circles 
and spirals; cultivated substitutes should as nearly as 
possible be like the wild variety. If the root grows in 
the shape of, or seems to bear some resemblance, even 
by a severe stretch of the imagination, to some animal, 
it has increased virtue in the trade." 

Millions of professed Christian people scattered all 
over the world pity these millions of idolatrous and 
heathen Chinamen. Professed Christians can plainly 
see that this inanimate and worthless ginseng drug has 
no power to ward off or dispel evil influences of any 
nature. They can plainly see that the Chinaman's fears 
result from wrong thinking or error. This error, we 
all understand to be simply a result of a darkened or 
deluded mind. But, unfortunately, these millions of 
professed Christians who pity the poor, benighted 
Chinaman fail to see or comprehend that whenever they 
give place in their own mentality to the belief that any 
root or other material drug has more power or influence 
over their own ills, of any and every nature, than the 
Almighty God who made the heavens and the earth, 
they fail to see that they themselves are just as much 



268 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

an idolater or idol worshiper; they Jail to see that they 
arc just as much a heathen as the Chinaman, and but 

little less benighted and deluded in mind. 
Burns has well said: 

"0 wad some power the giftie gie us 
To see oursePs as others see us! 
1 1 wad frae monie a blunder free us, 
And foolish notion: 

The thoughl of the so-called Christianized world 
seems to have been long entertained that at the corning 
of the Christ, who is to enlighten all men and women 
in the world, all danger from being caught in the snare 
of idolatry or any of its pagan delusions w r as swept 
away from the minds of men. It is now r commonly 
supposed that idolatry, or idol worship, is confined to 
those ignorant and uncivilized people whom we have in 
mind when we speak of the heathen. That we, the 
so-called Christian nations of the earth; the professed 
followers of Jesus, the Christ, standing in the full blaze 
of the light of the human intelligence of the twentieth 
century : that we could be and are right now the victims 
of a delusion of mind; that we could be and are caught 
in the snare of idolatry, or idol worship, is almost un- 
thinkable. 

Bui Jesus said the snare would come. No Christian 
will dispute but what every word Jesus uttered w T ill 
be fulfilled. We read these words of the Master: 

Luke XXI. 34 And take heed to yourselves, lest at 
any lime your hearts be overcharged wdth surfeiting, 



THE GOLDEN HOPES ()V MEN. 269 

and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and 80 thai day 
come upon von unawares. 

36 For as a snare shall it come on all them that dwell 
on the face Of the whole earth. 

36 Watch ye therefore, and pray always, thai ye may 
be accounted woithy to escape all these things that 
shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man. 

The snare came just as .Jesus said it would come. It 
spread over the whole earth, and everybody in the world 
was caught in its folds. 

The science and practice of medicine is one of the 
delusions by which the minds of men have become en- 
snared. It is one of the sins or evils from which God's 
sanctuary must be cleansed. Jesus did not say the 
snare might possibly come; he said "it shall come." 
Neither w r as the snare to effect the comprehension of 
a few men scattered here and there, or all men in a 
limited section ; the snare shall come "on all them that 
dwell on the face of the whole earth." No more swep- 
ing, general statement which included all men in the 
whole world could be made. 

Some of us may fail to realize that idolatry has other 
forms than its primitive one of bow r ing down to idols 
made of wood or stone. Some of us fail to realize that 
it is possible for us to give first place in our affections, 
esteem or reverence to various other objects in prefer- 
ence to our creator. Idolatry, or idol worship, in a 
Bible sense, means our giving respect, veneration or love 
for anything in any manner which borders on adora- 



270 TIN: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

tionj or the ascribing to anything the same or greater 
power than is possessed by God. 

There are doubtless thousands of professed Christians 
in all parts of the world who have, up to this time, 
conscientoinsly believed that it was not contrary to the 
teachings of the Bible to use drugs or other material 
remedy for the treatment or attempted cure of their 
physical ailments. 

Bui to tell some people that they have been ensnared 
by false teaching; that they right now are practicing 
rank idolatry, or idol worship, is almost useless, for 
their eyes are so blinded, their ears are so dull of hear- 
ing, that they do not comprehend the truth, and 
they are liable to think that you are attempting to per- 
sonallv insult them when you tell them the truth re- 
garding the use of medicine as it is stated in the Bible 
when the true meaning of its words is known. 

The word or term "enchantment," as relates to the 
use of medicine, is used in the sense of a chant or in- 
cantation in the same sense as it is used in the following 
quotation from Burke's Abridgment of English His- 
tory, published in 1757: 

"Medicine was always joined with magic; no remedy 
was administered without mysterious ceremony and in- 
cantation." 

"Enchantment is the use of a formula of words 
spoken or chanted to produce a magical effect; the 
utterance of a spell or charm; more widely, the use of 
magical ceremonies or arts, magic, sorcerery, enchant- 
ment." This quotation and definition is taken from the 
Oxford dictionary. Vol. 5, page 142. This authority 



Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 271 

published in London is considered at least equal to any 
other authority in the world. 

Enchantment is from the Latin incantare, the literal 
meaning of which is to sing or chant a magic formula 
over. Enchantments were originally brought about by 
chanting or reciting a formula in a singing manner, 
Icelanders, American Indians, and heathen people now 
use these enchantments as a means of cure for physical 
ailments. Among the Indians here in America the 
"Medicine Man" was a man supposed to have acquired 
magical powers of cure through a severe and protracted 
course of training. This "Medicine Man" carried his 
charms, called medicine, which were supposed to possess 
suj>ernatural or magical powers, in a bag. This bag 
corresponds to the pill box, or bag, carried by modern 
physicians, which is also supposed to contain medicine 
which has a mysterious or magic powder of curing human 
ailments. This modern physician is also supposed to 
drive away disease by some magical process by the use 
of his charms, also called medicine, or drugs. 

Matthetc II. 1 Now when Jesus was born in Beth- 
lehem of Judaea in the days of Herod the king, behold, 
there came wise men from the east to Jerusalem. 

2 Saying, Where is he that is born King of the Jews? 
for we have seen his star in the east, and are come to 
worship him. 

The Greek word magos, is, in the above verse, trans- 
lated "wise men," and magos means, an Oriental scien- 
tist, or magician. These wise men were also known as 
the Magi, as the Greek magi, is the plural of magos. 



272 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

The Magi were originally the pagan priests of the Medea 
and Persians. These priests claimed to have a knowl- 
edge of the science of producing wonderful effects by 
the aid of superhuman beings, and also to have a 
knowledge and control of the secrel operations of na- 
ture, or what was then called the science of natural 
magic. 

The term magi, has been found in cuneiform inscrip- 
tions in the ruins of Babylon, and the term corresponds 
to the Greek magos, which originally was equivalent to 
the modern term, doctor. In the Geneva Bible, pub- 
lished in 1560, we read: 

Matthew XX III. 10 Be not called doctors, for there 
is but one your Doctor, and he is Christ. 

The wisdom of a Magos, Oriental scientist, or "wise 
man," consisted of astrology, enchantment, sorcery, and 
other magical arts by which he pretended to influence 
the course of events and to thus produce marvelous 
physical phenomena. These Persian priests or prophets 
claimed to have control of the secret operations of na- 
ture, and from this wisdom to be able to produce phys- 
ical effects apparently equal to the power of God. 
When you consider this matter over you may possibly 
see that the modern doctor, or magos, also claims to be 
a "wise man." He claims that through a protracted 
course of study lie has also gained an insight into the 
Becrel operations of nature, and by means of his magical 
charms or enchantments called drugs, he now claims 
to he able to produce physical effects apparently equal 
to the power of God. 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 273 

In order to show the Hose association and connec- 
tion of magic, sorcery, and witchcraft with the origin 
of the modern practice of medicine, your attention is 

called to the following quotation from the Oxford Dic- 
tionary, Volume VI, under the word magic: 

"The magic which made use of invocation of evil or 
doubtful spirits was, of course, always regarded as sin- 
ful: bul natural magic— i. e. } thai which did nol involve 
recourse to the agency of personal spirits — was in the 
Middle Ages usually recognized as a legitimate depart- 
ment of study and practice, so long as it was not em- 
ployed for maleflcient ends. Of natural magic, as un- 
derstood by mediaeval writers, typical examples are the 
making of an image, under certain astrological condi- 
tions, in order to injure or benefit the health of the 
person represented; and the application of medicament 
to a weapon in order to heal the wound made by it. 

These things, if now practiced, would still be called 
magic, though the qualification 'natural' would seem 
quite inappropriate. 

On the other hand, the 'natural magic' of the Middle 
Ages included much that, from the standpoint of mod- 
ern science is 'natural' but not 'magical,' the process 
resorted to being really, according to the now known 
laws of physical causation, adapted to produce the in- 
tended effects." 

The writer of the above quotation w T as one of the 
millions of people who innocently supposed that the 
natural scientist's god of nature, as this mystical god is 
now called, was the same God whom Jesus and the early 
Christians practiced under. 
18 



274 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

It is wHi to remember thai Jesus broke Dearly all the 
laws of physical causation which are now held to be 

sacred truths by natural science. He thus forever 
plainlv showed thai these laws were not in accordance 
With the law or will of (led, for .Jesus was not a law 
breaker and was Obedienl to his Father's will in all 
things. 

The Oriental Magi were also called magicians, and 

it will now begin to he clear to any unprejudiced man 

or woman thai the physicians and doctors of. today, who 

are also supposed to perform cures by the use of magical 
drugs or medicines, are the outgrowth of this Oriental, 
pagan, or idolatrous system of healing^ and that today 
practically the same magical arts are used. This idol- 
atrous practice was one of the sins which brought about 
the destruction of the great city of Babylon. 

John, in Revelation, combines all forms of evil prac- 
tices and erroneous thoughts, including the practice or 
use of medicine or drugs, all things which are anti- 
Christian, under the one name of what we will name 
error. In Revelation all these evil influences or errors 
are symbolized by the mystic or symbol name of Baby- 
Ion, to represent the same as the rise and fall of the 
ancient Oriental city of that name, which was so com- 
pletely destroyed that its site became the home of wild 
beasts. 

In all parts of the Bible repeated warnings and com- 
mands are given against the use of. or belief in, sor- 

cerery, witchcraft, magic, diviniations, or enchant- 
ments; all these practices being classed as rank forms 
of idolatry. Bui when we read these prohibitory pas- 
sages in the Bible, we naturally think of a by gone age 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 275 

when educational advantages were limited and the 
masses of people were densely ignorant. That anything 
like these idolatrous delusions of mind is believed in 

and practiced now by nearly all men in the civilized 
world is almost beyond our belief. The facts arc, how- 

ever, that according to the plain teachings Of the MiMo 
the so-called science of medicine has deluded the minds 

of people, and it has done as mneh to destroy the Chris- 
tian religion as any other idolatrous influence known 
in the whole of human history. 

A very convincing evidence that this so-called science 
of medicine is an outgrowth of the idolatrous paganism 
of the ancient Roman Empire is that the sign I> 
placed today by physicians at the head or commence- 
ment of their prescriptions was originally % the sym- 
bol of Jupiter, the father of Apollo, and the chief god 
worshiped by the people of the pagan Roman Empire. 
Pagan Roman priests, or prophets, placed I£, the 
symbol of Jupiter on their formulas, or what are now 
called prescriptions to propituate Jupiter, the king of 
the gods, in order to secure his favor that the medical 
compound might have a favorable effect. 

Apollo, under the name of Phoebus, was worshiped by 
the Greeks as the god of the sun, and Diana, daughter 
of Jupiter, was worshiped by the Greeks and Komans 
as the goddess of the moon. The temple of Diana at 
Ephesus, you remember, was one of the seven wonders 
of the world. It is stated in regard to the speech of 
Demetrius at Ephesus: 

Acts XIX. 24 For a certain man named Demetrius, 
a silversmith, which made silver shrines for Diana, 
brought no small gain unto the craftsmen ; 



276 THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 

25 Whom he called together with the workmen of 

like occupation, and said. Sirs, ye know that by this 

craft we have our wealth. 

lm; Moreover ye see and hear, that not alone at 
Ephesus, hut almost throughout all Asia, this Paul 
hath persuaded and turned away much people, saying 
that they he no gods, which are made with hands: 

L* So that not only this our craft is in danger to be 
set at nought ; hut also that the temple of the great god- 
dess Diana should he despised, and her magnificence 
should be destroyed, whom all Asia and the world wor- 
shippeth. 

28 And when they heard these sayings, they were 
full of wrath, and cried out, saying, Great is Diana of 
the Kphesians. 

And now, eighteen hundred years after this speech 
was made, aearly every physician in the world places 
K\ the symbol of Jupiter, the father of Diana, on 
his medical prescription, and thus advertises to the 
world that his science of enchantment with drugs, com- 
monly known as the science of medicine, originated in 
the darkness of pagan idolatry, just as it is taught in 
Science and Health. 

Paul devoted the greater part of his life to trying to 
clear away pagan, or idol worshiping, beliefs. Mrs. 
Eddy devoted the greater part. of her life to the same 
end. Christian Science is now carrying on this same 
good work of enlightenment all over the world. 

When the silversmiths who made and sold silver 
images Of the temple Of Diana saw that Paul was about 



THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 277 

to destroy their ungodly occupation, "they were lull of 
wrath and cried out. Baying, Great is Diana of the 
Ephesiana." And today when physicians Bee that the 

teachings Of the Bible and Science and Health arc about 
to destroy their ongodly occupation, they rush to legis- 
tive halls to gel laws enacted to sustain their craft by 
prohibiting Christian Scientists from healing the phys- 
ical ailments of mankind as they were commanded to 
do by Jesus. 

When you have quietly considered this matter all 
over, it may dawn upon you that the so-called science 
of medicine of today is the counterfeit, or opposer, of 
(iod's system of healing as taught and practiced by 
Jesus. 

We read in the Bible : 

Deuteronomy XVIII- !) When thou art come into 
the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee, thou shalt 
not learn to do after the abominations of those nations. 

10 There shall not be found among you any one that 
maketh his son or his daughter to pass through the fire, 
or that useth divination, or an observer of times, or an 
enchanter, or a witch, 

11 Or a charmer, or a consulter with familiar spirits, 
or a wizard, or a necromancer. 

12 For all that do these things are an abomination 
unto the Lord : and because of these abominations the 
Lord thy God doth drive them out from before thee. 

13 Thou shalt be perfect with the Lord thy God. 

14 For these nations, which thou shalt possess, 
hearkened unto observers of times, and unto diviners: 
but as for thee, the Lord thy God hath not suffered thee 
so to do. 



278 THE GOLDEN 110PES OF MEN. 

A large temple was erected at Delphi to Apollo; he 

being worshiped as a god, as he slew the great serpent 
thai lived in the caves of Parnusses, From which place 
it made raids on the people of Delphi and devoured the 
people and their Hocks. 

The ancient name of Delphi, in Greek, is Pytho, and 
from this Greek name we have the name of Pvthon, the 
oame of a monster serpent from ten to twenty feet 
long, and of great muscular power, now found in India 
and Africa. This serpent, it is said, can seize, crush, 
and swallow small animals, and lias sufficient power 
to destroy the life of a man if he is caught within its 
folds. 

The serpent, the Bible symbol of evil, is today the 
emblem, or symbol, of the so-called science of medicine. 
If any doubting Thomas will look about any old-time 
pharmacy, or drug store, in his vicinity in any part of 
the world and examine the medical books found therein, 
he will find plenty of evidence to prove to him that 
this so-called science originated in and crawled out 
of a den of Apollo snakes. More than that, he will find 
by reading his Bible that this monster serpent, called 
the science of medicine, has long played its part as the 
destroyer of the religion which Jesus preached. He 
will And that today this serpent of error figuratively 
lias its folds twined around the mentalities of millions 
of professed Christians. 

Jesus stated : 

Mat (Inir XXVI. 23 Then if any man shall say unto 
you, Lo, here is Christ, or there; believe it not. 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 279 

LM For there shall arise false (lirists, and false 
prophets, and shall shew greal Bignfi and wonders; inso- 
much that. If it were possible, they shall deceive the 

very elect. 

26 Behold, I have told you before. 

The Greek word propheteSj here translated prophets, 
originally meant the spokesman or interpreter of a 
divinity or god. Among the Greeks and Romans the 

word prophet referred to the spokesman, interpreter, 
or deliverer of the oracles of their heathen gods, such 
as Apollo, Jupiter, and other false gods worshiped by 
them. Hence, these pagan prophets were called false, 
or lying prophets, by Jesus and the early Christians to 
distinguish them from the true prophets of God. 

Pythia was the prophetess or priestess of the temple 
of Apollo at Delphi, who delivered the oracles of the 
god Apollo. The term prophet w T as applied in a general 
way to any man or woman who pretended to posses the 
ability to foreshadow or foretell coming events, condi- 
tions or indications. 

In Jewish history the oracles of God related to the 
"sanctuary," or most holy place in the temple at Jeru- 
salem. The Apollo temple at Delphi was the counter- 
feit or opposite of God's temple at Jerusalem. If you 
will follow this thought out, it will begin to become 
plain to you that the modern physician is the false or 
lying prophet Jesus had in mind when he stated that 
"many false prophets shall arise," and that these false 
prophets would show or point out great signs, indica- 
tions, or symptoms. 



280 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

When you call in a modem physician be first ex- 
amines the signs, indications or symptoms of the case. 
Then this self-professed disciple of JEsculapius, the son 
of Apollo, makes a prophecy, or a prediction, called a 
prognosis; this prognosis is now mostly called a diagno- 
sis, which is a professional opinion or judgment in ad- 
vance concerning the nature, duration, course, and 
termination of the disease. After making his prophecy, 
this prophet of Apollo hands out his enchanted articles 
called drugs, which are supposed to be endowed by his 
god of nature with magical powers to heal or cure; the 
God of heaven has no part or lot in this matter at all. 
In fact, the very existence of such a power is entirely 
ignored. 

If the Bible is true, the teachings of medical science 
must be an error; must be a delusive belief; a wrong 
way of thinking which has led the whole world into the 
mental snare of idolatry by the worship of the god of 
nature, whoever or whatever this mystical god may be, 
instead of the true God whom Jesus preached and prac- 
ticed under. 

What does the natural scientist refer to as the god of 
nature? When you look into this matter closely you 
will find that the natural science god of nature is, the 
creative and regulative physical power which is con- 
ceived of as operating in the material world, and as the 
immediate cause of all its phenomena. Jesus never 
acknowledged the existence of this physical god. The 
Bible plainly states that God is Spirit. Jesus said we 
must worship God in spirit and truth, and taught that 



Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 281 

man and all of God'fi creatiOD is a spiritual creation, 
composed wholly of spiritual substance. 

Natural Science, of Which medical science is a branch, 

knows nothing aboul this spiritual creation. It scoffs 

and sneers at the very idea that there is such a thing 
as a spiritual creation in existence. To account for the 
existing order of material things as cognized by our 
material senses, natural science has formulated and 
built up a system of what is known as natural laws, or 
laws of nature, by which the material world is supposed 
to be governed. This vast system of thought is but a 
system of man-made beliefs, notions, and conceptions 
which is simply the counterfeit or opposite of God's 
system as outlined in His revealed Word. Conse- 
quently, we today have two distinct and opposing 
sciences, or systems of teaching, presented for our con- 
sideration and acceptance or rejection. 

In this difference between Christian Science and the 
science of medicine, Christian Science is firmly sup- 
ported by the Bible; it is supported by the teachings 
and practices of Jesus. There are no magic methods 
used in Christian Science healing. All its methods are 
open to the world; they are all written down in 
Science and Health, w r herein it is stated (page 147) : 

"Although this volume contains the complete Science 
of Mind-healing, never believe that you can absorb the 
whole meaning of the Science by a simple perusal of this 
book. The book needs to be studied, and the demon- 
stration of the rules of scientific healing will plant you 
firmly on the spiritual groundwork of Christian Science. 
This proof lifts you high above the perishing fossils of 



282 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 

theories already antiquated, and enables yon to grasp 
the spiritual Tacts of being hitherto unattained and 
seemingly dim. 

our Master healed the sick, practiced Christian heal- 
ing, and taughl the generalities of its divine Principle 
to liis students; hut he left do definite rule for demon- 
strating this Principle of healing and preventing dis- 
ease. This rule remained to be discovered in Christian 

Science." 

Let it be clearly understood by all men thai Christian 

Science seeks DO quarrel with the medical fraternity, 
nor does it wish to forcibly deter anyone from the 
use oj* drugs or other material remedies. Neither does 
Christian Science try to force its teachings or practices 
upon any man or woman in the world. Its adherents, 
however, are convinced that Jesus Christ was the most 
successful physician of the world's history. He did 
not administer or recommend medicine, and never lost 
a case. Christian Scientists are now studying and prac- 
ticing the system recommended by their Master, for the 
simple reason that they have more faith in t lie God of 
heaven than they have in any prophet of Apollo, the 
god of pagan Koine. 



CHAPTEB XII. 

IT Is an unquestioned fad thai Christian Science 
comes before the world with many teachings which 

are radically different From ideas and theories previ- 
ously held to be true. This fact within itself explains 

why it immediately aroused againsl it that instinctive 
human opposition and prejudice which has ever clogged 
the wheels of progress. All intelligent people are 
aware thai the human race has ever fought against 
every discovery that was for the world's greatest good 
and advancement, and that the leaders of every move- 
ment for true reform have been persecuted and stoned. 

Every man who will lay aside this unreasonable 
spirit, or prejudice, and calmly view the true facts, 
will plainly and quickly see that Christian Science, as 
a system of healing, is relied upon by hundreds of thou- 
sands of intelligent people today for the simple reason 
that these people have found, from their own individual 
experience, that it does heal. Thousands of these people 
had previously given material medicine years of trial 
without receiving relief from their ailments; thousands 
of these people had their cases diagnosed, treated, and 
finally pronounced incurable by materia medica, and 
then, after spending hundreds of dollars in vain, these 
sufferers were quickly healed by Christian Science treat- 
ment, and at a trifling expense. 

These plain facts need not be made a shuttlecock 
of religious fanaticism, for the truth of the facts here 

(283) 



284 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 

Btated can be, and arc sustained by as clear and con- 
vincing evidence as was ever introduced in any court 
of law in the world to prove or sustain any fact. There 
are hundreds of thousands of people now living who 
have made a practical test of the healing methods of 
both materia medico and the healing methods of Chris 
tian Science who are today firm adherents of the 
Christian Science method because, from their obser- 
vation and experience, the Christian Science method is 
more certain to bring about a cure, and with the least 
expenditure of time and money. 

More than this, there are today thousands of people 
walking about sound and well who were cured by the 
Christian Science method after their cases had been 
pronounced incurable by materia medico* Many of 
these people firmly believe that Christian Science has 
prolonged their physical lives after all other methods 
had failed. 

Christian Scientists do not ask or seek in any land 
to have any law passed to compel anyone to accept 
or practice their opinions or views on the subject of 
healing. They simply ask to be permitted to enjoy 
their sacred rights of being obedient to God's will, and 
Of worshiping their Maker according to the law of God 
— the law which should certainly be supreme over all 
other laws in every Christian land. 

Our Pilgrim Fathers came to America because they 
Bought relief From oppressive laws which infringed 
their rights in religious and political matters. They 
thought thai they were endowed by their creator with 
certain unalienable rights. 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 285 

They thought thai do government, because it had flu* 

power, could rightfully force its ideas upon them in 
matters relating to religions liberty and the righl to 
worship God according to the dictates of their own con- 
science. 

Justice Field, of the United States Supreme Court, 
has said, in Powell v. /v., 127 U. s. Rep., 678, p. 
692: 'The righl to pursue one's happiness is placed 
among the unalienable rights of man, with which all 
men are endowed, not by grace of emperors or kings, 
or by force of legislative or constitutional enactments, 
but by their creator. And to secure them, not to grant 
them, governments are instituted among men." 

Under our theory of government, the citizen is not 
to be considered a mere vassel ; he is the sovereign. The 
state itself exists for his benefit. All just laws are en- 
acted to preserve his liberties, not to curtail them. 

No Christian can be happy or truly enjoy life who is 
compelled by law to do that which is contrary to, or 
restrained from doing that which is enjoyed by, the law 
of God. There are no more sacred individual rights en 
dowed upon men by their creator than the rights to 
choose their own system of worship and their own sys- 
tem of preserving life and health. 

To curtail by statutory law the privilege of the full 
enjoyment of these God-given rights is despotism. Such 
law may even be the wish or will of the majority; even 
if such is the case, it is none the less a despotism, and 
is utterly contrary to the letter and spirit of our na- 
tional constitution. The time has passed in the history 
of this country, if it ever was, when any such legisla 



286 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

lion can receive the support of any honorable man who 
sits in legislative halls, stands behind a counter, or fol- 
lows a plow, who has the true interest of his country 
ai heart. 

"The wicked shall be turned into hell and all nations 
thai forget God. M This Supreme law was enacted 

thousands of years ago, and there is no record that it 

has ever been abrogated. 

It would he well for all legislative powers, when con- 
sidering the enactment of laws relating in any way to 

the public health to- consider this opinion ^iven in the 

Supreme Court of the United states, in the case of Yick 
Wo v. Hopkins, lis r. s. Rep., 356: 

'The fundamental rights to life, liberty, and the pur- 
suit of happiness, considered as individual possessions, 

are secured bj those maxims of constitutional law 

which are monuments showing the victorious progress 

of the race in securing to men the blessings of civiliza- 
tion under the reign of just and equal laws, so that in 
the famous language of the Massachusetts Bill of 
Bights, The government of the commonwealth 'may be 
a goverment of laws, and not of men.' For the very 
idea that one man may be compelled to hold his life, 
or means of living, or any important right essential to 
the enjoyment of life, at the mere will of another, seems 

to be intolerable in any country where freedom pre- 
vails, as being the essence of slavery itself." 

Long years ago, at the close of the revolution, the 

father of OUT country spoke these words: "There is an 
Option left to the United States of America, whether 



THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 287 

they will he respectable and prosperous, or contemptible 
and miserable, as ;i nation." — George Washington. 

The American whose name is nearest to the heart of 
this nation spoke these words which fell From his lips 
like a prayer on the battlefield of Gettysburg. 

"Thai this nation, under God, shall have a new birth 

of freedom — and thai government of the people, by the 

people, for the people, shall not perish from the earth." 
— Abraham Lincoln. 

As If in answer to this prayer that this nation should 
have a new birth for the ultimate freedom of all man- 
kind, comes these words of the greatest woman the 
world has ever known: 

"The time for thinkers has come. Truth, independ- 
ent of doctrines and time-honored systems, knocks at 

the portal of humanity. Contentment with the pas! 
and the cold conventionality of materialism are crum- 
bling away. Ignorance of God is no longer the step- 
ping-stone to faith. The only guarantee of obedience 
is a right apprehension of Him whom, to know aright, 
is Life eternal.'' — Mary Baker Eddy. 

It is very difficult for us to realize that our boasted 
civilization and Christianity of today is simply a com- 
plex system of idolatry, or idol worship, but such is the 
fact. According to the true import of the Bible, the 
people of the so-called Christian nations of today are 
about as much deluded in their minds, and are as much 
turned away from the truth as at any other time in 
the world's history. Tn the last chapter of the Bible, 
John sums the whole matter up in these words : 



288 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

Revelation XXII. 13 I am Alpha and Oinega, the 
beginning and the end, the first and the last. 

l [ Blessed are they that do his commandments, that 

they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter 
in through the gates into the city. 

16 For without arc dogs, and sorcerers, and whore- 
mongers, and murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever 
loveth and maketh a lie. 

16 T Jesus have sent mine angel to testify unto you 
these things in the churches. I am the root and the 
offspring of David, and the bright and morning star. 

You will notice in the fifteenth verse that the word 
sorcerers again appears. The Greek pharmakos, trans- 
lated sorcerers in this verse, Strong's Concordance of the 
Bible tells us means, Pharmacy or Medication; it also 
describes a drug as a spell-giving potion. A potion is 
a dose of liquid medicine, or poison. A spell-giving 
potion is a dose of medicine, or poison, which is sup- 
posed to be endowed with magical powers or prop- 
erties. Young's Concordance of the Bible translates 
sorcerer in this verse as meaning, an enchanter with 
drugs. An enchanter is one who invests with magical 
powers or properties; hence, an enchanter with drags 
is a person who is supposed to invest or endow drugs 
with magical powers or properties. Medication is the 
act of treating with medicine of any kind as a curative 
remedy for disease. Hence, we see that these two 
standard authorities agree that the meaning of sorcerer, 
as used in this verse is, a person who treats with medi- 
cine of any kind as a curative remedy for disease. 



THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 289 

John plainly tolls as in this last chapter ol the Bible 
that all who treat with medicine of any kind as a cura- 
tive remedy ^n- disease are left outside the pearly gates 

of heaven. Outside, along with dogs, whoremongers. 
murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever loveth and 
inaketh a lie. 

In the fourteenth verse we are told that only those 
who do his commandments have a right to the tree of 
life; those who obeyed his commandments were the 
only ones who were to enter in through the gates unto 
the city. The pernicious doctrine, long taught by popu- 
lar theology, that a large number of the commands of 
Jesus were only intended for a particular period or for 
a select number of his followers has caused mankind 
to experience untold suffering from pain and sickness 
for centuries; suffering which would have been largely 
overcome if the professed church of Christ had re- 
mained failthful to all the commands given by the 
Master. 

The absolute falsity of popular theological teachings 
is now overwhelmingly proven by the evident fact that 
within the past fifty years Christian Science has again 
presented the pure spiritual teachings of Jesus to the 
world, and once more hundreds of thousands of men 
and women throughout the world of every station and 
condition of life freely testify that this spiritual inter- 
pretation of the Bible has brought to them in a large 
degree the blessings Jesus said would be realized by his 
true followers. Thus proving beyond question that the 
teachings and commands of Jesus are applicable to any 
19 



290 THE GOLDEN HOrES OF MEN. 

and every age or people when understood and practiced 
in their original purity. 

In the fifteenth verse we are told what happens to 
those who do not keep or observe all his commands; 
we arc told what happens to those who pick out some 
of tin* commands of Jesus as being in force, and annul 
the others with the man-made leaching that they do not 
apply at the present time: 

Ri velation XX 1 1. 15 For without are dogs, and sor- 
cerers, and whoremongers, and murderers, and idola- 
ters, and whosoever loveth and maketh a lie. 

John is here describing those who are without the 
gates to the New Jerusalem, the city wiiich is here used 
as a symbol of heaven; he states that those who use 
drugs to heal are outside the pearly gates of heaven: 

Revelation XX IT. 10 I Jesus have sent mine angel 
to testify unto you these things in the churches. 

The time has come when God's sanctuary must be 
cleansed. If professed Christians will not listen to the 
inspired Word of God ; will not listen to the voice of 
Daniel, of Paul, or John; if they will not listen to 
an angel sent by Jesus, they may as well tear down their 
churches, burn their Bibles, and put an end to the pre- 
tense of being followers of Jesus the Christ. 

Those who may be inclined to sneer at, or pray 
against, what they may call the senselessness and ab- 
surdity of some of the views pointed out in this book, 
relating to the teachings of Jesus and the Bible in gen- 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 291 

eral, should bear in mind thai the author la ao1 \'"\' 
mnlating a system of theology, bul is simply bringing 
to lighl the true spiritual meaning of the Scriptures 
which lias been covered ap and hidden from men by the 
web of materialistic beliefs which was spread over the 
whole civilised world by popular, intellectual, or 
scholastic theology centuries ago. 

In the lighl of present truth, we now know that the 
kingly dominion of heaven of which Jesus preached in- 
cluded a full, complete, and entire salvation. A salva- 
tion from sin, sickness, pain, and death. This is the 
only religion which is of any practical value or interest 
to the world today. Jesus taught and demonstrated 
to the world for all time to come that spiritual power 
could and would overcome and obliterate from the 
minds or consciousness of men their beliefs in the truth 
and power of material law r , as well as everything else, 
which hindered or prevented men from beginning to 
enter the kingly dominion of heaven right here and now. 

For any man, or any number of men, no matter how 
eminent they may be, to even attempt to limit the use- 
fulness of spiritual power to any special time or place, 
or to any restricted number of persons, as is now taught 
by popular theology, is simply to reject and to refuse 
to believe or practice the commands of the Master, and 
to deny God's power over the work of His ow r n hand. 
Those who thus limit the power of Spirit over matter 
and all material conditions of every name and every 
possible nature, have little or no claim to the right of 
even being called Christians, for they thus deny the 
very heart and essence of Christianity. They deny the 



292 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

plain words of the founder of (he Christian religion. 
"JIo thai believeth in me the works that I do shall he 
do also." Jesus did not limit the application of these 
words to either time or place. He did, however, say, 
"I of niv awn Self can do nothing; the Father who 
dwelleth in me, lie doeth the works." Jesus claimed 
thai it was God J Spirit; who was doing the works 
through, or by means of, him as an agency. He also 
plainly stated that God; Spirit; would do the same 
works through, or by means of, any other man or woman 
as an agency who believed in him; that is, compre- 
hended and obeyed in practice the teachings which he 
was proclaiming to the world for that sole purpose. 

Kut popular theology has persisted for centuries in 
teaching that the demonstrations of spiritual power 
made by Jesus and the members of the early Christian 
church were only intended for a limited period of time, 
and for the sole purpose of inaugurating the Christian 
era. There is not a line or w r ord of authority in the 
Bible, from beginning to end, which even intimates or 
supports, in any way, this man-made conclusion. But 
this limiting and belittling of spiritual power, the 
power of God, has been so long, persistently and uni- 
versally preached all over the civilized world by ma- 
terially minded priests and ministers, in thousands of 
pulpits, that as a result of all this erroneous teaching, 
there are at the present time comparatively few people 
in Christian lands who consider that the power of God 
is even equal to the power of some inert drug in heal- 
ing the physical ailments of mankind. In this way, 
millions of professed Christians have been led astray 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 293 

and caused to wander from the t rut li by these erroneous 
teachings of popular theology; bo thai today there are 

millions of professed Christians who have been thus 
led to consider the practice and words of Jesus, relating 

to the healing of physical ills, as simply abstractions 

which are entirely impracticable and impossible to us 
at this present time. 

The so-called Christianized world is very slow in 
realizing that there must be a mistake somewhere or 
somehow when we admit by our actions that we con- 
sider that an inanimate drug, even if prescribed by a 
publicly professed disciple of a son of a heathen Roman 
god, has more healing power than the God of heaven. 
By this very admission, professed Christians advertise 
to the world that they "have a form of Godliness, but 
deny the power thereof." 

If we give any heed to the words of the New Testa- 
ment at all, we must concede that men were at one 
time made every whit whole, without the use of drugs 
or doctors. 

This healing is now acknowledged by all Christians 
to have been done by spiritual power; the power of 
God. We all theoretically admit that the same spirit- 
ual power, the same unchangeable God, maintains and 
governs the world today as then. But we have, for hun- 
dreds of years, been taught doctrines and theories 
which so belittle and limit the practical everyday value 
of the glad tidings which Jesus preached, that right 
now there are millions of professed Christians who have 
more faith in the curative power of calomel than they 
have in Christ. 



294 THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN, 

For years Bud years all Christian people have been 
singing, "Praise God from whom all blessings How." A 
double "L, w All, (/// blessings. It is well agreed that 
health and soundness of body and mind is one of the 
greatest of all blessings. If, when it fails, instead of 
calling upon God to restore to us this blessing, we turn 
from Him and place our trust in any material remedy, 
it matters little how loudly we sing, how fervently we 
pray, nor how strongly we claim to have faith in God 
— for our actions speak louder than words — and 
whether we realize it or not, we have broken the first 
commandment, "Thou shalt have no other gods before 
me." 

The world will some day understand that Christian 
Science is not battling against the system of materia 
medico in a spirit of hate or unkindness to those who 
uphold this system; but Christian Scientists do want 
the world to clearly understand that they are opposed 
to the whole system of materia medica; they are op- 
posed to the system because it is an idolatrous prac- 
tice, and in direct opposition to the plain law of God. 
Therefore, instead of a blessing, it is a curse to the 
human race. 

The question as to whether it is right or wrong to 
use material medicine for the attempted cure of our 
physical ailments, is not a matter of private opinion. 
God settled that matter in the Bible. It is our dutv 
as Christian people to abide by God's revealed Word. 

It must now be plain to every man who considers at 
all that any nation or people which passes any laws 
whatever to sustain or uphold what is called medical 



THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 295 

Bcience, simplj advertises to the world thai it is 
a nation of pagans, who are nol entitled to be even 
classed with Christiaii people. 

Whoever or whatever teaches men to acknowledge 

oilier powers and laws to he superior to the power and 
law of God is anti-Christian, no matter how many mil- 
lions of }KM){»ie may be included in the number, nor 
how old or powerful their influence may be. This is 
the reason, and the onlv reason, why the whole system 
of what is known as the science of medicine is opposed 
by Christian Science. This opposition is against the 
system as a system, and not in the nature of personal 
animosity towards those who believe in the use of 
medicine. 

It is the teaching and practice of Christian Science 
that its adherents must not entertain anything but 
brotherly love toward all men and under all circum- 
stances. Christian Scientists clearly understand that 
they are fighting error, or erroneous thinking, and not 
men. 

The Greek word apostates, translated apostate, 
means, a runaway, a deserter, or, literally, to stand 
away from. An apostate is one who deserts or forsakes 
the true principles of the faith which he at one time 
professed to believe and practice. An apostate Chris- 
tian church is a church or denomination which, by de- 
fection or revolt, has stood away from; that has left 
or abandoned the true principles taught and practiced 
by Jesus the Christ, by abandonment, revolting, or fall- 
ing away from allegiance to the principles and practices 
of the Christian religion as giyen to the original church 
by Jesus. 



296 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

Throughout the entire New Testament God's church, 
the church established during the Messianic dispensa- 
tion by Jesus, is presented under a figure of a chaste 
woman, or a bride adorned for her husband. On the 
contrary, any professed Christian church which adul- 
terates the pure spiritual teachings of Jesus by mixing 
in any teachings of a material nature or character is 
presented under the figure of a harlot. Suek church is 
considered a harlot because she has committed adultery 
by adulterating the teachings of the faith which was 
once delivered to the saints by Jesus. 

A faith in Jesus which is simply a belief in the his- 
torical truth of the Kible relating to him; that he 
walked and talked in Galilee and Judea, was crucified, 
and raised from the dead hundreds of years ago — this 
kind of a faith has little more power to save us or 
bring us salvation than the faith or belief in the his- 
torical fact that Nero lived and performed certain deeds 
at about the same time. 

The only faith or belief that has any saving power, 
and is of any benefit to us, is to be so firmly convinced 
of the absolute truth of all of God's revelations that we 
will adhere to, trust in, and rely on the evidence which 
( tod has made known to us for the very purpose of con- 
vincing us that his revealed Word is the truth, the whole 
truth, and nothing but the truth. 

The popular branches of the professed church of 
Christ maintain the doctrine of the "fall of man," as 
they call it, basing this man-made theology on the sec- 
ond, or material, account of creation. They claim that 
sin destroyed or depraved the image of God, and then 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 297 

they talk about "original sin," "total depravity," and 
out <>f all this mass of error, they have evolved what 
they call their "plan of salvation," by which they claim 
to restore what they call the "lost image," These 
erroneous teachings have been preached from nearly 
every pulpit in the world for more than a thousand 
years, and the result of it all is that the spiritual life 
and i»ower of all these churches is nearly, if not en- 
tirely, dead. Thousands and thousands of people in 
these churches plainly see that there is something wrong 
somewhere or somehow. They are wondering in their 
heart of hearts how and why it is that the religion of 
Jesus Christ has, so far as they can see, proved a 
failure. 

These same people fail to realize the positive fact that 
if Jesus of Nazareth was present in the flesh today, 
he would not be allowed to preach in these same 
churches, because his teaching would not agree with 
their denominational creeds and dogmas. It is also 
true that if Jesus performed any physical healing 
within the vicinity of these same churches, he would, in 
some so-called Christian lands, be liable to arrest for 
practicing medicine without a license. 

And now, after hundreds of years of this kind of 
preaching, w T hich the present condition of the civilized 
world plainly shows to be a failure, so far as bringing 
peace, love, health, and happiness to mankind is con- 
cerned, if anyone tries to lead these bewildered people 
out of their caves of material gloom and bring them into 
the sunshine of heaven, many of their eminent teachers 
who are blind to the Truth which Jesus preached, warn 



298 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

their flocks in sepulchral tones to beware of the teach- 
ings of Christian Science. 

These blind lenders of the blind sound doleful warn- 
ings to their starving flocks to beware of these wicked 
people who are trying to destroy the Christian reli- 
gion by deluding people into the silly notion that Jesus 
Christ told the truth when he said, u The kingdom of 
God is within you." 

Jesus never claimed that any special favoritism was 
extended to him by the Father in the way of ability 
to perform wonderful works; on the contrary, he taught 
his followers that if they had faith they could perform 
equally as great works as he was performing. Listen 
to his words to his followers ; words which have no re- 
strictions of either time or place. 

Matthew XVII. 20 If ye have faith as a grain of 
mustard seed, ye shall say unto this mountain, Kemove 
hence to yonder place; and it shall remove; and nothing 
shall be impossible unto you. 

Do not fail to note that Jesus told all the true fol- 
lowers he ever would have, "Nothing shall be impossible 
unto you." 

Jesus never indulged in what we call exaggerations 
of Bpeech ; on the contrary, no man ever lived who used 
words with more scientific exactness and precision, and 
he stated nothing but absolute truth. He here calls 
the attention of all his followers for all time to come 
to the fact that it was and is within their power to 
perform as great works as he had ever done. 



Tin: GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 299 

At another time, he said thai a1 some time his fol- 
lowers would be able to do even greater works than 
he had done : 

John XIV. li* Verily, verily, 1 say unto you, he 

that believeth in me, the works that 1 do shall he do 
also; and greater than these shall he 4 do. 

The popular branches of the professed church of 
Christ all over the world claim to believe the words of 
Jesus; but whenever these words are held up before 
these people, great numbers of them attempt to evade 
the plain meaning of the words by claiming that Jesus 
was God Himself in human form. They then practically 
deny the truth of these words of Jesus by limiting their 
application to the apostles and a few other members 
of the early church. By thus limiting the time when 
these words were to apply to a short period in the early 
history of the church, these people seek to evade their 
meaning and persuade themselves and others that they 
are now r preaching and practicing the religion which 
Jesus preached and practiced. 

We now know that the minds of men have been 
darkened by delusion or error for thousands of years : 
we now r know that idolatry, or idol worship, in its 
numerous forms has been the great hindrance to true 
progress. The whole history of the Hebrew race for 
hundreds of years, as outlined in the Old Testament, 
is largely but a tracing of the rise and fall from time 
to time of the spiritual light of this remarkable people; 
we now begin to see that idolatry, or idol worship, at 
all times and places is in reality a wandering of the 



300 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 

mind, by which we are led into delusive belief's. These 
delusions are symbolized in Scripture as darkening 
of the mind from listening to the voice of the serpent; 
also symbolized as being canght in a snare where the 
victim of the mental delusion or snare is seemingly help- 
lessly entangled in a web, and remains in this mental 
wei> of delusive belief until he is saved, delivered, re- 
deemed, or set free by and through the power of Truth, 
spiritual Truth, the Truth which Jesus said would 
make us free. 

In Luke is given a part of a prophecy made by Jesus; 
a prophecy which is generally understood to give an 
outline of events which would take place in the world 
up to and including what is commonly known as the 
second coming of Christ. In this prophecy Jesus stated 
in regard to conditions which were to come over the 
whole world: 

Luke XXI. 34 And take heed to yourselves, lest at 
any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, 
and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and so that day 
come upon you unawares. 

:\~) For as a snare shall it come on all them that dwell 
on the lace of the whole earth. 

36 Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may 
be accounted worthy to escape all these things that 
shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man. 

The word snare, as used by Jesus, means, figuratively, 
a net or web relating to some mental condition which 
he said would "come on all them that dwell on the face 
of the whole earth." 



THE OOLDEM HOPES OF MEN. 301 

it is not possible thai the words of Jesus could fail j 
Hit* mental snare came just as Jesus said it would conic, 
and popular theology lias been busily engaged In every 
church in the world for more than a thousand years in 

spreading its delusive folds over the heads Of "all them 

that dwell on the face of the whole earth." 

Popular theology with its usual lack of vision, and 
its little, narrow-minded, material way of interpreting 
all Bible truths, would cut down the prophecies of 

Jesus, and have them about all fulfilled with the 
destruction of the material city of Jerusalem. These 
material minded people fail to comprehend that Jesus 
was talking about spiritual things. They fail to com- 
prehend that during all his ministry material things 
or thoughts occupied but very little of his attention. 
Jesus established his church strictly upon a spiritual 
basis, and it was so understood by the early Christians. 
Jesus knew all about the prophecies of Daniel and 
others in regard to what would happen to this early 
church. He well knew that the snare of material be- 
lief would creep into the church and destroy its spir- 
ituality and power. 

John wrote his prophecy in A.D. 96, or twenty-six 
years after the material city of Jerusalem was de- 
stroyed by Titus in A.D. 70. He states, as has been 
shown, that the remainder of the early church would 
be overcome and entirely destroyed between A.D. 456 
and A.D. 606. In Kevelation, John presents the church 
of Christ under the symbol of a woman, and stated: 

Revelation XII. 6 And the woman fled into the wil- 
derness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that 



302 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

they should feed her there a thousand two hundred a)id 
threescore days. 

Please turn to the twelfth chapter of Revelation; 
read it all, and you will see thai the number here men- 
tioned symbolizes One thousand two hundred and sixtv 
years: that the church of Gtod was to be drvien into the 
wilderness for that time. To make certain that this 
matter would be clearly understood after that decreed 
time was fulfilled, John tells us about these one thou- 
sand two hundred and sixty years in slightly different 
words in verses thirteen and fourteen: 

Revelation XII. 13 And when the dragon saw that 
he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman 
which brought forth the man child. 

14 And to the woman were given two wings of a 
great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into 
her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, 
and half a time, from the face of the serpent. 

ir> Ami the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a 
Hood after the woman, that he might cause her to be 
carried away of the flood. 

It; And the earth helped the woman, and the earth 
opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the 
dragon cast out of his mouth. 

17 Ami i he dragon was wroth with the woman, and 
went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which 
keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony 
of Jesus Christ 



Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 808 

We have learned thai a time and times and half a 
time is one thousand two hundred and sixty years, jusl 
bus John indicates in the sixth Terse, and as it Is also 
Indicated in a number of other places in the Bible. 

The dragon is here the symbol of error. Water is the 

symbol of thought. The water east out of the serpent's 

mouth is the symbol of erroneous or false thinking. 
Pure water is the symbol of purity or true thoughts; 
thoughts which come to us from divine Mind. 

This number of one thousand two hundred and 

sixty is repeated so often, and in so many ways, that 
it would seem that God took special care to let us know 
that His professed church would be an apostate church 
for one thousand two hundred and sixty years, or from 
A.D. 606 to A.D. 1866; at which time, according to both 
Daniel and John's prophecies, God's sanctuary was to 
be cleansed, and the mystery of God would be finished, 
completed, or ended. 

The word Bible is from the Greek word biblia, plural 
of biblioti, meaning, a little book. Specifically, the Bible 
is the volume believed by Christians to contain revela- 
tions from God. We usually speak of the Bible as one 
book, when, in fact, it is a collection of sixty-six sepa- 
rate books, tracts, pamphlets, or letters, which were 
written by not less than forty different persons, com- 
mencing with Moses, who wrote the first books about 
fifteen hundred years before Jesus was born, and closes 
with the writings of John, written a hundred years 
after Jesus was born. 

During these sixteen hundred years, from time to 
time, often hundreds of years apart, God made known 



304 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

His will, or gave knowledge, to men through some indi- 
vidual man or woman. These forty men and women 
were taken from nearly every station and walk of life, 
and included herdsmen, kings, tent makers, fishermen, 
tax collectors, and prophets. 

God is not dead, and it is not incredible or beyond 
belief that He, in His wise providence, should increase 
this number of people from forty to forty-one by making 
another revelation to Mary Baker Eddy. 

Revelation X. 1 And I saw another mighty angel 
come down from heaven, clothed with a cloud: and a 
rainbow was upon his head, and his face icas as it were 
the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire: 

2 And he had in his hand a little book open: and 
he set his right foot upon the sea, and his left foot on 
the earth, 

3 And cried with a loud voice, as token a lion 
roareth : and when he had cried, seven thunders uttered 
their voices. 

4 And when the seven thunders had uttered their 
voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from 
heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the 
seven thunders uttered, and w T rite them not. 

5 And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and 
upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven, 

6 And sware by him that liveth for ever and ever, 
who created heaven, and the things that therein are, 
and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the 
sea, and the things which are therein, that there should 
be time no longer: 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 



305 



7 Bui in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, 
when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of ( lod should 
be finished, as he hath declared to his servants the 
prophets. 

B And the voice which I heard from heaven spake 
unto me again, and said. Go and take the little book 
which is open in the hand of the angel which standetb 

upon the sea and upon the earth. 

!> And I went unto the angel, and said onto him, Give 
me the little book. And he said unto me, Take it, and 
eat it np; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall 
be in thy mouth sweet as honey. 

10 And I took the little book out of the angel's hand, 
and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: 
and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter. 

11 And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy again 
before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and 
kings. 



In the seventh verse it is stated that in the day of 
the seventh angel, w T hen he shall begin to sound the 
mystery of God should be finished. Every Bible stu- 
dent who is at all spiritually minded is well aware 
that each of the forty separate writers of the Bible 
used certain words in a way that is partly expressed 
by the term "catchwords." When you read one of 
these words in one part of the Bible, it instantly brings 
to memory a corresponding passage or verse relating 
to the same subject in another part of the Bible. In the 
above case, it is stated that the mystery of God should 
be finished. The word finished is one of these catch- 
20 



306 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

words, and we are indirectly given to understand that 
the finish of the mystery of God would be found in the 
"little hook." We are further told in this same verse 
thai "the mystery of God should be finished as he hath 
declared to his servants the prophets." 

So we sec thai God had told one or more of the 
prophets as to the time when this mystery would be 
finished. In Daniel's prophecy in the last chapter, 
where he is summing up all things for a conclusion of 
all his prophecies, it is written: 

Daniel XII. 5 Then I Daniel looked, and, behold, 
there stood other two, the one on this side of the bank 
of the river, and the other on that side of the bank of 
the river. 

6 And one said to the man clothed in linen, which 
was upon the waters of the river, How long shall it he 
to the end of these wonders? 

7 And I heard the man clothed in linen, which was 
upon the waters of the river, when he held up his right 
hand and his left hand unto heaven, and sware by him 
that liveth for ever that it shall be for a time, times, 
and an half; and when he shall have accomplished to 
scatter the power of the holy people, all these things 
shall be finished. 

The Hebrew word naphats, here translated scatter, 
means, to break into pieces. The time here indicated 
is twelve hundred and sixty years. Daniel here tells 
us that twelve hundred and sixty years after the evil 
power, which we have called error, had scattered or 



Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 307 

broken Into pieces 1 1»«* power of the holy people, every 
thing \\ ns to be finished, completed, or ended. 

By reading all of the seventh chapter of Daniel, you 
will learn thai -four great beasts came ap from the 

. diverse one from another." These four beasts rep 
resent evil influences against God's people. Hie fourth 

or last o( these beasts Daniel tells us was the worst 
of all: 

Daniel VII. 7 After this I saw in the night visions, 
and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and 
strong exceedingly: and it bad great iron teeth: it de- 
voured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue 
with the feet of it. 

This is the evil power which we have called error, or 
wrong thinking, which Daniel refers to in the last 
chapter of his prophecy, which is to scatter or break 
into pieces the power of the holy people; then in 
twelve hundred and sixty years after that, "all of these 
things shall be finished" At that time, John tells us, 
the mystery of God was to be finished. And the "little 
book" was brought down from heaven by an angel. 

Then Daniel, in chapter seven, tells us more about 
this terrible fourth beast. In the twenty-fifth verse 
we are told that "it shall w r ear out the saints of the most 
High. And they shall be given unto his hands until a 
time and times and a dividing of time," or twelve hun- 
dread and sixty years. 

Daniel VII. 25 And he shall speak great words 
against the most High, and shall w r ear out the saints 



308 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

of the innsi High, and think to change times and laws: 
and they shall be given into his hand until a time and 
times and the dividing of time. 

We are here given to understand that this evil power 
trampled down with its feet the holy people for twelve 
hundred and sixty years. After this Daniel tells us 
what will happen at the end of this twelve hundred and 
sixty years of sorrow and trouble: 

Dan'ul VI I. 26 But the judgment shall sit, and they 
shall take away his dominion, to consume and to destroy 
it unto the end. 

27 And the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness 
of the kingdom under the whole heaven, shall be given 
to the people of the saints of the most High, wiiose 
kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions 
shall serve and obey him. 

2S Hitherto is the end of the matter. As for me 
Daniel, my cogitations much troubled me, and my coun- 
tenance changed in me: but I kept the matter in my 
heart. 

Then John tells us more about this same beast and 
its effects, which we have called error, or erroneous 
thinking: 

Revelation XI. 7 And when they shall have finished 
their testimony, the beast that aseendeth out of the bot- 
tomless pit shall make war against them, and shall 
overcome them, and kill them. 



Tin: GOLDEE DOPES OF MEN. :;o ( J 

John here tells us what would a1 some future time 
happen to the early Christian church after "they shall 
have finished their testimony." 

Do not forget that these overcomings ami killings 
mentioned by John were committed, in many instane 
by men who thought they were doing God a service. 
By committing these murders, these men fulfilled these 
words of Jesus: 

John XVI. 1 These things have I spoke unto yon, 

that ve should not be offended. 

« 

2 They shall put you out of the synagogues: yea, the 
time cometh, that whosoever killeth you will think 
that he doeth God service. 

3 And these things will they do unto you, because 
they have not known the Father, nor me. 

4 But these things have I told you, that when the 
time shall come, ye may remember that I told you of 
them. 

Jesus was a prophet and he spoke prophetically as to 
the entire early Christian church; not simply to the 
eleven apostles as imagined by popular theology. 

Jesus here prophesied regarding persecutions which 
he knew would come to his true followers at the hands 
of professed Christians. No man outside the church 
persecutes or kills Christians, or anyone else, because 
he "thinks that he doeth God service." People outside 
of the church killed thousands of the early Christians, 
but it was seldom for the reason they thought they 
were doing service to God. Jesus knew r all about the 
prophecies contained in the Old Testament, and it has 



310 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

just been shown that Daniel predicted that twelve hun- 
dred and sixty years alter the power of the holy people 
had been broken to pieces, or "he shall have accom- 
plished to scatter the power of the holy people, all these 
things shall be finished.'' (Daniel 12: 7.) The attention 
of the reader is called to the word scatter, as here used 
by Daniel. The power of the holy people is to be scat- 
tered for twelve hundred and sixty years. Just an hour 
or two before the betrayal, Jesus told his disciples: 

John XVI. 32 liekold, the hour coineth, yea, is now 
come, that ye shall be scattered, every man to his own, 
and shall leave me alone: and yet I am not alone, be- 
cause the Father is with me. 

33 These things I have spoken unto you, that in me 
ye might have peace. In the world ye shall have tribu- 
lation : but be of good cheer; I have overcome the w r orld. 

Special attention is called to the tw T o words scattered 
and own found in this verse. You have noted that 
Daniel predicted that the power of the holy people 
would be scattered. Jesus also predicted, or told his 
disciples, that they would be scattered, "every man to 
his own" 

The Greek word skorpizo, here translated scattered, 
means, as used by Jesus, to be dissipated; to be dis- 
persed, or to be put to flight. The primary meaning of 
dissipate, as here used, is to scatter in defeat; to dis- 
perse in flight, or to rout. 

The Hebrew word naphats, translated scatter, as used 
by Daniel (Daniel 12: 7) means to dash or break into 
pieces. The primary meaning or sense of the Hebrew 



Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 311 

is to break and Bcatter, or disperse die pieces, just as 

a glass pitcher is broken and (lie pieces scatter or lly 

when the pitcher is dropped on or struck against a rock. 

Hence, we see that the Bible, in the words of both 
Daniel and Je8U8, tells us that the power of the holy 
people, or the early saints, would be scattered, broken 
Into pieces and overcome. According to Daniel, .Jesus 

and John this breaking into pieces and overcoming of 

the saints, or early Christian church, was to last twelve 
hundred and sixty years, or from A.l). GOG to A.I). 1866. 
Then the holy people or the saints were to regain the 
kingdom which they were to then hold forever and for- 
ever. 

The teachings of popular theology which relegates 
all the joys of a Chrsitian life until after we are sup- 
posed to leave the earth are all a mistake. Jesus never 
preached that kind of a religion. He preached a reli- 
gion which went into effect right note. We can all walk 
out of the prison house of bondage to fear, disease, pain, 
sorrow, poverty, and every other kind of limitation just 
as soon and just as fast as we comprehend and sin- 
cerely put into daily practice the glad tidings which 
Jesus proclaimed to the world for this very purpose. 
This was and is the glad tidings of great joy of which 
the angels sang so long ago. 

Jesus taught that it was the Father's good pleasure 
to give good gifts to them who ask Him; that the 
supply was unlimited, and instead of our being com- 
pelled to wait a moment for these gifts, we were to be- 
lieve that we already had the gifts before w r e asked for 
them. The popular branches of the professed church of 



312 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

Christ are now so spiritual] v dead, and BO little spir- 
itual food has been fed to their Hocks by the professed 
teachers who stand in their pulpits, that there are today 
hundreds of thousands of professed Christians who 
have listened to these teachers for years and years who 
know almost nothing at all regarding the kingdom of 
God of which Jesus preached and gave up his physical 
life on the cross to establish. The very existence of 
such a spiritual kingdom is doubted by many professed 
Christians. Others, if they ever think of the kingdom 
at all, consider it as unknown and unknowable in what 
they have been taught to call "this life"; while others 
even ridicule the very idea of there being such a thing 
as a spiritual kingdom in existence at all. The kingdom 
of what is known as the god of nature, built up by 
natural science, whoever or whatever this god may be, 
is now being preached from thousands of pulpits, much 
more than the kingdom of the God of heaven. Much 
more than the kingdom of the God "Who forgiveth all 
thine iniquities; who healeth all thy diseases; who re- 
deenieth thy life from destruction; w T ho crowneth thee 
with loving kindnesses and tender mercies; who sat- 
isfieth thy mouth with good things, so that thy youth 
is renewed like the eagle." 

It is all very plain, now that the early followers of 
Jesus understood, in some degree, the pure spiritual 
teachings of the Master, and practiced them with suc- 
cessful results for at least four hundred years. But, 
little by little, man-made materialistic theories or be- 
liefs and old pagan traditions, usages, and practices 
crept into the church. Men who held to these man -made 



Tin; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 313 

beliefs, and who Substituted a personal Jesus Christ 

for the impersonal Christ, became dominant in the pro 
fessed Church Of Christ, and it all resulted in the trans- 
fer of the worship of professed Christians from the 
Father to the Son; from the creator to tlie creature. 
The minds of millions of professed Christians have been 
so tilled with this teaching of man-made theology, which 
has no foundation in the Bible, that if any man calls 
their attention to the true teachings of the Bible in 
regard to the relationship of the Father and the Son, 
there are thousands of these professed Christians who 
rise up in their wrath and accuse all those who tell them 
the truth of denying the divinity of Jesus. 

They have listened so long to the erroneous teachings 
that Jesus of Nazareth was God Himself on earth in 
human form, that if the plain facts, stated in the Bible, 
are presented relating to this matter, they imagine that 
whoever does so is trying to injure the Christian reli- 
gion. 

"The way" Jesus pointed out for us to travel through 
life should be regarded in just the same light as when 
we receive instruction or direction in anything else. 
If you are traveling through a strange country, and ask 
at some farm house the way to the next town, it is cer- 
tainly of some importance to you that you correctly 
comprehend and observe the words of direction given, 
if you expect to reach such town with the least time 
and trouble. 

The personality of the individual who gives you the 
information will not make your journey either longer 
or shorter, nor change the conditions, or help you in 



314 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 

the slightest degree, further than to give you the truth. 
The truth in regard to "the way" is the important pari 
for you to receive, comprehend, and observe in practice 
while making your journey. ?Just so in regard to our 
journey through life. We honor and love our Master 
for instructing us in regard to "the way." Not only 
by word, precept, and command, but also by his travel- 
ing over the way in advance of us, and by so doing il- 
lustrating the way by his own life. Also by his deeds 
of compassion, kindness, and love to his fellow men, as 
well as his love and obedience to his heavenly Father, 
whom he taught us to also address as "Our Father who 
art in heaven." 

The time has come when the world must know that 
all professed Christians who limit the power of God 
are apostates from the true church of Christ ; apostates 
because they have rejected, and now practically deny, 
the great central truth which Jesus taught and by 
which alone men are able to begin right here and now T 
to regain their first estate wherein they were given 
dominion over all the earth. These professed Chris- 
tians will sometime learn that Jesus preached and 
practiced the doctrine that spiritual power is able to 
overcome, subdue, or conquer every form of physical 
or mental phenomenon there is in the world, including 
not only sin, but also sickness, pain, sorrow, poverty, 
and even death — the last enemy to be vanquished. 

The Bible plainly teaches that all things are possible 
with God. All teachings and practices which deny, 
contradict or limit this great truth are false; they are 
false, no matter how eminent or how numerous the 



TllK GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 315 

people may be who thus dishonor the God who made 
them by bowing down to some material law or remedy, 
instead of trusting in the God whom Jesus taught men 
to call their Father. 

It was our Master's mission to reveal or unveil and 
make plain to the comprehension of men the great truth 
that spiritual power, which is now once more available 
to men, is capable of destroying or obliterating all sin, 
sickness, and sorrow from our consciousness, and in 
this way bring to us a full aud complete salvation. 

Science and Health, page 132 : 

"The Pharisees of old thrust the spiritual idea and 
the man who lived it out of their synagogues, and re- 
tained their materialistic beliefs about God. Jesus' 
system of healing received no aid nor approval from 
other sanitary or religious systems, from doctrines of 
physics or of divinity; and it has not yet been generally 
accepted. Today, as of yore, unconscious of the reap- 
pearing of the spiritual idea, blind belief shuts the door 
upon it, and condemns the cure of the sick and sinning 
if it is wrought on any but a material and a doctrinal 
theory. Anticipating this rejection of idealism, of the 
true idea of God — this salvation from all error, phys- 
ical, and mental, — Jesus asked, "When the Son of man 
cometh, shall he find faith on the earth?" 



CHAPTEB XIII. 

IT is more than probable that there are thousands of 
professed Christians who will be very slow to 
acknowledge that they are apostates from the faith 
which was once delivered to the saints. From their 
material or intellectual way of thinking it is impossible 
for these people to see or realize that they have re- 
versed the way of Truth. 

The whole world has for centuries failed to realize 
that it accepted teachings from the most eminent 
leaders of the professed chinch of Christ as being Truth 
which are exactly opposite to the teachings of the Bible 
as taught by Jesus. 

We do not need to turn to secular history to find 
out the truth regarding the history of the Christian 
church from the days of Jesus down to the present 
hour. The Bible itself prophetically tells us all we 
need to know if we choose to read it. No Christian 
doubts but what everything predicted in the Bible did, 
or will, come to pass, just exactly as therein stated; 
the Bible itself states repeatedly and in clear and em- 
phatic language, which cannot be disproved, that the 
whole professed church of God would become an apos- 
tate church, and so continue for twelve hundred and 
sixty years. At the end of that decreed time, God's 
sanctuary was to be cleansed by being made righteous, 
or right thinking. This implies that the church became 
an apostate church by being led astray from Truth into 
error by wrong thinking. 
(316) 



THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 317 

In Revelation 13 is given an account of what would 
happen to the church ot Christ when ruled by men who 
were dominated by the false op lying ego } which is their 
own intellectual or mortal mind. Gel your Bible and 

road all the chapter, and remember that the "hea>t" 
mentioned in the first verse is the symbol of error, or 
false or wrong thinking. This false or wrong thinking 

arises from our giving credence to the false ego } or our 
mortal mind, which, if heeded, will puff us up and make 1 
us believe that we know more than the God who made 
us. In consequence of this, we will not believe God's 
revealed Word, and thus make Him a liar. If the true 
import of the Bible is too plainly pointed out to those 
who are governed by wrong thinking, error, or the beast, 
the spirit of murder is always stirred up within them 
in a greater or less degree, and it can often be noted 
by observing the clinched hand and glaring eye. 

John states in this chapter in regard to the future 
of the church of Christ : 

Revelation XIII. 1 And I stood upon the sand of 
the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having 
seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten 
crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy. 

2 And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, 
and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as 
the mouth of a lion : and the dragon gave him his power, 
and his seat, and great authority. 

3 And I saw one of his heads as it were wounded 
to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all 
the world wondered after the beast. 



318 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

4 And they worshipped the dragon which gave power 
unto the beast : and they worshipped the beast, saying, 
Who is like unto the beast? who is able to make Avar 
with him? 

5 And there was given unto him a mouth speaking 
great things and blasphemies; and power was given 
unto him to continue forty and two months. 

G And he opened his month in blasphemy against 
God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and 
them that dwell in heaven. 

7 And it was given unto him to make war with the 
saints, and to overcome them: and power was given 
him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations. 

8 And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship 
him, whose names are not written in the book of life 
of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world. 

9 If any man have an ear, let him hear. 

The subject under consideration just at present is to 
determine and bring to light the true facts relating 
to the professed church of God. In the fifth verse we 
are told that this evil influence that had a mouth speak- 
ing great things and blasphemies against God w r as to 
continue forty and two months. The time of forty-two 
months indicates twelve hundred and sixty years, as 
lias been explained, and as the time is indicated by 
months, we know by this symbol of the time being ex- 
pressed in months that the church suffered from evil 
influence during that length of time. This evil influ- 
ence, which had a mouth speaking great things and 
blasphemies against, or in opposition to, God, is human 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 319 

personality. Jesus, locating down the centuries, and 
remembering the words of prophecy, saw a time when 
human personality would become dominant in and de- 
stroy the professed church of God. Soman personality 
is the false ego } the big "I," of physical or sensual self. 

1 1 is thai man of sin, the son of perdition or destruction. 
it is the opposition, or the opponent, of the Son of God, 

the Christ within OS. This evil influence is the beast 
which has destroyed or made desolate the peace and 

happiness oi' men in all ages. This influence is sym- 
bolized in Scripture as the beast to represent error or 
wrong thinking, and is the abomination which niaketh 
desolate mentioned by Daniel, Jesus, and John. In 
the seventh verse we are plainly told that this evil in- 
fluence was to make war with the saints and to over- 
come them. 

The Greek nikao, here translated overcome, means, 
to subdue, to overcome or gain the victory over. We 
are given to understand that all the saints were de- 
stroyed, for we are told that power was given to this 
evil influence, "over all kindreds, and tongues, and na- 
tions." In the Bible all means all, not a part and noth- 
ing short of all. 

Daniel tells us about this same destructive influence 
which John describes as having "a mouth speaking 
great things." In Daniel 7: 20 we read about "that 
horn that had eyes and a mouth that spake great things 
— and the same horn made war with the saints and pre- 
vailed against them until — the time come that the saints 
possessed the kingdom." 



320 THE GOLDEN UOPES OF MEN. 

It is written : 

Revelation XL 7 And when they shall have finished 
their testimony, the beast that ascendeth out of the bot- 
tomless pit shall make war against them, and shall over- 
come them, and shall kill them. 

The Greek marturia, translated testimony, is from 
the Greek martus, meaning, martyr or witness. While 
martyr originally meant the same as witness, so great 
B number of the early Christians met a violent death 
at the hands of those who were without and within the 
visible church of Christ, a different meaning, in time, 
became attached to the word martyr, so that we now 
understand a martyr, in a religious sense, to be one 
who voluntarily undergoes the penalty of death for 
refusing to renounce the Christian faith or any part 
of it. 

During the first three centuries of the Christian era, 
the persecutions of the true church of Christ came 
largely from men outside of the professed church. In 
many instances these true Christians were given their 
choice. If they would curse Christ or make a sacri- 
fice to one of the gods of pagan Greece or Rome, they 
could go free. If they would not do this, they were 
to be led away for execution at once. What propor- 
tion of professed Christians would now prove faithful 
witnesses under this test? Later on, the true followers 
of .Jesus met their death in most instances at the hands 
of those who professed to be followers of the gentle 
and loving Jesus; men who murdered their fellowmen 
in cold blood because they differed with them in o])in- 



Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 321 

ion as to whal constituted the true religion which 
Jesus preached \'"\- the ultimate salvation of all men 
in the world. These murders were committed in many 
instances by men who thought they wore doing God 
service. By so doing, they fulfilled to the letter these 
words of Jesus: 

John XVI. l These things have I spoken unto yon, 
thai ye should not be offended. 

2 They shall put you out of the synagogues: yen, the 
time cometh, that whosoever killeth you will think that 
he doeth God service. 

3 And these things will they do unto you, because 
they have not known the Father, nor me. 

4 But these things have I told you, that when the 
time shall come, ye may remember that I told you of 
them. 

It is very evident to us now in the light of history 
that Jesus here prophecied regarding persecutions 
which would come to his true followers from professed 
Christians. No man outside of some professed church 
of God persecutes Christians or anyone else because he 
"thinks that he doeth God service." It is a man inside 
some professed church of God who murders men and 
at the same time thinks* he is doing God a service. 

When even a few of the facts contained in the Bible 
relating to the matter are fairly understood and con- 
sidered, we can plainly see that Daniel, Jesus, and John 
predicted that the power of the holy people, the saints, 
the early Christians, was to be scattered or overcome for 
twelve hundred and sixty years. It has been clearly 
21 



322 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

shown that this overcoming and killing of the saints 
of the mosl High, the true disciples of Jesus, was com- 
pleted in A.D. 606. At this date the true spiritual 
teachings of Jesus were lost to the entire world. The 
professed church of Christ then become entirely domi- 
nated and possessed by men who had mouths speaking 
great things and blasphemies. These men who were 
ruled by the false ego, the big "I w which we call egotism, 
were to open their mouths in blasphemy against God, 
to blaspheme 1 1 is name and His tabernacle and them 
thai dwell in heaven. We are told that power was given 
nnto him to continue forty and two months. This is 
for twelve hundred and sixty years, or on down from 
A.l>. 606 to A.D. 1866. Then God's sanctuary was to 
be "cleansed"; cleansed by destroying the influence of 
error or wrong thinking by making people once more 
acquainted with the true teachings of Jesus. 

It is very evident now that God did not consult with 
or ask the opinion of the big "I" of any modern doctor 
of divinity, nor pope, nor president of any theological 
college as to how his sanctuary was to be cleansed, no 
matter how infallible this egotistical big "I" considered 
himself to be. 

Today there are thousands of priests and ministers 
of God's professed church who not only fail to under- 
stand God's way of cleansing our mentality or con- 
sciousness, but some of them stand up in pulpits and 
belittle and blaspheme God's plan as it is made known 
in Science and Health. 

We now see plainly that it is repeatedly predicted 
in the Bible that the element or evil spirit of personality 



Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 323 

or egotism, with its accompanying vanity and self 
conceit of mind, would gain control and overcome the 

church of Christ We also know that Jesus said, "The 

Scripture cannot he broken." 

The swinish element or evil spirit of self the egotism 
which is the father of all selfishness — is the funda- 
mental cause of all of man's inhumanity to roan. This 
love of self or self-love is idolatry or idol worship in 
its worst form. This big "I" is the idol, and he con- 
stitutes "the abomination that niaketh desolate" spoken 
of by Daniel ( Daniel 12: 11), and referred to by Jesus 
when he said: 

Matthew XXVI. 15 When ye therefore shall see the 
abomination of desolation spoken of by Daniel the 
prophet, stand in the holy place (who so readeth let 
him understand) ; Then let them which be in Judea 
flee to the mountains. 

Popular theology, with its usual lack of spiritual 
vision, sees no farther than the destruction of the ma- 
terial city of Jerusalem in connection w r ith these words, 
and fails to see that the destruction of the spiritual 
knowledge and power of the church of Christ by idol- 
atry or idol worship of personal self or egotism was 
of a thousand times more importance to Jesus than 
the destruction of all the material cities on the earth. 

We should all understand that idolatry has many 
secret forms of idol or image worship aside from the 
crude form of bowing down to idols of w T ood or stone. 
We have all passed these crude forms of idol worship, 
but many still bow down to material idols or images, 



324 THE GOLDEN DOPES OF MEN. 

and whenever we do so we are not keeping the first 
commandment 

The intellectual god; the big "P who sits in God's 
temple and tries to make everybody believe that he is 
a god is now worshipped and highly exalted in the 
world's estimation in various ways. He has con- 
si in* led, out of liis own fertile human brain, an ex- 
tensive s\ s t (mii of thought called natural or physical 
science. This so called human brain knows nothing 
about God, and the Bible states that it is impossible 
Tor it to know anything about God and His creation. 
Consequently, this material or mortal man knows noth- 
ing about spiritual things. All knowledge possessed by 
him pertains to material things. The Bible tells 
US further that the mind of this intellectual man 
is enmity against God; that is, it hates God and all 
1 1 is creation. God's creation is strictly and solely a 
spiritual creation, and it does not contain a particle of 
matter or material substance. God created all that ever 
was created, and He never made either a material man 
nor a material mind. Hence, the material man and his 
material or mortal mind, which we call the physical 
man, is nothing but a false image which is simply a 
counterfeit of the true spiritual man who is the image of 
God. This false or lying image is nothing but a delusion 
of mortal mind. It is the Adam dream of our mortal 
existence or life: an existence or life which has no cor- 
responding reality in Truth and is simply a dream of 
false consciousness. 

The seventh v<use of the similitude of Adam's trans- 
gression, correctly translated, reads: 



Till; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 325 

1$ II. 7 And the Lord God formed man of (lie 

dust of the ground and breathed into his nostrils the 

breath of life; and man became a sentient (or sensual) 

being. 

Became is the past tense of become ami literally 
means, come to be. Become is from the prefix be de- 
noting state, condition or existence and come, denoting 

arrival at a certain state or condition. Hence, in this 
instance we understand that the spiritual man of God's 
creation in process of time arrived at the state or con- 
dition of a sentient or sensual being; that is, a being 
equipped with five physical senses by which he has 
knowledge of his own body and by which he holds com- 
munication with the external world. The senses which 
furnish him with the knowledge that he is hungry, cold, 
sick, or in pain. 

Previous to man's arrival at this sentient or sensual 
state he was a perfect man, for he was created by God, 
and all of God's creations are good, perfect, complete, 
entire, wanting nothing. The man of God's creation 
was a spiritual man ; the likeness of his creator, and 
did not possess these five physical senses at all as they 
were acquired in the garden of Eden. Consequently, 
the spiritual man did not suffer from hunger, cold, sick- 
ness, pain, or any of the physical ills which afflict the 
animal, physical, natural, sensuous, or sensual or mortal 
man. 

As God never created man's material body and mind, 
and He is the only creator, our human, physical or 
material body can have no existence in reality, and is 



326 THE GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN, 

simply an illusion or delusion of mind resulting from 
our giving credence to our live physical senses. As 
giving Credence to the evidence of their live physical 
senses brings each person df tin 1 Adamic or human 
race a sense or consciousness of all the ills which afflict 
mankind, it must he evident to all that as we overcome 
or subdue our belief in their evidence being the truth we 
would begin to gain freedom from all the physical ills of 
humanity in a proportionate degree. When you com- 
prehend the true import of the teachings of Jesus, you 
will know that this was exactly what he meant when he 
said, "Ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall 
make you free." 

If our live physical senses are the medium through 
which we gain any knowledge of God or His true cre- 
ation, then Paul did not understand the religion which 
Jesus preached, for he plainly tells us: 

Corinthians II. 14 But the natural man receiveth 
not the things of the Spirit of God; for they are fool- 
ishness unto him: neither can he know them, because 
they are spiritually discerned. 

The Greek pmchikos, here translated natural, refers 
to the unspiritual man ; it refers to the animal, natural, 
physical, sensual, carnal, mortal or dust-formed man. 
These several terms all refer to the same man, mind or 
state 4 of consciousness in contradistinction to the spir- 
itual man of God's creation. This spiritual man was 
to have dominion overall the earth. The Hebrew- radah, 
here translated dominion, means, to tread down, to 
subjugate, to overcome, or subdue. It means to bring 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 327 

midei the yoke by superior power. This yoke ua the 
yoke, service or obligation of Jesus referred to when 

he said : 

Matthew XI. 28 Come unto me, all ye thai labour 

and arc heavy laden, and I will give you rest, 

29 Take my yoke upon you, and learn of men; for 
1 am meek and lowlv in heart : and ve shall tind res! 
unto your souls. 

30 For my yoke IS easy, and my burden is light 

The word souls, as here used, is translated from the 
Greek psuche, which, as here used, means, the animal, 
natural, sentient or sensual principle or nature. The 
Greek psuche, as Jesus used the word, has exactly the 
same meaning as the Hebrew word nephesh, as used in 
Genesis, where it is stated, "and man became a living 
soul." So we begin to learn something as to the na- 
ture of what took place in the garden of Eden at what 
popular theology calls "the fall of man," and what Paul 
refers to as" the similitude of Adam's transgression." 

The "host of them" which God created male and fe- 
male "in the beginning" were spiritual beings; not 
material, because they were created like God; Spirit. 
At that time "there was not a man to till the ground." 
But after the mist arose from the earth; after the 
spiritual light from heaven became dim or darkened 
to these spiritual beings who had spiritual bodies and 
possessed immortal life; then a seeming change took 
place and they passed from a spiritual state or condi- 
tion to a material state or condition, and seemingly 
took on or acquired material, animal, physical, natural, 



328 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

scnsiKnis, fleshly or mortal bodies. That is to say, the 
••man" God created seemingly became physical, animal 
or mortal beings. 

A correct translation of Paul's words in regard to the 
introduction of death into the world reads: 

1 Corinthians XV. 21 For the truth is that by 
means of a man there is death ; by means of a man there 
is also a resurrection of the dead; tor as all die in the 
Adam so all shall he restored to life in the Christ. 

The term Adam as here used means the human per- 
sonality belonging to the species of mankind or a kind 
of a man. This Adam man who is but a kind of a 
man is the pari of man which the spiritual man 
acquired or gained possession of in the garden of Eden 
when the man God created perfect was supposed to have 
acquired a human, animal, sensual or physical body 
formed out of dust or material substance. This ma- 
terial man and mind brought death to us. If Ave will 
lay down this acquired material mind and lift up or 
exalt our true God-given spiritual Mind, or Christ 
Mind, we will by so doing be resurrected or raised up 
to newness of life. 

We have all listened lor years to the erroneous teach- 
ing that on account of the sin of a man named Adam 
who is supposed to have lived thousands of years ago, 
we are all to be punished. This error is thousands of 
years old, but it is an error just the same, and a false- 
hood or blasphemy about God. 

The Bible teaches that God is a God of justice and 
equity. This being true, no man or race of men will 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 329 

be punished by God for the wrong doing or misdeed 

of any oilier man. All teachings, no matter how old 

they are, which rest upon any doctrine which is con- 
trary to this truth, are simply man-made lies, which 

are all blasphemous of God's character. 

The Adam man is the dust formed, or material man, 
which we are acquainted with as our own physical or 
mortal man, mind and nature; this material part of 
us, which is the opposer or Satan, fights and hates our 
spiritual part which is the Son of God, the Christ. This 
material man is an anti-Christ, because he is the opposer 
or opponent of Christ. This is why every material man 
in the world will fight with satanic force and influence 
anyone who teaches or upholds the spiritual side of 
the warfare which is going on all over the world. This 
is why Paul tell us: 

2 Timothy III. 12 Yea, and all that will live godly 
in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecution. 

13 But evil men and seducers shall wax worse and 
worse, deceiving, and being deceived. 

11 But continue thou in the things which thou hast 
learned and hast been assured of, knowing of whom 
thou hast learned them: 

Let no one deceive himself by thinking that the time 
of the persecution of Christians is now past in any 
land. Ways and methods have changed, but it still 
remains true that "all that will live godly in Christ 
Jesus shall suffer persecution." The intellectual, sen- 
sual or carnal mind still hates God and everything 
spiritual. 



330 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

This is why James tells us : 

James IV. 4 Ye adulterers and adulteresses, know 

ye n<»l that the friendship of the world is enmity with 
God? whosoever therefore will be a friend of the world 
is the enemy of God. 

5 Do ye think that (he scripture saith in vain, The 
spirit that dwelleth in us lusteth to envy? 

o* But he givetfa more grace. AVherefore he saith, God 
resisteth the proud, but giveth grace unto the humble. 

7 Submit yourselves therefore to God. Kesist the 
devil, and he will tiee from you. 

A correct translation brings the truth out clearer: 

J nines IV. 4 Adulteresses, do you not know that the 
friendship of the world is hatred against God? For 
this very reason whoever submits to be a friend of the 
world is caused to be an enemy of God. 

5 Or, do you imagine the Scripture speaks to no 
purpose? Does the indwelling Spirit strongly incline 

us to hatred? 

The thought expressed in the Greek is that if we 
meekly surrender to the power or influence of our ma- 
terial or mortal mind, we will be led into the camp of 
the opponent or the devil, and thus caused to be an 
enemy or hater of God. 

The thought is brought out in the seventh verse that 
we must not meekly be led away by our material or 
mortal mind, but that we must stand up against and 



Tin: GOLDEN iiopks or mi:n. 331 
oppose tli is devil by strong mental opposition for James 

Bays: "Kesisi the devil and ho will Bee from von." Re- 
sist means, to strongly oppose. We must mentally 

oppose material beliefs, as these beliefs originate in our 
sensual mind which is all the devil there is in existence. 
Material minded people have such a strong spirit of 
hatred and opposition against the true spiritual reli- 
gion which Je6US preached that they do not even like 
to hear it mentioned, as it means annihilation to the 
material man who brought death into the world. Our 
material man or material mind is an atheist. He does 
not believe that there is such a thing as a spiritual man 
in existence. It is very evident to our material minded 
man that if this absurd Pdble teaching is proved to be 
true, then he, the material man, will be cast into 
oblivion, because he has no existence in Truth or reality. 
Self-preservation is said to be the first law of nature. 
Consequently, our material or natural man or mind 
fights with animal ferocity for his ow r n physical, natural 
or mortal existence or life, for that is the only life he 
knows or can know anything about. This is the funda- 
mental reason why the teachings of realism are so 
stoutly maintained even at the point of the sword by 
their adherents. The teaching that genus and species 
exist independent of, external to, and apart from their 
mental conception and expression. The teaching that 
there is something or some thing corresponding with 
and answering to each of their conceptions which is the 
tangible embodiment of, or sensible object of their 
thought, conception or idea. 



332 Till: GOLDEJN BOPE8 OF MEN. 

[f these teachings of realism are not true, then there 
is no material or physical man in existence in reality, 

and our own material body, mind, and nature is simply 
a myth or false belief which is founded entirely upon 
imagination or false consciousness. This is why it is 
a waste of time to try to convince any material minded 
man that he docs not possess in reality or Truth a 
physical body and five physical senses from which his 
human mind or intellect is derived. There are, how- 
ever, a greal number of people in the world who say 
that they believe that the Bible is true. God's Word 
teaches that our physical body is nothing but an image 
or an idol; that it is simply a false mental conception, 
image or picture drawn by our fancy or imagination. 
Now, either the Bible or our human, material or mortal 
mind is a liar, for they are exactly opposite in their 
evidence. It remains for the reader to decide for him- 
self which one of these two to believe: the God of heaven 
or the god of this world. 
The Bible teaches us: 

2 Corinthians VI. 14 Be ye not unequally yoked to- 
gether with unbelievers: for what fellowship hath 
righteousness with unrighteousness? and what commu- 
nion hath light with darkness? 

L5 And what concord hath Christ with Belial? or 
what pari hath he that believeth with an infidel? 

1(> And what agreement hath the temple of God with 
idols? for ye arc the temple of the living God; as God 
hath said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them; and 
I will be their God, and they shall be my people. 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 333 

17 Wherefore conic out from among them, and be 
ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean 
thing; and I will receive you. 

IS And will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be 

my sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty. 

2 Corinthian* VII. l Saving therefore these prom- 
ises, dearly beloved, lei as cleanse ourselves from all 
tilthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in 
the Tear of God. 

Let us consider these statements verse by verse: 

'1 Corinthians VI. 14 Be ye not unequally yoked to- 
gether with unbelievers : for what fellowship hath right- 
eousness with unrighteousness? and what communion 
hath light with darkness? 

A correct translation of each verse is given which 
may give a clearer understanding of the thought ex- 
pressed by the Greek text. 

2 Corinthians VI. 14 Do not be discordantly yoked 
in opposition with an unbelieving thing; for what shar- 
ing in common has righteousness and unrighteousness, 
or what spiritual communion of ideas has light with 
darkness. 

The early Christians used certain words or terms 
for expressing religious teachings, which were doubt- 
less well understood at that time, but the true mean- 
ing of their language is now largely lost to the world 
in general. Paul is here speaking of the separation 



334 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

or setting-apaii of our material and our spiritual 

bodies, minds or natures; the complete separation of 
all that is spiritual from all that is material. Our spir- 
itual part is classed with that which is a believer, is 
righteous and is light. Our material or physical part 
is classed with the exact opposite, which is an un- 
believer, is unrighteous and is darkness. 

Then, in the next, or fifteenth, verse, our two natures 
are contrasted again. Our God-given body, mind, and 
nature is contrasted with the body, mind, and nature 
which false thinking or false consciousness leads us to 
believe we acquired in the garden of Eden, and which 
is t lie Adam part of us; the part that Jesus said we 
must renounce or refuse to own as belonging to us. 

2 Corinthians VI. 15 And what concord hath Christ 
with Belial? or what part hath he that believeth with 
an infidel? 

2 Corinthians VI. 15 And what concord has Christ 
with Beliar? or what part has a believer with an un- 
believer? 

In this verse our spiritual part or man is called 
Christ and a believer. Our material part, or man, is 
called Belial, and an infidel and an unbeliever. The 
correct translation in the New Testament is Beliar, and 
means, a worthless person. Our physical or mortal 
mind is ;i lb-liar, because it is an infidel or unbeliever, 
and be lies God. It is well understood that Belial or 
Beliar is one of the many names used in the Bible to 
personify the evil influence also called Satan or the 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 335 

devil. Our material ar mortal mind slanders or 
calumniates God; hence, it is called lie liar. It opposes 
all thai is spiritual, Hence, it is called the opposer. 
it fights God. Bence, it is called the adversary, etc. 
The SvHac translation by Murdock reads: 

2 Corinthians VI. 15 Or what concord hath the Mos 

sialt with Satan? or what pari hath a believer with an 
unbeliever? 

The meaning of Belial in Hebrew is worthlessness, 
or destruction. When coupled with the word, son, 
Belial is the same as "that man of sin/' the son of per- 
dition or destruction. Bengal gives the meaning as 
anti-Christ. That is, Beliar or Belial is the opposite 
or opposer of the Christ. This is correct, as our phys- 
ical, mortal or intellectual mind or nature is at enmity 
with God; that is to say, it hates and opposes God or 
Spirit and all His spiritual creation. 

This Beliar is the anti-Christ referred to by John: 

1 John II. 18 Little children, it is the last time: 
and as ye have heard that antichrist shall come, even 
now are there many antichrists ; whereby we know that 
it is the last time. 

11) They went out from us, but they were not of us; 
for if they had been of us, they would no doubt have 
continued with us: but they went out, that they might 
be made manifest that they were not all of us. 

20 But ve have an unction from the Holv One, and 
ye know all things. 



336 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

21 I have not written unto you because ye know not 
the truth, but because ye know it, and that no lie is of 
the truth. 

22 Who is a liar but he that denieth that Jesus is 
the Christ? He is antichrist, that denieth the Father 
and the Son. 



A correct translation roads: 

1 John II. 18 Children! It is the last hour; and as 
you heard tiiat the anti-Christ is coming even now many 
have become anti-Christs by which we know that it is 
the last hour. 



The term anti-Christ is used five times by John, and 
means against Christ. The primary sense is opposi- 
tion and enmity or malignant hatred of those wiio be- 
lieve that the Christ has now come or is present in our 
nature or consciousness. 

2 Corinthians VI. 16 And what agreement hath the 
temple of God with idols? for ye are the temple of the 
living God; as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and 
walk in them; and I will be their God, and they shall 
be my people. 

2 Corinthians VI. 16 And what unity has a temple 
(or sanctuary) of God with idols; for we are a temple 
of the living God; exactly as God said I will indwell 
among them, and will walk in them; and I will be their 
God, and they shall be my people. 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 887 

In this verse our spiritual body is called a temple 
or sanctuarj of Ood; our material body is called an 

idol. The early Christians looked upon their own ma- 
terial bodies as idols or images, and distinguished l><' 
tween the spiritual man and the material man by an 

imaginary line of demarkation between them. They 

often referred to these two bodies, minds, or oatures, 
as the inner man and the old man who was to be pu1 
oil* or divested just as von would divest or strip your- 
self of an old suit of clothes. Their spiritual or inner 
body they considered their real body, and did not con- 
sider their physical or natural body of any benefit or 
advantage, just as Jesus taught them and us when he 
said: 

John VI. 63 It is the spirit that quickeneth; the 
flesh profiteth nothing. 

A correct translation reads: 

John VI. 63 Spirit is the life giver; the flesh is of 
no advantage to any man, woman or thing. 

The word flesh is here used to represent and include 
the whole physical man, and Jesus said that this part 
was of no benefit or advantage to anyone. 

Paul tells us : 

1 Corinthians XV. 50 Now r this I say brethren, that 
flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God; 
neither doth corruption inherit incorruption. 

By the use of the Hebrewism flesh, or flesh and blood, 
which was then understood to include the whole phys- 
22 



338 Till; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

ical man, we are here plainly told that our physical 
body, mind, and nature will never inherit the kingdom 
of Cod. 

2 Corinthians VI. 17 Wherefore come out from 
among them, and he ye separate, saith the Lord, and 
touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you. 

is And will be a Father unto you, and ye shall he 
my sons- and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty. 

L> Corinthians VII. 1 Having therefore these prom- 
ises, dearly beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all 
tilthiness of the llesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in 
the fear of God. 

A correct translation reads: 

2 Corinthians VI. 17 For this reason, come you out 
from among them and be you set apart says the Lord ; 
and touch not the unclean thing, and I will receive you. 

18 And I will be to you a Father, and you shall be 
to me for sons and daughters, says the Lord Almighty. 

2 Corinthians VII. 1 Having therefore these prom- 
ises, beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all defilement 
of flesh and spirit perfecting holiness in the fear of God. 

In these verses God tells us in His inspired Word 
that under certain conditions lie will receive us as sons 
and daughters. The conditions are that we set our- 
selves apart; set our spiritual part away from our ma- 
terial part, and no longer touch the unclean thing. Do 



Till: GOLDEB BOPES OF MEN. 339 

not fail to note thai our own material or physical body, 
mind, and nature is here referred to as an unclean 
thing. 

Then Paul telle as in the nexl verse by the use of 
the Bebrewism "flesh": "Lei us cleanse ourselves from 
all defilemenl or debasement of the physical body and 
spirit and perfecl ourselves in holiness to God." 

But our dust-formed man, who is our own human 
personality or false self, this big "I, w will not believe 
that there is such a thing in existence as a spiritual 
man. He not only fights and hales the spiritual idea, 
which is the Christ, but he is ready to fight anyone by 
mental opposition, if not with a sw r ord, who teaches or 
upholds the spiritual side of the teachings of the Bible. 

This dust-formed man has no existence in reality, and 
is simply error or false thinking in our consciousness. 
He lights Truth or true thinking because he knows that 
if Truth is admitted into our consciousness that he will 
then be cast into the lake of oblivion and be remem- 
bered no more forever and forever. 

There may be people that have caught a glimpse of 
Truth, who shrink or draw back from taking up their 
cross and following Jesus. Truth is presented. The 
choice is left with each individual to accept or reject. 
God's army is composed of volunteers. He does not 
draft any soldiers, neither does He w r ant cow r ards or 
hypocrites in His army. 

In the last verses quoted the Bible calls our physical 
body and mind — the body and mind we acquired in the 
garden of Kden — the Bible calls all this an unclean 
thing; God tells us that if w r e will separate or set our- 



340 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

selves apart by exalting our Chrisl nature, which is the 
image or likeness of God within us, and destroy or 
obliterate the false belief thai we have in the truth of 
our false image or likeness, the material part which 
error or wrong thinking leads us to believe we acquired 
or gained possession of in the garden of Eden, then, 
under these conditions, He will receive us. He will 
receive us and be a Father to us, and we are to realize 
thai we are His sons and daughters. In the first verse 
of the next chapter, which is a continuation of the same 
subject, which lias been arbitrarily divided by men, 
Paul tells us: 

:! Corinthians VII. 1 Let us cleanse ourselves from 
all fllthiness of the flesh and spirit. 

The Greek word sar.v, used by Paul, and translated 
flesh, means and includes the whole corporeal, material 
or physical body and mind of mankind. It means and 
refers to the material or false image which our ma- 
terial mind beguiles or deludes us into believing that 
we acquired in the garden of Eden in distinction from 
the true image of God, the Son of God, the Christ which 
is all there is in reality of any and every man, woman, 
.and child there is in the world. 

It should now be plain to all that our individual, 
spiritual body is God's temple or sanctuary. The Bible 
here tells us just how this temple or sanctuary is to be 
cleansed. It tells us in substance, Let us cleanse our- 
selves from all the fllthiness, impurity or debasement of 
our acquired mortal mind, and live wholly in our God- 
given, spiritual or divine Mind. The Mind "which was 
also in Christ Jesus." 



Till; GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 341 

This ig exactly the teachings Of Christian Science. 
For as to tread down, overcome or subdue all sen 
suality, which is the gratification of our five physical 
senses, and have kingly dominion over our true self. 
To destroy, annul or obliterate the longings and desires 
Un- the gratification or indulgence of our opposite or 
opposing nature which is the false ego or false self, t he 
animal, physical, sensual part of us, the Adam or dust- 
formed part which we imagine we acquired in the gar- 
den of Eden, 

This is God's decreed way by which His sanctuary, 
which is our spiritual body and mind, must be cleansed 
if we wish to be obedient to His will. This is the way 
our Master subdued or overcome the world before us, 
and he said we must take up our own cross and follow 
him. It is the positive teachings of Jesus, when their 
true import is known, that we must renounce or refuse 
to own our material, physical, sensual or mortal body 
and mind, which our five senses make us so firmly be- 
lieve that we have acquired and now hold or have as a 
physical possession. 

Jesus plainly tells us that if we will not do this; 
if we will not renounce our own physical or sensual 
self, then we will not have any pow r er or strength to 
be his disciple. There is no compulsion in this matter. 
We are left to our free choice to do or not do, but 
listen to the words of Jesus in regard to this very sub- 
ject : 

Luke XIV. 33 So likewise, whosoever he be of you 
that forsaketh not all that he hath, he cannot be my 
disciple. 



342 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

A correct translation states Truth plainer: 

Luke XIV. 33 So in like manner all of you who do 
not renounce all the acquirements of own self has no 
strength (power or dominion) to be my disciple. 

There are doubtless thousands of people now trying 
to live a Christian life who do not think it necessary 
to comply with these words of the Master. These thou- 
sands have found it true in their individual experi- 
ences that there is no strength given to them from above 
to be a disciple of the Christ. God dictated "the way" 
to Jesus for him to proclaim to the world ; every man, 
woman and child must learn and will learn either now 
or hereafter to be obedient to God's will by following 
"the way" pointed out by Jesus. 

Renounce means to refuse to own or acknowledge 
as belonging to; the thought Jesus expressed is that 
we must refuse to own or acknowledge as belonging 
to us all the sensual or physical body, mind or nature 
which we have been led to believe by error or wrong 
thinking that we acquired in the garden of Eden. 

Then he plainly tells us that if we will not do this, 
that we will not have any power, strength or dominion 
to be his disciple. 

Our sensual mind, as has been shown repeatedly, is 
the mind which is the product or culmination of our 
five physical senses. This sensual mind is the mind that 
governs or lias dominion over the sensualist; the man 
who believes that the gratification of the desires and 
longings of his five physical senses brings to him the 
highest degree of delight or pleasure. 



THE GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN. 343 

Now, the Hebrew word eden, leti untranslated, la t ho 
name of the garden in which the man created by God 
is represented in the allegory as being placed. The He- 
brew w<»rd eden is derived from the Hebrew word adan, 
which means, to delight self, to live voluptiously, to be 
a voluptuary or a sensualist. A voluptuary is one who 
is wholly given up to the pleasure, delicacy or delight 
Secured by means of the gratification of desires or long- 
ings of one or more of his live physical senses. These 
three words, pleasure, delicate, and delight give the true 
meaning of what is symbolized by the garden of Eden. 
When the true meaning of the fable or allegory is 
know n, it will be seen that the garden of Eden is the 
symbol of our living in the pleasure, delicacy, and de- 
light of sensuality right here and now. Sensuality is 
the opposite or opposer of spirituality. Sensuality is 
that part of the nature of mankind which is concerned 
with the five physical senses. It is further distin- 
guished as the part which is noted for self-willed 
obstinacy and excessive fondness for lustful indulgence 
in the pleasures of the senses. A sensualist is one whose 
disposition, character, and conduct is sensual. One who 
is given to the indulgence of the animal passions, in- 
stincts, and appetites, which are all supposed to con- 
tribute to the pleasure, delight, or gratification of the 
five physical senses. 

As has been stated, the meaning of the term Eden 
is pleasure, delicate, and delight. Pleasure is from 
French plaisir, meaning, as here used, the gratification 
of the five physical senses or the mind of the physical 
senses, which is our sensual, intellectual or mortal mind, 



344 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

as has been repeatedly explained. Delicate is from 

Latin delicatUS } meaning, as here used, giving pleasure 

or delight; from delicere, meaning, to allure; from de } 
away, and laC( n\ to draw gently, to charm. Hence, it 
means to draw gently; to charm, or allure, away by 
pleasing the live physical senses. Delight, as here used, 
means a high degree of pleasure, satisfaction or gratifi- 
cation of the senses or the mind of tke five physical 
senses. 

The primary meaning of Eden is to delight self. So 
we see that all this pleasure and delight of the five 
physical senses is hesiowed upon the enjoyment of self; 
the false c<jo; the false image, the material, physical, 
sensual or mortal man, mind or state of consciousness 
which the Bible calls the sensual or natural man and 
an unclean thing. 

When God created u inan" he told "thein" "in the 
beginning* to subdue or overcome the world. If we 
do not make an effort to do this, we certainly are not 
obedient to God's will. If we obey His will by obeying 
and practicing the pure spiritual teachings found in the 
Bible and Science and Health, we will gradually be led 
by the Spirit of Truth into a knowledge of all Truth, 
and the kingly dominion of God will then be found 
within us. 

To those who obey God by heeding His words as 
found in the Bible and Science and Health, He makes 
this promise, a promise which is open to all His chil- 
dren : 

Revelation XXI. 7 He that overcometh shall in- 
herit all things; and 1 will be his God, and he shall be 
my son. 



Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 345 

1 John ill. l Behold, what manner of love the Fa- 
ther hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called 
the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not, 
because it knew him not. 

2 Beloved, now arc we the sons of God, and it doth 
not yel appear what we shall be: but we know that, 
when he shall appear, we shall be like him: for we shall 
see him as he is. 

:\ And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth 
himself, even as he is pure. 

Jude I. 24 Now unto him that is able to keep you 
from falling, and to present you faultless before the 
presence of his glory with exceeding joy, 

25 To the only wise God our Saviour, be glory and 
majesty, dominion and power, both now and ever. 
Amen. 



CHAPTEB XIV. 

As to just bow thoroughly the early Christians com- 
prehended the full meaning of all the words of 

Jesus we have UO means of knowing outside of the Bible 
itself, -lust as soon as we leave this true source of 
information regarding the history of the Christian 
church on down to the present time, we are brought 

face to face With widely differing statements. This, 
however, is not a matter of any special consequence, as 
the salvation of men is in no way dependent upon what 
any uninspired individual man or woman may think, 
say or believe. The inspired Word of God is the book 
of life, and we have this for our instruction. The per- 
sonal views of men, no matter bow good these men 
may have been, have not the force or authority of in- 
spiration. The personal opinions of men like Polycarp, 
Origen, Irenreus, Clement, etc., nor the decisions of 
church councils, no matter when or where they were 
held, are not to be regarded as having any binding force 
upon the lives and consciousness of men. 

It is the positive teaching of the Bible that every 
man and woman in the world, in so far as their reli- 
gious life is concerned, is to be their own priest and 
king. That each individual in the world is to set under 
his own vine and fig tree with none to molest or make 
him afraid. 

The Bible clearly states: 

Revelation 1. 5. And from Jesus Christ, iclio is the 
faithful witness, and the first begotten of the dead, and 

(34G) 



THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 347 

the prince o( the kings of the earth. Unto him that 

loved us, and washed us from our sins in his own Mood, 
8 And hath made us kings and priests niiio God and 
his Father; to him be glory and dominion forever and 
ever. Amen. 

Every man and woman in the world is horn a king 
or a queen because they are sons and daughters of the 

King of kings. The Bible here states that we are to 
exercise kingly dominion right here on earth. We are 
to be subject to no man, and are not compelled to be 
obedient to the rule, dominion or authority of any one 
but our heavenly Father: 

Revelation V. 9 And they sung a new song, saying, 
Thou art worthy to take the book, and to open the seals 
thereof: for thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us to 
God by thy blood out of every kindred, and tongue, and 
people, and nation ; 

10 And hast made us unto our God kings and priests : 
and we shall reign on the earth. 

The Greek basileuo, translated reign, means, be a 
king. The Christians are here told that they are to be 
their own priests and kings, and they are to be kings 
here on the earth. 

We are plainly told in the Bible that the time would 
come when each individual in the world would be free 
from any control or rule of others, for it is written : 

Micah IV. 3 And he shall judge among many peo- 
ple, and rebuke strong nations afar off; and they shall 



348 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

beat their swords into plowshares, and their spears into 
pruning hook8: nation shall not lilt ii]) a sword against 
nation, neither shall they learn war any more. 

4 But they shall sit everv man under his vine and 
under his fig tree; and none shall make I hem afraid: 
for the month Of the LOBD of hosts hath spoken it. 

"The mouth of the Lord hath spoken it;" Who will 
stay His hand? Who can defeat J I is will? 

The world will soon learn that the whole system of 
what is now known as ecclesiastical authority is 
founded on error; that it is an infringement on the God- 
given rights of men. The notion or false belief will 
soon be thrown aside as one of the delusions of the 
dark ages that priests, popes, ministers, bishops, or any 
other members of what is commonly understood as the 
clergy, are ordained or set apart by divine authority 
for religious service and granted authority, right or 
privilege to rule over their fellowmen or to lay down 
rules for their individual conduct. We are fast finding 
out that the decrees of bishops, popes, ministers or 
priests and the decisions, resolutions or determinations 
of any and every church council, or of any number of 
individuals acting under ecclesiastical authority, have 
not the slightest authority, or even sanction, from the 
Bible. 

The Bible clearly, emphatically, and repeatedly shows 
that it was by listening to the opinions and beliefs of 
human personality with its self-created notions or 
whims, commonly called beliefs or theological doctrines, 
which proved the destruction of the early Christian 



THE GOLDEN BOPKS OF MEN. 849 

church. We all begin to sec thai the principle of 
human egotism or personality with Its accompanying 

selfishness and self conceit when given full control la 
the destroyer, if no1 held in check H will destroy all 
thai contributes to the true happiness of men. The 
Bible calls this sensual or mortal mind the son of per- 
dition, or destruction, and so it is. 

In Revelation, under the symbol of an unchaste 
woman, John prophetically describes the condition of 
the old professed church of Christ of today. He de- 
scribes the condition to which it lias been brought dur- 
ing these long centuries under the rule and dominion 
of what is now commonly known as the ecclesiastical 
system. The system which is founded on the false be- 
lief that the self-constituted officials, of which this sys- 
tem is composed, are selected or appointed by divine 
authority; that they are thus empowered to not only 
do the thinking for the flock, but are also in many in- 
stances supposed to be authorized to enforce upon the 
people decrees, opinions, beliefs or creeds which were 
wholly conceived in their own egotistical and self-con- 
ceited, sensual or mortal minds. 

Prophecy states in regard to the future of the pro- 
fessed church of Christ: 

Revelation XVII. 1 And there came one of the seven 
angels which had the seven vials, and talked with me, 
saying unto me, Come hither; I will shew unto thee 
the judgment of the great whore that sitteth upon many 
waters : 

2 With whom the kings of the earth have committed 
fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been 
made drunk with the w T ine of her fornication. 



350 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

The old professed Christian church under its present 
System of ecclesiastical management and teachings is 

here presented under the symbol of a harlot. In the 

first verse it is written: "</<>me hither, I will show you 

the judgment of that groat harlot who sits on many 

waters/' The old professed church of Christ is the 

harlot. In the symbol language of Revelation, water or 
waters is the symbol of thought. The true meaning is 
thai the teaching of the Bible would be adulterated by 
mixing in thoughts which originated not in divine Mind, 

but iu the sensual, carnal or mortal minds of men. John 
also saw and prophetically describes the time when this 
materialized condition of tlioi/tjJit would no longer pre- 
vail "and there was no more sea." Bead Revelation 21, 
and remember that "sea" and water is the emblem of 
thought. 

The term fornication is largely used in the Bible as 
the symbol of idolatry or idol worship. Adultery is not 
here used in the common meaning of the word, but in 
the sense that the church has committed adultery by 
adulterating the pure spiritual teachings of God's re- 
vealed Word by mixing in material teachings which orig- 
inated wholly in the sensual or mortal minds of men. 
These erroneous teachings of the church are here termed 
the wine of her fornication; with this wine of false 
teachings the kings and queens of the earth, who are 
the men and women who inhabit the earth, become in- 
toxicated and were led away from Truth. In other 
words, the professed church of Christ in all the world 
became an apostate church : Its adherents left the faith 
which was once delivered to the saints, and substituted 



Tin: GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 351 

therefore the teachings of sensual minded men nrho 
knew little or nothing about true Christianity: 

Revelation XVII. S So he carried me away in the 
spirit into the wilderneS8: and 1 saw a woman sit upon 
a scarlet coloured beast, full of names of blasphemy, 
haying seven heads and ten horns. 

The beast here mentioned is the symbol of error or 
false thinking, and the apostate church is represented 
as being upheld and sustained by erroneous teachings. 

Revelation XVII. 4 And the woman was arrayed in 
purple and scarlet colour, and decked with gold and 
precious stones and {>earls, having a golden cup in her 
hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornica- 
tion. 

The term abominations, as here used, means, idolatry, 
or idol worship. The unclean things here mentioned 
refer to the human or physical body and mind. 

The early Christians considered the physical body of 
human beings as nothing but a false image of man in 
distinction from the true image of God which they un- 
derstood to be the only man of God's creating. Hence, 
all through the Bible men are warned against the wor- 
ship of images or idol worship. In most of these in- 
stances reference is made not to images of wood and 
stone, but to our belief in the reality of our human 
body. This image or idol is the one referred to by John : 

1 John V. 21 Little children, keep yourselves from 
idols. 



352 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

Everybody well knows that if any man should stand 
up in any church belonging to any one of the numerous 
branches of the old professed church of Christ and 
preach this teaching today, his audience would doubt- 
less consider him of unsound mind. We also know 
that the officials Of thai church would see to it that this 
crazy man was not given another chance to disgrace 
Christianity by preaching any more of his absurd teach- 
ings in their church. 

Revelation XVII. 5 And upon her forehead was a 
name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, 
THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINTIONS 
OF THE EARTH. 

G And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of 
the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus : 
and when I saw her, I wondered with great admiration. 

The mother of the harlots is here mentioned. The 
number of harlots is not given, but every professed 
church of Christ which today bases its teachings on the 
second or material account of creation as being the true 
creation is one of these harlots. 

John prophetically states that he saw the woman (the 
apostate church) drunk with the blood of the witnesses 
or martyrs of Jesus. The world well knows that this 
martyrdom all took place just as it is prophetically 
stated in the Bible. It knows that the early Christian 
church was destroyed by sensual minded men within 
the professed church of Christ who caused the blood of 
hundreds of thousands of innocent people to soak into 
the ground because they did not believe as "I" believe, 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 353 

or think as "I M think. Wnvs and methodfl have changed, 
but this same bea8t, this same spirit of error or evil 

is present in tin 4 world today. Every true Christian 

man and woman who has lived in the world since JeSUS 

was crucified has felt its persecuting influence. Know- 
ing that it would be present in the world as long as 
the egotism of human personality lasted, Jesus told his 
early disciples, as well as all the disciples he ever 
would have : 

John XVI. 2 They shall put you out of the syna- 
gogue: yea, the time cometh, that whosoever killeth 
you will think that he doeth God service. 

3 And these things will they do unto you, because 
they have not known the Father, nor me. 

It is only those who are members of a church who 
kill people w T hom they count to be heretics, and think 
that by so doing they are doing homage or service to 
God. 

When Jesus made his prophecy which is recorded in 
Matthew, Mark, and Luke, he recited events which re- 
quired eighteen hundred years in their fulfillment. But 
popular theology would crowd the fulfillment of these 
great events within a few years, and have these proph- 
ecies about all completed or fulfilled with the destruc- 
tion of the material city of Jerusalem. 

Looking down the centuries and holding his present 
and future disciples in view, Jesus said : 

Matthew XXIV. 9 Then shall they deliver you up 
to be afflicted, and shall kill you : and ye shall be hated 
of all nations for my name's sake. 
23 



354 THE GOLDEN HOPES OP MEN. 

10 Then shall man; be offended, and shall betray one 
another, and shall liait 1 one another. 



Jesus is here speaking of his professed followers, and 

not of the world in general. 

Matthew XXIV. 11 And many false prophets shall 
rise, and shall deceive many. 

\'2 And because iniquity shall abound, the love of 
many shall wax cold. 

Jesus is here speaking of his future disciples, as they 
are the ones the raise prophets would deceive. It was 
only the church which ai one time had a warm love for 
Christ thai could wax or grow cold toward him. 

The New Te>l anient warns us in many places that 
evil-minded men would creep into the church of Christ, 
and the true followers of Jesus are called on to "ear- 
nestly contend for the faith which was once delivered 
to the saints." 

Jude I. 3 Beloved, when I gave all diligence to write 
unto you of the common salvation, it was needful for 
me to write unto you, and exhort you that ye should 
earnestly contend for the faith which was once deliv- 
ered unto the saints. 

1 For there are certain men crept in unawares, who 
were before of old ordained to this condemnation, un- 
godly men, turning the grace of our God into laseivious- 
uess, and denying the only Lord God, and our Lord 
Jesus Christ. 



THE GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN, 355 

The Authorised Version of the Bible contains bo man; 

obsolete and unlanii liar words ilia! il is difficult t<> 

catch the true import of some passages in the Bible 

The word laseiviousness as here used means, the quality 

of being inclined to sensual pleasures or the gratifica- 
tion of the physical senses. 

The early Christians well knew from the words of 
• Jesus and other prophecy that the ehnreh of Christ 

would become an apostate church. Attention is called 
to a Tew quotations, and a correct translation is also 
given of a Tew verses : 

2 Thessalonians II. 1 Bui we entreat you, brethren, 
by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our 
gathering together unto him. 

2 Thessalonians II. 1 But we entreat you, brethren, 
regarding the presence of the Lord Jesus Christ and 
our assimilating to him. 

The Greek parousia, translated coming, means, pres- 
ence. The coming or presence of the Christ to us indi- 
vidually is when we comprehend and realize that the 
Christ is the son of God within ourselves. Our mental 
view of this matter is then changed ; we no longer look 
or expect to see Christ come in the old material way 
of thinking which has been preached in churches for 
centuries. We then begin to realize Christ's presence 
in our own nature and character, and we begin to as- 
similate to him. The Christ idea is the image and like- 
ness of God within us, and this likeness is an idea re- 
flected from divine Mind ; the mind of God. 



356 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

Whenever we lay down our opposition to Truth; the 
opposition which originates entirely within our own 
sensual, intellectual or mortal mind; then the scales 
of material belief begin to fall from our eyes; our spir- 
itual eyes begin to open, and we begin to rise from being 
dead in material beliefs. This change, this resurrection, 
this recovery of spiritual truth, raises us to newness 
of life; old things or thoughts pass away, and all things 
op thoughts become new: 

Romans XII. 2 And be not conformed to this world : 
but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, 
that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, 
and perfect, will of God. 

Whenever we make a change of minds, as Jesus told 
us to do in the first sermon he ever preached, and we 
lay down our sensual or mortal mind opposition, we 
make a change of sides: We are converted: That is, 
we are turned or changed around. Convert is from con, 
meaning, together, and vertere, meaning, to turn. This 
change is entirely mental ; we are turned, restored or 
brought into another and better state or condition of 
mind or consciousness. 

The word assimilate means, the action of becoming 
like, the state of being like, or the likeness. Whenever 
we are conscious of the presence of Christ within us, 
we begin to assimilate to him, just as Paul said; that 
is, we begin to become like him or his likeness. 

In the Oxford Dictionary, Vol. 1, under the words 
assimilate, assemble, and assembly, further informa- 
tion may be found as to how the error was made by 



Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 357 

the translators of the King James Version In thinking 
that the word correctly translated assimilation meant, 
"gathering together." 

2 Thessalonians II. 12 That ye be not soon shaken in 

mind, or 1x3 troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word, 
nor by letter as from us, as that the day of Christ is at 
hand. 

2 Thessalonians II. 2 In order that you be not 
quickly disturbed from out of the human mind, nor be 
alarmed neither by human spirit nor by a discourse, nor 
by a letter as from us as though the day of the Lord 
was present. 

2 Thessalonians II. 3 Let no man deceive you by any 
means: for that day shall not come, except there come 
a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, 
the son of perdition. 

2 Thessalonians II. 3 Let no one mislead you by 
any fable (or allegory) because the apostacy must first 
come, and there must be unveiled that man of sin, that 
son of destruction. 

The early Christians well knew that the visible church 
or congregation of Christ w x ould become an apostate 
church at some time just as we can know it now if we 
choose to read the warnings given in the Bible. They 
did not, however, know the exact time when the "fall- 
ing aw r ay" or apostacy w r ould take place. 



358 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

It is to be hoped thai no reader will be so limited 

in vision as to suppose thai God ever spoke through 

Paul or any oilier inspired individual simply to a hand- 
ful of people, or thai His words are thus limited to any 

place or time, lor God speaks through His mouthpieces 
to the entire world. 

The Greek apostaria, above translated, falling away, 
means, apostasy or delect ion from Truth. 

Paul here stales. Let no one mislead you by any 
Table or allegory, To mislead, deceive, delude, entice, 
and seduce in their Bible sense all have the same mean- 
ing. They all refer to the mental condition of being 
led astray from Truth. These words all refer to our 
being led, enticed, beguiled or seduced by being influ- 
enced to leave the path of truth and uprightness by our 
own material mind, or by listening to the teachings of 
others who are guided by their carnal, sensual or mor- 
tal mind. 

Paul cautions people to not be deceived or misled 
by the substitution of any fable, allegory or similitude 
for the truth. 

It has been clearly shown that Daniel, Jesus and 
John positively stated that the saints, the early Chris- 
tians, would be overcome and scattered. When this 
time of apostasy come, the true account of creation 
found in the first chapter of the Bible was discarded, 
and the fable, allegory or similitude of Adam's trans- 
gression was substituted in place thereof in defiance of 
Paul's warning. This falling away or apostacy we now 
know come to its full between A.D. 156 and A.D. (>06. 
Since thai time the fable, allegory or similitude of 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 359 

Adam's transgression has been preached as the true 
account of creation in every professed Christian church 
in the world except Christian Science churches. 

The Bible tells us whv this change Was made: 

2 Timothy IV. II charge thee therefore before God, 
and the Lnid Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick 
and the dead at his appearing and his kingdom; 

'2 Preach the word; be instant in season, out of sea- 
son; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering and 
doctrine. 

3 For the time will come when they will not endure 
sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they 
heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears; 

4 And they shall turn away their ears from the truth, 
and shall be turned unto fables. 

Warning after warning is contained in the Bible for 
Christians to beware of false or lying teachers w T hich 
were to appear within the church itself. You will 
plainly see from the Bible evidence presented that it 
was the personality of self, the big "I," built up on the 
supposed strength of the material or intellectual minds 
of mankind which destroyed the efficacy and value to 
the world of the true Christian religion. 

It is the physical or sensual man who is under the 
dominion of his own sensual, intellectual or mortal 
mind wdio is "that man of sin." He is a son of perdi- 
tion or destruction and he destroyed the early Chris- 
tian church. He has also destroyed the peace and com- 
fort of the inhabitants of the earth from ancient times. 



360 THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 

In the next verse this "man of sin" is described, and 
we are told where he is io lie found. It may be a sur- 
prise !o some eminent leaders of the professed ehureh 
Of Christ to learn that this man of sin is their own 
animal, physical, sensual, intellectual or mortal mind. 

2 Thessalonians II. I Who opposeth and exalteth 
himself above all that is called <lod, or that is wor- 
shipped : so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, 
shewing himself that he is God. 

5 Remember ye not, that, when 1 was yet with you, I 
told yon these things? 

2 Thessalonians II. 4 He who opposes and lifts him- 
self up above all that is called a god or an object of 
worship so that he has seated himself in the temple (or 
sanctuary) of God holding forth that he is a god. 

Paul here contrasts our divine, or Christ nature or 
mind, with our sensual nature or mind, and this sen- 
sual mind he describes as the opposer who is seated in 
God's temple or sanctuary holding forth that he is a 
god. 

The Greek antikeimai, translated opposeth, means, to 
sel or lie opposite or adverse to. Adverse means, acting 
against <>r in opposition to; opposing; contrary, an- 
tagonistic ; actively hostile. 

Now , everybody knows that the enemy of man or the 
devil is called the adversary. This name or title is 
from (nlrrr.se and ury. Ary is from Latin ar'nis, which 
means, a man belonging to or engaged in. Hence, we 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 361 

sco thai the adversary or the devil part of as, which 

is our own sensual or mortal mind, is the man of Bin 

who is seated in God's temple. Ary is used as a suffix 
of an adective as, apothecary, which is from apothec, 
meaning, a shop for drugs; and ary } meaning, a man 
engaged in. Hence, an apothecary is a man engaged 

in a dmg shop. In like manner adversary is a man 
engaged in acting adverse or in opposition to our divine 
or rhrist man or nature. This devil man or adversary 
is the anti-Christ mentioned by John. The term anti- 
Christ means one who is adverse, against, opposite or 
opposed to Christ. John tells us that this anti-Christ, 
which is our own sensual or mortal mind, is a deceiver, 
and the Greek word translated deceiver means, mis- 
leader or impostor. 

2 John I. 7 For many deceivers are entered into the 
world, who confess not that Jesus Christ is come in the 
flesh. This is a deceiver and an antichrist. 

This man of sin; this opposite of Christ, is the one 
man by, or through whom, sin and death entered into 
the world: 

Romans V. 12 Wherefore, as by one man sin entered 
into the world, and death by sin; and so death passed 
upon all men, for that all have sinned : 

13 (For until the law sin was in the world: but sin 
is not imputed when there is no law. 

11 Nevertheless death reigned from Adam to Moses, 
even over them that had not sinned after the similitude 
of Adam's transgression, who is the figure of him that 
was to come. 



362 THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 

We are here given to understand thai sin and death 
originated in the garden of Eden, Thai in Eden the 

man of sin, lliis opposer and opponent of the Christ, 

lirsi come into the world. We are told in regard to the 

similitude of Adam's transgression: 

Genesis II. 15 And the LORD God took the man, and 
put him into the garden of Eden to dress it and to 
keep it. 

It; And the LORD God commanded the man, saving, 
Of every tree of the garden thou mayesl freely eat: 

17 1 in t of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, 
thon shall not eat of it: for in the dav that thou eatest 
t hereof i lion shall surely die. 

18 And the Lord God said. It is not good that the 
man should be alone: I will make him an help meet for 
him. 

In the last verse we read, "It is not good that the 
man should be alone." Alone means, by oneself; with- 
out the presence or aid of another. Then we read, "I 
will make an help meet for him." The term "man" is 
here used in its generic sense and includes all of God's 
family, as has been explained. The "man" God created 
in the beginning was perfect, complete, entires wanting 
nothing; hut now he is to have a help meet made for 
him. The Hebrew ( :< r, translated help is from OZOT, 
meaning, to surround, protect, or aid. The Hebrew 
word neged, translated meet, means, opposite part, op- 

posing part, or counterpart Counter is from Latin 
contraj meaning, against, adverse, opposing, antago- 
nistic. 



Tin; GOLDBN BOPES OF MEN. 363 

The "man," family or race God created in the begin 
Ding is the Christ Then in the garden of Eden we 
are told regarding this man family or race. 1 will make 
him an opposing pari for to help or aid him. This op 
posing pan, or opposer, La the man of sin, who today 
is seated in onr own human brain, which is the only ad- 
versary Or devil there is in existence. 

The Bible leaches that our own intellectual mind is 
all the devil or evil influence there is in the world. It 
teaches that our spiritual body, not our material body, 
is the temple or sanctuary in which God dwells. Jesus 
referred to this fact when he told his enemies, "The 
kingly dominion of God is within you." 

We cleanse God's temple or sanctuary by annulling 
or obliterating all reliance upon the wisdom of this 
man of sin, who is seated in our own sensual or mortal 
mind, and depend upon the wisdom which, is poured 
into us from divine Mind. 

But the various branches of the old professed church 
of Christ think they know a much better way to cleanse 
the temple or sanctuary than the way the Bible teaches, 
and they have labored long with their "plan of salva- 
tion/' as they call it, to convert this intellectual god, 
devil or demon, and then put him in active command 
of the church. 

This is exactly what the Bible tells us would be done, 
and today the theology of thousands of professed Chris- 
tians is simply demonology. They are now giving heed 
to the doctrines or teachings of devils or demons, just 
as the Bible said they would. 



364 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

1 Timothy IV. 1 Now the Spirit speaketh expressly, 
thai in the latter times some shall depart from the 
faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of 
devils ; 

2 Speaking lies in hpyocrisy; having their conscience 
seared with a hot iron : 

A correct translation reads: 

1 Timothy IV. 1 But the Spirit unreservedly says 
that in later times some shall become apostates from 
the faith, giving attention to misleading spirits and 
doctrines of demons by means of lying speakers whose 
own conscious has been seared. 

Thousands and thousands of priests and ministers 
have stood up in pulpits and told lies about God simply 
because they did not know any better. They read and 
understood the Bible in a material or intellectual way, 
which is exactly opposite to spiritual understanding. In 
consequence of this they stood in the pulpit and 
preached, and are now preaching, many teachings which 
are id opposition, or the opposite, of Truth. The op- 
posite of Truth is a lie, no matter how many centuries it 
has been held to be true, nor how many millions of 
priests or preachers may have preached it as the truth. 

The Bible, when its true meaning is known, plainly 
states over and over that sensual minded men who knew 
nothing about Christianity would gain admittance to 
and destroy or overcome the early church, as has been 
clearly shown. 



THE GOLDEN DOPES OF MEN. 365 

Jude refers to those warnings In these words: 

Jude I. 17 r>ut, beloved, remember ye the words 
which were Bpoken before of tlu k apostles of our Lord 
Jesus Christ : 

IS How that they told you there should be mockers 

in the last time, who should walk after (heir own un- 
godly lusts. 

1!) These be they who separate themselves, sensual, 
having not the Spirit. 

Jude here tells us of professed Christians who had 
"crept in unawares" who would in the "last time" be 
sensual minded and not spiritual minded. 

The Greek word empaiktes, translated mockers in the 
eighteenth verse, means, false teachers. The plain 
meaning of the words of Jude is that the professed 
church of Christ is warned against false teachers within 
the church. Teachers, priests or ministers wiio made 
a mockery of the faith by teaching it from a sensual 
or intellectual understanding of the Scriptures, which 
is exactly opposite to the true or spiritual understand- 
ing. 

Paul is one of the apostles referred to by Jude. Lis- 
ten to his words of prophetic warning, and remember 
that by "departing" Paul referred to his physical death : 

Acts XX. 29 For I know 7 this, that after my depart- 
ing shall grievous wolves enter in among you, not spar- 
ing the flock. 

30 Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking 
perverse things, to draw away disciples after them. 



366 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN, 

31 Therefore watch, and remember, thai by the space 
of three years I ceased not to warn every one night 
and day with tears. 

82 And now, brethren, I commend yon to God, and 
to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, 
and to give yon an inheritance among all them which 
are sanctified. 

Peter also prophetically warns the church of Christ 
against false teachers and False teachings, and is an- 
other of the apostles referred to by Jude. A correct 
translation of a few warning words from Peter is here 

presented : 

2 Peter I T. 1-4 But just as there were false prophets 
among the people, so also there will be false teachers 
among you, who will, without authority, introduce a 
destructive school of thought, even contradicting the 
sovereign Lord who redeemed them, bringing on them- 
selves swift destruction. And many will follow their 
debased practices, and on their account the way of 
Truth will be contemptously spoken of and with greed 
for wealth they will make gain of you with deceitful 
words. 

In the next chapter Teter warns the church again: 
2 Peter I 1 1. 1-5 This second letter, beloved, I write 
to you in which by a remembrance I stir up your true 
mind to remember to be attentive t<> the prophetic words 
spoken by the holy prophets and of the commandments 
of our Lord and Redeemer by means of the apostles: 
Clearly understand this first that in the last days false 









THE (SOLDEX HOPKS OF MEN. 367 

teachers will come teaching falsely; walking in accord- 
ance with their own longings for thai which is for- 
bidden, and saying, Where is his promised presence, 
for since the fathers fell asleep all things continue in 
the same way since the beginning of creation. 

The Bible prophetically states over and over that 

the professed ehnrcli of Chrisl would become apostate; 
but the materially minded members of the greal eccles- 
iastical system which has fastened itself like an inculms 
upon this apostate church will continue to flghl Truth 
until it is destroyed by Truth, just as it is foretold in 
the Bible. 

Evidence that cannot be shaken has been presented 
which proves conclusively that the early Christians 
were overcome, scattered, and destroyed, and that this 
was done by men who were dominated by their own sen- 
sual or mortal mind. These men who were under the 
influence of arrogance, egotism, and animal ferocity, 
built up within the professed church of Christ an 
ecclesiastical system, without any authority Avhatever 
from the Bible, which has for centuries enabled these 
self-constituted false teachers to reap a rich harvest 
in money, place, and power at the expense of the masses 
of the people who have been deluded into believing that 
these men were consecrated, ordained or called by God 
to be spiritual shepherds of the flock. 

Jesus warned his followers of these false or lying 
teachers in these words : 

Matthew VII. 15 Beware of false prophets, which 
come to you in sheep's clothing, but inwardly they are 
ravening wolves. 



368 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 

16 Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men 
gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? 

The Israelites maintained a school or college called 
the School of Prophets, in which young men wore edu- 
cated and supposed to he qualified to become teachers 
of religion among the i>eoi>le. These students were 
called sons of the prophets, and they correspond to the 
graduates Of the theological colleges which are now 
maintained or sanctioned by the different branches of 
the apostate church of Christ, and whose graduates 
assume as ministers or priests to be the Lord's anointed. 

Every professed teacher, priest or minister in the 
world is falsely wearing sheep's clothing who is not 
anointed by the Holy Spirit; who is not taught and 
guided by the Comforter, the Spirit of Truth, and he 
is one of the false prophets who Jesus describes as 
ravening or rapacious wolves. Jesus said that we 
should know these wolves by their fruits, and the fruits 
of the teachings of these false priests and ministers 
which largely compose the ecclesiastical system of the 
professed church of Christ is that today nearly all of 
the so-called Christian nations of Europe are engaged 
in one of the most murderous and appalling wars known 
in all the world's history. Is this the fruit of the true 
teachings of the Prince of Peace? Is the so-called 
Christianized world today gathering grapes or is it 
gathering thistles? 

We can all plainly see that the power and real value 
of the professed church of Christ was lost by mixing in 
material beliefs now held to be true by popular theology. 



THE GOLDEN SOPE8 OF MEN. 869 

The result of this mixing was that the professed church 
of Chrisl lost its spiritual power between A.l>. L56 and 
A.I>. 606. Prom thai time to the presenl hour no 
church or denomination which teaches any mixture of 
spiritual and material doctrines or bases its theology 

On the second account of creation lias ever been able 
to prove to the world that they were true followers Of 

dosus by the test he prescribed. 

A thousand years after the church became apostate, 
the Reformation commenced by Martin Luther in A.l>. 
1529 was supposed by SOme people t<> have cleansed 

the teachings of certain branches of the professed 

church of Christ, and to have restored thein to their 
original purity. 

God told Daniel about this Reformation and what 
the result of it would be more than two thousand years 
before Martin Luther was born. This is what was told 
Daniel regarding the matter: 

Daniel XL 31 And arms shall stand on his part, 
and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and 
shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place 
the abomination that maketh desolate. 

32 And such as do wickedly against the covenant 
shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do 
know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. 

33 And they that understand among the people shall 
instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and 
by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. 

34 Now when they shall fall, they shall be holpen 
with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with 
flatteries. 

24 



370 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

36 Ami some of them of understanding shall fall, to 
try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even 
to the time of the end: because it is yei for a time 
appointed. 

God here tells Daniel thai at the time of the apos- 
tacy op falling away, "Arms shall stand on his part and 
they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength." 

The word arms refers to physical force. When men 
who were governed by their own sensual minds became 
dominant in the professed church of Christ, they pol- 
luted the sanctuary of strength, and took away or re- 
fused to listen to the true teachings of -Tesus in regard 
to the daily sacrifice of their awn self, and set up the 
abomination of the idol worship of this false self which 
is their own sensual or mortal mind. 

In the thirty-fourth verse we are told in regard to 
the Reformation: Now, when they shall fall (that is, 
the Christian church), they shall be holpen (aided) 
with a little help (or aid) ; but many shall cleave (unite) 
to them with flatteries (deceptive blandishments). This 
was to continue to the end. The end here referred to 
is the end appointed or decreed by God, at which time 
or age, His sanctuary was to be cleansed of the pollu- 
tion of material teachings which defiled the sanctuary 
of strength. 

And now, after nearly four hundred years of dis- 
puting and wrangling, the professed church of Christ 
is divided into the Babylon of more than a hundred 
sects or denominations. While each sect claims to teach 
and practice the true principles taught by Jesus, it is 



THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 371 

a simple fact known !o all men thai up to forty .wars 
ago there was not a sect or denomination on the face of 
the earth which could demonstrate or show to the world 

that it was the true church of Chrisl by being able to 

comply with this test laid down by the founder of the 

Christian religion : 

If atthew XIV. 12 Verily, verily, I say unto you, He 
that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do 
also. 

But why does Christian Science lay so much stress on 
substituting these vague, spiritual views of God, man, 
and the universe in place of the material views which 
are held to be correct by thousands of our most eminent 
men of the church? This question is simply a question 
as to who is the best authority; these thousands of 
eminent men or the God who made them? The God 
who made these eminent men dictated to Jesus of 
Nazareth the true way of life. Jesus proclaimed it to 
the world. He lived the life he was talking about, and 
demonstrated the results he said would follow for all 
time to come to those who comprehended, accepted, and 
practiced the teaching which he proclaimed. The early 
Christians accepted, lived, and demonstrated the spir- 
itual views of life which Jesus taught, and it brought 
to them the results Jesus said it would bring. This 
religion included the power or ability to heal every form 
of physical ailment. In fact, the first disciple who lost 
his life as a martyr to the Christian religion was 
Stephen. He was stoned to death six years after the 



372 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

crucifixion because he adhered to and practiced what 

Jesus taughl and commanded his followers to do: 

Acts XI. 8 And Stephen, lull of faith and power, 
did greal wonders and miracles among the people. 

As a result of his performing great wonders and 
miracles among the people, he was arrested and taken 
before the church council, presided over by the high 
priest —the most eminent official of the church of God's 
chosen people. Stephen made an able defense, and this 
is how the trial before these eminent officials ended: 

Acts VII. 57 Then they (these eminent church offi- 
cials) cried out with a loud voice and stopped their 
ears and ran upon him with one accord and cast him 
out of the city and stoned him. 

It is a strange fact that from that day to the present 
hour ninny of the highest ecclesiastical officials of de- 
nominations which profess to be the true church of 
God have at all times violently opposed any demonstra- 
tion of God's power in healing the physical ailments of 
mankind. 

During the past fifty years many eminent church 
officials have stopped their ears and threw stones, and 
the stronger the evidence that the healing is done by 
the power of God the more violent they seem to become. 
A few of these eminent ecclesiastical officials are now 
too sly to come out in the open and throw stones, but 
resort to underground systems for getting laws enacted 
which are intended to prohibit true followers of Jesus 



THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 373 

from lessening human suffering by healing in the way 
he commanded all his followers to do so long as there 
was anything to heal. 

The scribes and Pharisees of olden limes miscon- 
strued the teachings of God's revealed Word from the 
fact thai they read and construed these teachings in 
accordance With their own material, sensual or mortal 
mind which Jesus told them was a liar and a murderer 
from the beginning. 

The leaders of the ecclesiastical system of the old 
professed church of Christ of today are the duplicate 
of the scribes and Pharisees of old and are guilty, in 
the sight of God, of the same sins of commission and 
omission because they resist and oppose Truth. If 
those who have come to some knowledge of Truth by 
reason of having received some degree of illumination 
from divine Mind; Truth; God; If those w r ho have been 
blessed by the reception of the Comforter; the Spirit 
of Truth ; if these people attempt to tell or show these 
ecclesiastical Pharisees the truth as it is in Jesus, they 
refuse today, as of old, to even consider the true import 
of God's revealed Word, because, from their material 
minded point of view, it is all nonsense and an ab- 
surdity. 

In the concluding verses of the chapter relating to 
the harlot or apostate church we read in regard to the 
material, sensual, intellectual or mortal mind; the mind 
which destroyed the early Christian church : 

Revelation XVII. 13 These have one mind, and shall 
give their power and strength unto the beast. 



374 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

The Greek gnome, translated mind, means, cognition, 
the faculty of knowing or having consciousness. This 
faculty which is their power and strength they give to 
the beast; and remember the beast is the symbol of 
error or wrong thinking. Then we are told: 

Revelation XVII. 14 These shall make war witli 
the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for he 
is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are 

witli him arc called, and chosen, and faithful. 

The people who have given their power and strength 
to the beast, and are dominated or under the dominion 
of error or wrong thinking are right now making war 
with the Lamb, which is the emblem of the Christ; but 
this time the Lamb or the Christ shall overcome those 
who are governed by error and will conquer them for 
the time has now come which is predicted by Daniel 
in the last two verses here quoted: 

Daniel VII. 23 Thus he said, The fourth beast shall 
be the fourth kingdom upon earth, which shall be di- 
verse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole 
earth, and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces. 

24 And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten 
kings Unit shall arise: and another shall rise after 
them ; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he 
shall subdue three kings. 

26 And lie shall speak great words against the most 
High, and shall wear out the saints of the most High, 
and think to change times and laws: and they shall be 
given into his hand until a time and times and the 
dividing of time. 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 375 

26 Bui the judgment shall Bit, and they shall take 
away his dominion, to consume and to destroy it unto 
the end, 

'27 And the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness 
of the kingdom under the whole heaven, shall be given 
to the people of the saints of the most High, whose king- 
dom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall 
servo and obey him. 

The b^ast mentioned by Daniel is the same beast men- 
tioned by John. The Lamb, or the Christ, is a Lord of 
lords and a King of kings. Not Lord or King in the 
emphatic sense of the Supreme Being, according to the 
(ireek, but in the sense that the Lamb is preeminent 
among lords and kings, being the head or leader of the 
chosen and faithful. 

Revelation XVII. 15 And he saith unto me, The 
waters which thou sawest, where the whore sitteth, are 
peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues. 

10 And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the 
beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her 
desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn 
her with fire. 

Water, or waters, is the emblem of thought. Our 
thoughts are either good or evil. All good thoughts 
come to us from divine Mind. All evil or wrong 
thoughts originate within our own material, sensual 
or mortal mind. John tells us that these waters or 
thoughts which sustain or uphold the harlot or apostate 
church are found in peoples, multitudes, nations, and 



376 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

tongues or languages; this includes all the people ou 

the whole earth. 

Jesus predicted thifl same thing- some sixty years 
before John WTOte Revelation — when he said: 

Luke XXI. 34 And take heed to yourselves, lest at 
any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, 

and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and xo that day 

come upon you unawares. 

35 Tor as a snare shall it come on all men that 
dwell on the face of the whole earth. 

A snare, in Bible meaning, is a mental delusion. 
Jesus said that a mental delusion shall come on all them 
that dwell on the face of the whole earth. This same 
mental delusion is mentioned by Paul, and he tells us 
that the reason of it all is "because they received not 
the love of the Truth, that they might be saved." In 
other words, Truth was rejected and error upheld, and 
that was why the church became an apostate church. 

2 Tluxsaloiiiiuis II. 7 For the mystery of iniquity 
doth already work: only he who now letteth will let, 
until he be taken out of the way. 

8 And then shall that Wicked be revealed, whom the 
Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, and 
shall destroy with the brightness of his coming: 

Even him, whose coming is after the working of 
Satan with all power and si^ns and lying wonders, 

10 And with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in 
them that perish; because they received not the love of 
the truth that they might be saved. 



Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 377 

11 And for this cause God shall send them Btrong 
delusion, iliai they should believe a lie: 

12 That they all might be damned who believed not 

Qke tru th, but had pleasure in unrighteousness. 

L3 Bill we are bound to give thanks alway to (iod 
for von, brethren beloved oi' the Lord, because (lod hath 
from the beginning chosen you to salvation through 
sanctitication of the Spirit and belief of the truth: 

Their are a greal number of facts stated in the Bible 
which prove beyond question that the church of Christ 
would become an apostate church in A.D. 606, and so 
continue for twelve hundred and sixty years, or until 
A.D. 1866. A few of these facts have been presented 
in this book as briefly as possible: 

Revelation XVII. 17 For God hath put in their 
hearts to fulfill his will, and to agree, and give their 
kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall 

be fulfilled. 

IS And the woman which thou sawest is that great 
city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth. 

This verse as above translated fails to bring out the 
full meaning of the Greek. A literal translation is 
here given : 

For God gave into the hearts (minds) of them to do 
the desire (end, aim, or purpose) of self, and to give 
the kingly dominion (or kingdom) of themselves to the 
beast till the words of God shall be finished (completed 
or ended). 



378 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

The thought expressed is not that God put it in the 
hearts or minds of men to give their kingly dominion 
to the beast, error or wrong thinking, for that would 

make God responsible for all the evil dvvils committed 
by men during these twelve hundred and sixty years, 

during which time Truth was lost to the world. 

The true thought expressed in this verse is that God 
gave the world up during i hat time to what Paul calls 
a reprobate mind, which is the mind of self, the false 
ego, the material, carnal, sensual or mortal mind of 
mankind which has been repeatedly outlined. 

We are told that God would permit the world to be 
dominated by this mortal mind, the beast, error or 
wrong thinking until the words or prophecies of God 
are fulfilled, completed, ended, or finished. 

The Greek word teleo, used by John in the above 
verse, and translated fulfilled, is the same Greek word 
which is translated finished in the following quotation, 
where John states kk the mystery of God should be fin- 
ished" : 

Revelation X. 7 But in the days of the voice of the 
seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mys- 
tery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to 
his servants the prophets. 

8 And the voice which I heard from heaven spake 
unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book 
which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth 
upon the sea and upon the earth. 

It has been clearly shown by the words of Daniel, 
Je0U8, and John that the mystery of God was finished 
in A.l). 1866. 



Tin: GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 379 

Hundreds of other facts are round In the Bible which 
prove conclusively that the mystery or words of God 
arc to be round Fulfilled, finished, completed, and ended 
in the "little book/' Science and Healtb with Key to the 
Scriptures, by Mary Baker Eddy. 

Revelation XVII, is And the woman (the apostate 

church) which thou sawest is that great city (Babylon) 
that lias kingly dominion over the kings of the earth." 



If any reader is disposed to throw this book across 
the room and curse the author, he is kindly reminded 
that a more logical way of expressing his disapproba- 
tion would be for him to place a Bible on the floor and 
then kick it around the room awhile; then jump on the 
Bible; stamp it to pieces and scatter its leaves to the 
four winds; for the writer has only held this same 
Bible up before him as a mirror in order that a true 
picture of the harlot could be seen which for twelve 
hundred and sixty years has held kingly dominion over 
the kings and queens of the earth. 

If anyone was disposed to speak ill of "Babylon the 
great, the mother of harlots/' he could scarcely find 
stronger language than is used in the Bible, for we 
read in regard to the apostate church of Christ : 

Revelation XVIII. 1 And after these things I saw 
another angel come down from heaven, having great 
power; and the earth was lightened with his glory. 

2 And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, 
Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become 



380 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN, 

the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul 

spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. 

3 For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath 
of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have com- 
mitted fornication with her, and the merchants of the 
earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her 
delicacies. 

In the next verse the Bible tells every true Chris- 
tian on earth today what he must do if he wishes to be 
obedient to God's will. 

R< Delation XV III. 4 And I heard another voice from 
heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye 
be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not 
of her plagues. 

5 For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God 
hath remembered her iniquities. 

G Reward her even as she rewarded you, and double 
unto her double according to her works: in the cup 
which she hath filled fill to her double. 

7 How much she hath glorified herself, and lived de- 
liciously, so much torment and sorrow give her: for 
she saith in her heart, I sit a queen, and am no widow, 
and shall see no sorrow. 

8 Therefore 1 shall her plagues come in one day, death, 
and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly 
burned with lire: for strong is the Lord God who 
judgeth her. 

It is difficult for men to realize that one of the most 
grievous sins the apostate church has committed is its 



Tin; GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 381 

sanction and support of materia medica. Pew people 
now realize thai whai is called the practice ofl medicine 
is an idolatrous practice which contributed largely to 
the destruction of the church of Christ We musl all 
admit thai the Bible is supreme authority, and it 
plainly states in regard to the sins of the harlol : 

Revelation XVIII. 23 For by thy sorceries were all 
nations deceived. 

The Greek pharmakeia, here translated sorceries, 
means, pharmacy; or, the use or administration of 
drugs or material medicine. Any standard dictionary 
of the English language will so tell you. 

The teachings of Science and Health are now stoutly 
opposed by the harlot; but whenever the Bible evi- 
dence presented in this book is given fair consideration, 
it may begin to become clear to the reader that Science 
and Health carries with it the signet of God's approval, 
presence, and power in just as high a degree as any 
other part of God's revealed Word. He may even be- 
gin to see that it is the culmination, finishing touch, 
and end of God's revealed will to man. If there had 
been no need or purpose for this revelation — if it was 
not part of God's plan for the salvation of men, it 
would not have been made. Did it ever occur to the 
reader that any man who sets himself up in mental 
opposition to any part of God's revealed will is far from 
being a Christian, no matter what his public profession 
may be? It is only those who obey God's revealed will 
who are to enter into the kingdom, is the teaching of 
the Master. 



382 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

Matthew VII. 21 Not every one that saith unto me, 
Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; 
but he that doeth the will of my Father which is in 
heaven. 

Then God tells the obedient: 

Malachi IV. 2 But unto you that fear my name 
shall the Sun of righteousness (or right thinking) arise 
with healing in his wings; and ye shall go forth, and 
grow up as calves of the stall. 

3 And ye shall tread down the wicked; for thev shall 

• 7 %J 

be ashes under the soles of your feet in the day that 
I shall do this, saith the Lord of hosts. 



OHAPTEB XV. 

EVERY man and woman in the world inns! and docs 
make a choice "i' one of two ways. They either 
choose the spiritual and enjoy a corresponding degree 
of heavenly enjoyment, or they voluntarily choose the 

material or sensual and suffer a corresponding degree 

of the sorrows and pains of hell. 

Those who try to serve both ways find but little en- 
joyment in their journey through life as they fluctuate 
between heaven and hell. Sometimes, the sailing over 
life's sea is smooth and joyous; then a black cloud 
arises and waves begin to roll higher and higher, while 
anxiety and fear destroys all real pleasure. Such dis- 
cordant conditions are liable to call our attention to 
these words : 

Job XXII. 21 Acquaint now thyself with him 
(God), and be at peace; thereby good shall come unto 
thee. 

The Book of Life advises us to get acquainted with 
God, and the Hebrew here means that we must be 
familiar with Him in the sense that we must have an 
intimate knowledge of God arising from constant com- 
panionship or close association and harmony with Him. 
The Bible teaches that we can only have knowledge or 
be acquainted with God through our spiritual faculties. 

Strange as it may be to most people, it is a positive 
fact that, according to the teachings of the Bible, our 
material faculties called our physical senses know abso- 

(383) 



384 Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

lately nothing about God. It is therefore utterly im- 
possible for them to give us the slightest information 
about God or anything He created. At the same time, 

natural or physical science teaehos us that these ma- 
terial senses supply all the information or knowledge 
which reaches or can reach the human brain which is 
Supposed to be the seal of the human mind, intellect, 
and will. Everybody knows these facts, but there are 
a great number of well meaning people who get indig- 
nant and say harsh things when told that the testimony 
of these five senses, from which originates all the knowl- 
edge possessed by our highly prized human intellect, 
cannot be depended upon to bring us, in any degree, 
the joys, comforts, and peace which belongs to the 
kingly dominion of heaven; the kingdom of which Jesus 
preached so earnestly for the peace, joy, and comfort 
of all men in the world. 

Men everywhere are now beginning to comprehend 
why it is that the human intellect can see nothing in 
the Bible but what it sees and understands as material 
fact. If the spiritual truth is pointed out to any ma- 
terial or intellectual minded man he cannot see it nor 
hear it. As he does not see the truth on the printed 
page or hear the truth when it is spoken to him, this 
intellectual man calls the spiritual minded man a fool; 
calls the spiritual minded man a fool because he sees 
and hears truths which it is impossible for the intel- 
lectual or mortal minds of men to have any knowledge 
of at all. 

The material or mortal mind can only conceive of a 
Supreme Being from an opposing or opposite point of 



Tin: GOLDEN SOPE8 OP MEN. 385 

view from that of the spiritual Mind. Hence, those who 
have the mind of the flesh gel everything Inverted, 
turned backwards or in apposition to the truth. This is 

why popular theology today, in its intellectual conclu- 
sions, deny that which is the essence, power, and worth 
of nearly all the teachings Of the Bible. Bui when you 
try to explain the spiritual truth to these intellectual 
people, they gel frantic and accuse* you of trying to 
destroy the Christian religion. They cannot under- 
stand or believe the truth that you try to show them 
because they expect that the true understanding and 
explanations of the real import of the words and deeds 
of Jesus will coincide with their own thought which 
has been deducted from an exactly opposite, and, there- 
fore, erroneous point of view. 

The Bible teaches that God is Love. Those who are 
governed or dominated by their material or mortal 
mind think of Him as a God of wrath and vengeance. 
The spiritual minded look for and find good results 
rights here and now. Material or mortal minded peo- 
ple relegate about all the joys of a Christian life until 
they have passed off this plane of existence and enter 
what they call a spiritual w T orld. These material 
minded people very generally agree that at some time 
in the indefinite future they will be rewarded accord- 
ing to the deeds done in the body ; that is, in the flesh 
or physical nature, but it is almost impossible to make 
them see or realize the great truth that if they would 
lay down or exchange their material mind or state of 
consciousness for the spiritual, they would begin to 
receive good rewards right here and now. They cannot 
25 



386 Tin; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

be made to sec or realize thai wbsi they call death lias 
nothing al all to do with the matter of cither rewards 
or punishments. 

There are today hundreds of thousands of people liv- 
ing in the world whose experiences prove to them day 
by day thai the understanding of spiritual truth as un- 
locked by Science and Health has brought and continues 
to bring to them health, pence and happiness in a very 
greatly increased degree. These people have found from 
their own individual experience thai just in the degree 
as the sense of sin and disease is destroyed by denial 
of the truth of their sensual or mortal mind, or their 
carnal or fleshly mind, as Paul terms it, they are freed 
in the same degree from the bondage of sin and all of 
its discordant results. 

The teachings of Jesus, and a great number of other 
passages in the Bible, show that health of body and 
mind is the outcome of spiritual understanding. Show 
that health and soundness or wholeness are conditions 
of mind ; not matter. 

Hundreds of thousands of people scattered in all 
parts of the civilized world now know, from their own 
individual experience, that the true understanding of 
the pure spiritual religion which Jesus preached needs 
no assistance from hygiene or drugs wherewith to heal 
either body or mind. It grows plainer and plainer 
day by day to these same people, through the under- 
standing of the Scriptures which is taught in Science 
and Health, that Jesus taught "the way" of a full, 
entire, and complete salvation; a salvation right here 
and now, not only from sin, but a salvation from every- 



Till: GOLDEH EOPES OF MEN, 387 

thing which even tends to destroy or mar the complete 
and perfect happiness of men here on this earth. 

These Christian Science people realize from their 
individual experience thai these words of Huxley are 

true : 

"If a thing lias ever happened, it happened in accord- 
ance with BOme law or principle — even if unknown or 
misunderstood and can happen again." 

The understanding of the spiritual teachings of Jesus 
enabled his early followers to perforin, in a large de- 
gree, the same works of physical healing that he per- 
formed. "Flu- understanding of the spiritual teachings 
of Jesus, as unlocked by Science and Health, enables 
Christian Scientists to perform in a large degree the 
same works now. 

As we all well know, the Bible mentions two "ways"; 
one is the straight gate and narrow way which leads to 
life; the other is the wide gate and broad way which 
leads to destruction or spiritual death. We all under- 
stand "the way" to figuratively mean our path of life 
over which we progress toward some goal or destina- 
tion. 

Consciously or unconsciously, we are all traveling 
over one or the other of these "ways." These roads lead 
to exactly opposite results, goals, or ends. 

One "way," or state of mind or consciousness, is the 
spiritual "way," the good. This "way" brings increased 
health and comfort to men as they make progress or 
advancement, as hundreds of thousands of people can 
and do todav testifv. The other "wav" or state of mind 
or consciousness is the material "way," the evil. This 



388 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

way brings a sense Ol fear, sickness, and misery BO long 

afi pursued, as hundreds <»r thousands of people can and 

do today testify. 

The first way is the road which Jesus pointed out; the 
r<>a<l which leads into the kingly dominion of heaven. 
The second way is the road the devil points out; the 
road which leads into the dominion of hell. One way 
leads to the heaven of harmony ; the heaven of peace 
and joy; the heaven of the comfort of God's presence, 
love, and protection right here and now. The other 
way leads to the hell of discord, contention, sorrow, and 
fear right here and now, because we place no reliance 
upon God's love, presence or protection in time of trou- 
ble OT need. 

Revelation [II. 8 Behold! 1 have set before thee an 
open door. 

The door of spirituality opens into all that is good 
for men right here and now. All that pertains to the 
permanent happiness of men. On the other hand, trust 
and confidence in material laws, notions, and beliefs 
opens the door that leads to all that is bad for men — 
the door that causes all the present unhappiness of men 
either as individuals or nations. 

Jesus taught the idealistic doctrine that man, the real 
man, the spiritual man, the Son of God, was the ima^e 
and likeness of God. That this image, this Son, was 
sinless and pure; perfect and Godlike in nature or char- 
acter. This did not prevent his consideration nor need 
it prevent our consideration of the fact that to the 
material or mortal minds of mankind, material belief* 



Tin: GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 389 

amount to Bolid conviction. Jesus knew, and ( )hris1 [an 
Scientists also know, thai those who believe in ma- 
teriality arc positive of the existence of a material 
world. They are positiye thai they have a material 
body that is liable to suffer; they are also positive thai 
it docs at times suffer from sickness and all the other 

ills which are believed to be common to mankind. 

Jesus well knew and also taught as plainly as his 
day and age would bear or could comprehend, thai the 

human or physical body as well as all other material 
phenomena was a lie; that it was but a counterfeit or 
opposite or opposer of God's creation; that it had no 
existence in Truth or reality. His teaching was un- 
derstood by but few at that time and today there are 
doubtless thousands of highly intellectual professed 
followers of Jesus the Christ who are so blinded by 
materialistic teachings founded on the material or Je- 
hovistic account of creation that if they should read 
this book they would not even realize what is being 
talked about. 

There are doubtless hundreds of thousands of pro- 
fessed Christians who are very certain that they live 
in a material w r orld; that is, a world composed of mat- 
ter. Most of them also believe that there is a spiritual 
world of some sort somewhere, but that nothing can 
be known in regard to it until we pass over or make 
the transition across the river called death. These well 
meaning people know that there is a material world 
because they can stamp on it w r ith their feet. They can 
see it with their eyes; their ears, nose, and sense of 
taste also brings to them what they consider to be 



390 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

positive and certain evidence thai the material world 

is the solid, substantial fact while the spiritual world 
is something vague, uncertain, and problematical to say 

the least. 

It' anyone should gently intimate to some of these 
intellectual people thai there was some question as to 
the reality of all things material, such intimation would 
be considered by them as certain evidence that the 
speaker was a little off in his head and not wholly ac- 
countable lor what he said. II* he persisted in maintain- 
ing the absurd idea of the nonexistence of matter he 
would be considered a crank who should be taken care 
of before he done somebody serious harm. 

These people are innocently unconscious of the fact 
that a good part of the number of the world's greatest 
philosophers and natural scientists have taught that 
matter is something that the human mind has made, 
constructed or invented. That matter has no existence 
in reality. That it is simply an illusion or delusion of 
the senses. This teaching has been maintained for cen- 
turies in one form or another. Plato taught it four 
hundred years before Jesus was born. 

Professor Ostwald, of Liepsic University, is not sur- 
passed today in world-wide reputation by any mod- 
ern natural scientist, and this is his teaching in regard 
to matter: "Matter is a thing of thought which we 
have constructed for ourselves, rather imperfectly to 
represent what is permanent in the change of phe- 
nomena." 

The unreality of matter regarded as phenomenon 
produced by mind or energy is a theory which has been 



Tin: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 391 

fought over in the Datura! science world for centuries, 
and today, even laying aside the teachings of the Bible, 
matter, from strictly a natural science point of view, 
has no positive proof of existence. 
Jeans of Nazareth, the greatest philosopher and 

scientist that ever lived, was fully informed that matter 
was simply an illusion or delusion of the senses. This 

is exactly why he told his students or disciples: 

Matthew XVII. 20 If ye have faith as a grain of 
mustard seed, ye -hall say unto this mountain, Remove 
hence to yonder place; and it shall remove; and nothing 
shall be impossible unto you. 

Jesus never spoke anything but the exact or scientific 
truth, and always meant precisely what he said. Please 
note that he said, "Nothing shall be impossible unto 
you." 

We all understand that popular theology evades the 
difficulty of explaining these words, and many others 
of a like character, by claiming that Jesus was God, and 
that all his works were miracles in the sense that they 
were supernatural; that is, they were above and be- 
yond the power of man. 

This explanation, instead of explaining simply in- 
creases the difficulty, for it is a matter of Bible record 
that certain of the apostles performed these same so- 
called miracles, and nobody can claim that they w^ere 
God. Popular theology is ready with the explanation 
that Jesus, as a God, gave these apostles this power, 
and the idea is entertained and set forth that these 
apostles were in this way endowed w r ith what is called 



392 Tin; GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 

supernatural power which enabled them to perform in 
some degree the same works of Jesus. But it is stated in 

the Bible thai there were a goodly number of others 
besides tlie apostles who performed these same works, 
SUCh as Philip, Stephen, Paul, etc. 

Oh, well, is the explanation, Jesus, as a God, simply 
gave this supernatural power to these members of the 
early church to get his church established, and then 

the power was withdrawn. Is it not a little strange 
that there is not a word of proof or even an intima- 
tion in tin 1 Bible to sustain anv sueh teaching? 
We can all agree that the power to perform these 

BO-called miracles was lost to the professed Christian 

church for twelve hundred and sixty years, except that 
now and then, scattered all along during that time, 
there were a few known instances of the healing of 
physical ills by the power of prayer. The main ques- 
tion of interest to us now is to iind out why this power 
was lost, and how to regain it. 

When we lay aside man-made teachings and remem- 
ber the teachings of the Bible — when we consider that 
God is Spirit, not a spirit ; that He created a spiritual 
universe including man; that He is the one and only 
cause and creator; that God is good, and that all His 
creation is good; then we must conclude, if we believe 
the Bible at all, that all that is real and normal in 
this world must he spiritual and must he good. So if 
anything is found in this world which is unlike God 
or is not good, it must he unreal and abnormal, be- 
cause < tod never created it. 



Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 898 

When God finished or Completed His spiritual crcn 

lion, including man made in His own image, the r>if>le 
tells us that He blessed "them," which means that God 
placed His children in perfect happiness. Consequently, 

\vc know that evil, sin, sickness, suffering, pain, poverty, 
and death are unreal and abnormal, because they are 
all destroyers of man's God-given happiness. Hence, 
God never created or made these destroyers and they 
have no place in God's creation, and must therefore be 
unreal and abnormal. 

Jesus tells us: "Every plant that my heavenly Fa- 
ther hath not planted shall be rooted out." It was the 
mission or commission of Jesus to teach and show all 
men for all time to come how to commence and continue 
this rooting out process until nothing that was unreal 
or abnormal ; nothing that destroyed the happiness of 
men on this earth, remained in the minds or conscious- 
ness of men, for that is the only place the unreal or 
abnormal can be considered to have any existence at all. 

Jesus, by faith and obedience to the Father's will, 
was led into a clear mental understanding of spiritual 
law which supercedes and annuls all the so-called nat- 
ural laws, or laws or nature; the laws which are all 
simply the laws of custom, usage or belief which en- 
slaved people then and enslaves them now. 

Jesus commenced the uprooting or destroying process 
by going about proclaiming the good news of the kingly 
dominion of heaven which he said was now at hand. 
He taught men "the way" by which they could regain 
or reenter the dominion which was theirs then and is 
ours now by gift of God. 



394 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

He not only taught by precept the way to regain this 
kingly dominion, but he illustrated it by his own life; 
illustrated it by rooting out or destroying the sense of 
sin, sickness, and all other forms of suffering from the 
minds or consciousness of a great number of people, 
thus restoring them to their normal state, w T hich is that 
of health and happiness. 

If sin, sickness, and unhappiness are real and nor- 
mal ; if they are of God's creating, it must be apparent 
to all that it would be useless for Jesus or any one else 
to even attempt to destroy that which is God-created 
and therefore absolutely real. 

We read in regard to Jesus: 

Luke IV. 38 And he arose out of the synagogue, and 
entered into Simon's house. And Simon's wife's mother 
was taken with a great fever; and they besought him 
for her. 

o!) And he stood over her, and rebuked the fever; 
and it left her: and immediately she arose and minis- 
tered unto them. 

The Greek epitimao, translated rebuked, is from epi, 
meaning, in opposition or against, and timao, meaning 
to set or put a value upon. Hence, the Greek means 
that Jesus set or put an opposing value upon the fever. 
We oppose anything by mental opposition. That is, 
we deny the truth of the thing and maintain or uphold 
the contrary or opposite to be the truth. 

We are told that Jesus rebuked the fever. Please 
notice 1 that lie did not rebuke the woman, but he re- 
buked the fever. That is, he mentally opposed the 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 395 

belief or notion thai the fever was a truth or a reality 

by denying the truth of the thing, and he maintained 

or held to the truth of the contrary or opposite con- 
dition of things. 

Jesus knew the truth of things, and while with his 
material or physical senses he may have noted the indi- 
cations of a violent fever, he denied the truth of these 
senses and held firmly to the truth that this seeming 
sickness was not a reality because God never created 
anything which brought either sin, sickness, sorrow or 
death into the world. Jesus held firmly to the truth 
that man is spiritual and not material, and that it is 
impossible for this spiritual man to suffer from sin, 
sickness or death. This teaching is the basis of all 
Christian Science healing today, just as it was with 
Jesus and the early Christian church. 

Jesus said he had not come to destroy, but to fulfill ; 
that is, he had come to fill our lives with all that was 
good and joyous; all that contributed to our true happi- 
ness. In short, to teach us the way back to perfect 
happiness where our Father placed us in the beginning. 
Jesus commenced this reformation in a mild, simple 
way, seeking to gradually eliminate erroneous thought, 
false belief or wrong thinking from the minds or con- 
sciousness of those around him, and replace error or 
erroneous thinking with a knowledge or comprehension 
of Truth. He well knew that to the human or mortal 
minds of men the phenomena of human or mortal ex- 
istence at that time and age was solid conviction as to 
its reality, just as it is to the vast majority of people 
at this present hour. 



396 Tin; GOLDEM BOPES OF MEN. 

It is difficult for as to realize or comprehend that all 
the. materia] objects or things which we think or 
imagine we see or feel have no existence separate or 
apart from our own human or mortal mind; the mind 
which entertains such a Arm belief in their reality. It 
is difficult for us at first to comprehend that all these 
material things about us are not external to the mind 
that conceives them. It is difficult for us to compre- 
hend that they are simply illusions or delusions of our 
own mortal mind. It is difficult to comprehend that 
our own sensual or mortal mind is the serpent, the 
devil, within the human consciousness that must be 
subdued or overcome and cast out in order that we may 
fully (Miter the kingdom of heaven. 

This is the way the Hible explains the matter of the 
war, battle or trial which is now going on within the 
consciousness of every man and woman in this world: 

Revelation XII. 7 And there was war in heaven: 
Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and 
tin 1 dragon fought and his angels, 

8 And prevailed not ; neither was their place found 

any more in heaven. 

U And the great dragon was cast out, that old ser- 
pent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the 
whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his 
angels were cast out with him. 

10 And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now 
is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our 
( iod, and the power of his Christ : for the accuser of our 
brethren is cast down, which accused them before our 
( lod day and night. 



THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 397 

Heaven is not a place or locality, but it is a slate or 
condition of mind or consciousness. The Michael, the 
archangel op chief angel, here mentioned, is the Christ, 
the Son of God which is within us. The Hebrew term 
miykael, which is translated Michael, means, who is like 
God; who is Godlike; or who is God's likeness. These 
three translations all having the same meaning. The 
thought John expresses is that in the warfare, battle, 
struggle or trial now going on within our conscious- 
ness, our divine nature or the Christ, who is an image 
or likeness of God, fights or argues against or in oppo- 
sition to the dragon. In the ninth verse we are plainly 
told that this evil influence named the dragon which is 
further personified under the names or titles of serpent, 
devil and Satan is to be cast out. 

It has been clearly shown that the only evil influ- 
ence there is in the world is our own sensual or mortal 
mind. Hence, we see that the warfare, battle or trial 
of life is for us to overcome, subdue or cast out our 
own sensual or mortal mind. Whenever we do this we 
will then realize the truth of these words: "Now is 
come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom (or 
kingly dominion) of our God, and the power of his 
Christ." 

All this overcoming of the world is not the complete 
work of an hour, day or a year; but it is a work which 
every man and woman can and must begin before they 
will begin to experience and enjoy any good results 
from the glad tidings which Jesus proclaimed for the 
complete, full, and entire salvation of all men in the 
world. A salvation that was intended to restore to men 



398 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 

the kingly dominion which their heavenly Father gave 

them at the Inundation of the world when he blessed 

them and placed "them" in perfect happiness. 

When God created man He created him in His own 

image and likeness. It lias been repeatedly explained 
that there is hut one true image and that one is the only 
begotten Son of God, which is the invisible Christ 
within every man and woman iu the world. There is 
also supposed to be another image which is the visible 
outer man, the physical or material man, the man we 
see with our physical eyes. But there is only one true 
image. Hence, this material image is a false image, 
which is hut a counterfeit of the true image of God. 
This false image which is the material man or mind is 
"that man of sin." This son of perdition or destruc- 
tion; this intellectual big "I," who is the god of this 
world, is possessed of a vast amount of the wisdom of 
this world: he is the man who has conceived and for- 
mulated all the so-called laws of natural or physical 
science. This natural scientist, whether he knows it 
or not, is an unbeliever or an atheist. He is a skeptic 
because he doubts the existence of a spiritual God. He 
doubts the truth of revelation. This natural scientist; 
this atheist ; this skeptic; has built up a great system 
called natural science which is governed entirely by a 
god which he calls the god of nature. Many professed 
Christians also worship this god of nature, and they are 
deceived into thinking that they are worshipping the 
same God that Jesus preached and practiced under. 

This natural scientist, this man of sin, this intel- 
lectual god, this unbeliever, is Bellar. He is a beliar 



THE GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 399 

because he belies tlu k true God and all of His creation. 
He out-talked and deceived Eve in the garden of Eden. 
He crept in and secured control of the professed church 
of Christ more than a thousand years agoj and today 
the teachings of the popular branches of the professed 
church of God are permeated, saturated, vitiated, and 
deiiled or polluted by the man-made teachings or beliefs 
of tliis natural science Beliar, which is only another 
name for Satan or the devil. 

Careful attention is called to these words of Jesus: 

Matthew XXIV. 15 When ye therefore shall see the 
abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the 
prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let 
him understand:) 

The Greek vdelugma, translated abomination here, 
means, idolatry or the worship of idols or false gods. 

The Greek eremosis, translated desolation, means, 
that which makes desolate. Desolate in its earliest uses 
meant, lonely, left alone or forsaken in the sense of a 
place deserted and left in a ruinous condition ; without 
sign of life; bare of trees or herbage; destitute of joy 
or comfort, like a widow bereft of her husband. 

You remember that Jesus said: "I (the ego) am the 
true vine, and my Father is the husbandman." 

The church or congregation of Christ is symbolized 
as a bride adorned for her husband. The church is the 
bride; the Father is the husbandman. 

After the church of Christ set up the abomination 
which maketh desolate in the holy place or the sacred 



400 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

desk and had became an apostate church, John refers 
to the church's loss of her husband with these words: 

Revelation XVI 1 1. 7 How much she hath glorified 
herself, and lived deliriously, so much torment and sor- 
row give her: for she saiih in her heart, I sit a queen, 
and am no widow, and shall see no sorrow. 

8 Therefore shall her plagues come in one day, death, 
and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly 
burned with fire: for strongs is the Lord God who 
judgeth her. 

!) And the kings of the earth, who have committed for- 
nication and lived deliciously with her, shall bewail her, 
and lament for her, when they shall see the smoke of 
her burning. 

A correct translation of the words of Jesus reads : 

Mat their XXIV. 16 When for these reasons you 
shall Bee stand forth in the holy place, that worship of 
idols (or of false gods) which makes desolate, that is 
spoken of by means of Daniel the prophet (let the 
reader comprehend). 

The time came, in God's appointed time and way, 
when His sanctuary was to be cleansed from all this 
defilement of the worship of idols or false gods which 
crept in and overcome the true church of Christ and 
took away the daily sacrifice, which is the daily sacri- 
fice of our false self, and then set up in place thereof 
"the abomination thai maketfa desolate," which is the 
idolatry of the worship of our false self > the god of this 
world. 



Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 401 

We read in regard to the time this apoetasia of the 

church took place: 

Daniel XII. II And from (ho time tlutt the daily 
sacrifice shall ho taken away, and the abomination that 
maketfa desolate sel up, there shall be a thousand two 
hundred and ninety days. 

li* Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the 
thousand three hundred and five and thirty days. 

13 But go thou thy way till the end be: for thou shalt 
rest, and stand in thy lot at the end of the days. 

This is the conclusion of all of Daniel's prophecies. 
In this last chapter Daniel sums up in a brief way the 
whole matter from the birth of Jesus the Christ, under 
the name of Michael, until the second coming or pres- 
ence of the Christ which is usually called the end of 
the world, but is more correctly translated the end of 
the age. 

It has been conclusively show T n that Daniel proph- 
ecied until A.I). 18G6. In the eleventh verse Daniel 
tells us, or we are given to understand, that it would be 
twelve hundred and ninety prophetical years after the 
abomination that maketh desolate w r as set up until the 
end. Jesus tells us that this abomination of desolation 
was to stand in the holy place. We all understand 
that the church of Christ is not built out of brick and 
mortar, but we have all long understood the sacred desk, 
commonly called the pulpit, to be a holy place. We are 
led to infer that some abomination which caused the 
church of Christ to be desolate for twelve hundred and 
ninety years stood in the pulpit or sacred desk during 
26 



402 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

thai length of time. Subtracting twelve hundred and 
ninety from A.I). 1866 gives us A.I>. r>7<; as the date 
when this abomination of desolation stood up in the 
holy place. 

Did it ever occur to the reader that it is not only 
possible hut also probable that any and every one may 
be mistaken in judgment as to the true teaching and 
import of the Bible if they are not guided and influ- 
enced by the Comforter; the Spirit of Truth which 
Jesus said the world cannot receive? Is it not but fair 
and reasonable for us to conclude that any and every 
man in the world who has not awakened to a con- 
sciousness of the presence of the Comforter within him- 
self is not competent to stand in the sacred desk, the 
holy place, and attempt to teach the true spiritual im- 
port of God's Word? 

Daniel tells us in the next verse: 

Daniel XII. 12 Blessed is he that waiteth, and 
cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and 
thirty days. 

The time indicated in this verse we readily see is 
thirteen hundred and thirty-live years. This date has 
no special spiritual signification further than to prove 
the correctness of all the other dates we have so far 
determined. Thus confirming prophecy and proving to 
all men that the writers of the Bible, as well as the 
writer of Science and Health were inspired by God and 
thus qualified to set forth Truth without any mixture 
of error. 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 403 

One of the greatest events or circumstances connected 
with the early history of the church of Christ related 

to the conversion of Cornelius. A very full account of 
this incident is found in Acts, chapters 10 and 11, in 
which is described Peter's vision and other details. By 
referring to the date printed in the reference column of 
your Bible, you will find that the conversion of Cor- 
nelius took place in A.D. 41. 

Cornelius was a Boman centurion of the Italian 
cohort belonging to the Boman army and stationed at 
Caesarea, in Palestine. He was honored by God as being 
the first Gentile to have the Holy Spirit poured on him. 
This was a cause of great astonishment to Peter and 
his Jewish companions, as up to this time none but Jews 
had received the Holy Spirit. The apostles, up to this 
time, were strongly of the belief that the Jews alone 
were the chosen people and that all Gentiles must first 
become Jews before there was any possibility of their 
being admitted into God's favor. But now, in this case 
of Cornelius, God upset all their private beliefs by pour- 
ing his Holy Spirit on a Gentile. 

God has a way of upsetting all man-made beliefs, 
and it does not matter how many thousand of years men 
have accepted and believed these opinions and beliefs 
to be Truth. There are doubtless thousands of pro- 
fessed Christians now living whose private beliefs and 
opinions w r ould be upset right now if they did not resist 
Truth. 

In Daniel it is written : 

Daniel IX. 24 Seventy weeks are determined upon 
thy people and upon thy holy city, to finish the trans- 



404 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

gression, and to make an end of sins, and to make 
reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting 
righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, 
and to anoint the most Holy, 

The time indicated here is four hundred and ninetv 
days or prophetical years, allowing a day for a year. 
A city in Scripture is the symbol of a body of people 
under one government and united and organized in a 
common cause. The word transgression, as used in the 
Bible, has the sense of a rebellion or revolt; a breaking 
away from just authority by overstepping or going be- 
yond its bounds. 

It is plain that four hundred and ninety years, com- 
mencing at some certain time, is granted to all people 
in the world to reform from their rebellion or trans- 
gression against God and His laws, and become recon- 
ciled and obedient to the will of their heavenly Father. 
From other well known facts stated in the Bible, it is 
also made plain that in the working out of God's plan 
for the salvation of all people in the w r orld, God raised 
u p the man Jesus of Nazareth to the office of the Mes- 
siah or the Christ. -Jesus was commissioned to proclaim 
God's will and bring about a reconciliation of God's 
family of rebellious children with their loving heavenly 
Father. 

During all of the ministry of Jesus, he bestowed his 
attention and labor, in the main, to the Jewish people 
or nation. When the Canaan woman besought Jesus 
to heal her daughter, he at first refused to even talk 






THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 405 

to her, and told his disciples (Matthew L6: 24) : "1 am 

not sent but unto the lost sheep of the house of Israel. " 

The (ientile world included all people in the world 
who were not dews. The (ientiles had little chance to 
be saved until after (he conversion of Cornelius in A.D. 
41, or eight years after the crucifixion. At this date of 
A.D. 41 the door of the church of Christ was first 
thrown open to all people in the world to be baptized 
with the Holy Spirit regardless of race or nationality. 
The hope of salvation now become world-wide for the 
first time in the world's history. 

From the verse just quoted from Daniel, it is seen 
that four hundred and ninety years were granted to 
all people to become reconciled to God. As the Gen- 
tiles had no part or lot in this reconciliation until A.D. 
41, this time of reconciliation, to give equal and exact 
justice to all men, must commence at A.D. 41 and con- 
tinue four hundred and ninety years, or until the date 
A.D. 531. At this date the full specified time expired, 
which had been granted or decreed by God, for all 
people who had heard the gospel to become reconciled 
to Him and anointed with the Holy Spirit. 

God then tells Daniel : 

Daniel XII. 12 Blessed is he that waiteth, and 
cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and 
thirty days. 

13 But go thou thy way till the end be: for thou 
shalt rest, and stand in thy lot at the end of the days. 

These are God's concluding words to Daniel, and 
allowing a day for a year, the time here indicated is 



406 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

thirteen hundred and thirty-five years. Hence, we find 
the "blessed" time decreed by God we must add tin 
thirteen hundred and thirty-five years to A.I). 531 pre- 
viously ascertained, and this brings us down to A.l). 
L866, the "blessed" time when God revealed the way of 
Truth to Mrs. Eddy. 

The evidence, which lias been presented from the 
Bible, should convince any fair minded man or woman 
that God made the revelation to Mrs. Eddy in A.D. 
1866 that is written down in Science and Health. If 
this is admitted to be true, it then follows that the 
teachings of Science and Health must be accepted as 
having precisely the same authority and value as any 
other part of God's revealed Word. It further follows 
that if any man refuses to acquaint himself with and 
be governed by the teachings of Science and Health, 
he is not obedient to God's will. 

If anyone will study Science and Health in connec- 
tion with a J>ible with a sincere desire to learn Truth, 
he can learn more in a few months than he ever learned 
before, no matter if he is now a president of a theo- 
logical college, a pope or a doctor of divinity, and has 
stood in the pulpit and taught his intellectual idea of 
the gospel of Christ for a half century or longer. 

The author of this book is but a beginner in the study 
of Christian Science and wishes it distinctly understood 
that the Christian Science Church is under no respon- 
sibility for any statements herein made. Neither is 
tli is book to be considered as Christian Science litera- 
ture in the sense of being authorized in any way by the 



Tin; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 407 

Christian Science church. The author simply desires 
to assist earnest seekers in their search for Truth, and 
an earnest and conscientious effort has been made to 
State nothing but what can be continued by the Hible. 

Wishing to know the truth in regard to Christian 
Science for his own good, the author made a careful 
search of the Scriptures. A small part of the evidence 
found in the Bible is herein presented for the reader's 
consideration. 

While private opinions are of little value as evidence, 
the author will say that he is, from Bible evidence, 
firmly convinced that just as long as Christian Scien- 
tists are faithful to their God-given trust, and guard 
against the intrusion or domination of personality into 
the teachings and government of the church, it is as 
foolish and useless for any man or any combination of 
men to think to stop the triumphant march of victory 
of Christian Science over all evil influences and prac- 
tices in all parts of the inhabited earth as it would be 
for these men to try to blot out the stars or stop the sun 
from shining. 

It is w r ell for us all to remember the words of Jesus 
to the woman of Samaria at Jacob's well : 

John IV. 23 But the hour cometh, and now is, when 
the true worshippers shall worship the Father in spirit 
and in truth: for the Father seeketh such to worship 
him. 

24 God is a Spirit : and they that worship him must 
worship Mm in spirit and in truth. 



408 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

A corred translation reads: 

John IV. 23 But an hour is coining and now is when 
the true worshippers shall worship the Father in Spirit 
and Truth; for the Father seeks for His likeness as 
worshippers. 

24 God is Spirit; and those worshipping Him must 
worship in Spirit and Truth. 

Christian Science is planted squarely, unreservedly, 
and entirely upon the spiritual import of the Bible as 
taught by Jesus the Christ. All other religious systems 
are based on a mixture of the spiritual and material; a 
mixture of Truth and error, (lod's decreed time came 
in A.I). 1866 when His sanctuary or temple was to be 
cleansed; cleansed from every trace and form of ma- 
terial belief or teaching. Today, as a result of this 
cleansing, there are hundreds of thousands of Christian 
Scientists scattered over all the civilized world who are 
making an earnest effort to comply with all the com- 
mands of Jesus, and to worship God in Spirit and 
Truth. True, Christian Scientists are well aware that 
true happiness does not come to anyone as a result 
of any laws or beliefs which the human mind can 
originate. They know that the salvation of all men, 
individually and collectively, can only come from the 
correct comprehension, acceptance 4 , reliance upon, and 
faithful day-by day practice of the true spiritual teach- 
ings of Jesus. 

In one sense 4 there is no second coming of Christ. 
Tin 4 Bible teaches that he never went away. Jesus 
positively stated, "Lo, I (the ego) am with you alway!" 



Till; GOLDEN EOPE8 OF MEN. 409 

But it was possible thai the entire professed church of 

Christ could become apostate or fall away from the 

Christ by abandoning or forsaking the true principles 

of the faith and practice which Jesus inaugurated and 

commanded all his disciples lor all time to follow. 

The Bible teaches, as has been plainly shown, that 
this would take place to the entire professed church of 
Christ. As a result o\' this apostacy or falling away, the 
spiritual power of the professed church of Christ was 
lost. In consequence of (his loss of spiritual power, the 
power and ability to heal the physical ills of mankind 
was also lost, as this is the power which accomplishes 
the healing. For twelve hundred and sixty years this 
paralyzed condition of the professed church of Christ 
continued. Then spiritual Truth, the Christ-Truth, was 
once more regained to the comprehension of men by 
means of God's revelation to Mary Baker Eddy. Then 
the spiritual healing of the physical ills of mankind 
once more commenced, just as it did at the first appear- 
ing of the Christ. This regaining of the faith which 
was once delivered to the saints resulted in the estab- 
lishment of the Christian Science church of today. 

Isaiah LX. 1 Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and 
the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee. 

2 For, behold, the darkness shall cover the earth, 
and gross darkness the people: but the Lord shall arise 
upon thee, and his glory shall be seen upon thee. 



CHAPTEB XVJ. 

TEEE greatest subject of prophecy found in the 
Bible relates to the manifestation or the making 
clear to the comprehension of men what is the Christ, 
the Son of God, the hope of Israel. Some fourteen 
hundred years before Jesus was born Moses wrote these 
words : 

Deuteronomy XVIII. IB The Lord thy God will 
raise up unto thee a Prophet from the midst of thee, of 
thy brethren, like unto me;, unto him ye shall hearken. 

Previous to the birth of Jesus, Moses was beyond 
question the greatest man known in all the world's his- 
tory, and he here states that at some time the Lord 
would raise up a prophet from the midst of the people 
like unto him. 

Then in a following verse Moses states that the Lord 
said unto him : 

Deuteronomy XVJ 1 1. IS I will raise them up a 
Prophet from among their brethren, like unto thee, and 
will put my words in his mouth; and he shall speak 
unto them all that J shall command him. 

L9 And it shall come to pass, that whosoever will 
not hearken unto my words which he shall speak in my 
name, I will require it of him. 

God here tells Moses that at some future time He 
would raise up a prophet to the people from among 
their brethren; that He would put His own words into 
(410) 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 411 

his month, and that this prophet would sav to (he 

people all lie told iiim to say to (hem. 
Peter tells us that Jesus Christ was the prophet 

Whom the Lord raised up in fulfillment of these words. 

Acts 111. is lint those things, which God before 
had shewed by the mouth of all his prophets, that Christ 
should sutler, he hath so fulfilled. 

1!) Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your 
sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing 
shall come from the presence of the Lord; 

20 And he shall send Jesus Christ, which before was 
preaehed unto you : 

21 Whom the heaven must receive until the times of 
restitution of all things, which God hath spoken by 
the mouth of all his holy prophets since the world 
began. 

22 For Moses truly said unto the fathers, A prophet 
shall the Lord your God raise up unto you of your 
brethren, like unto me; him shall ye hear in all things 
whatsoever he shall say unto you. 

In all of God's revelations to men there has been a 
man or woman raised up through whom the revelation 
was communicated or made known to men. God raised 
up the man Jesus of Nazareth, and anointed him with 
the Holy Spirit to the highest and most important 
office named in the Bible. 

Popular theology teaches that Jesus was God in 
human form, but you will note that the Bible states 
that he was a man like unto Moses and like unto his 
brethren. 



412 Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

Peter tells us regarding this matter: 

Acts II. 22 Ife men of Israel, hear these words; 
Jesus of Nazareth, a man approved of God among you 

by miracles and wonders and si^ns, which God did by 
him in the midst of you, as ve yourselves also know: 

L':; Sim, being delivered by the determinate counsel 
and foreknowledge Of God, ye have taken, and by 
Wicked hands have 1 crucified and slain. 

Peter tells us that Jesus of Nazareth was a man; 
then Peter says it was God who performed the miracles, 
wonders and signs through Jesus; then he tells his 
hearers that they had reason to know that God raised 
up Jesus from the i'act that the very works Jesus per- 
formed were positive proof of the approval of the roan 

in the sight of God. 

A correct translation reads: 

Acts II. 22 "Israelites here these words. Jesus the 
Xazarene, a man from God, has been pointed out to 
you by mighty works, signs and wonders which God 
performed through him in the midst of you, as you 

yourselves know." 

Jesus of Nazareth accepted the commission or ap- 
pointment as tin 1 man raised up by God to fulfill the 
prophecies relating to the Messiah, the Christ, or the 
s<m of God. The fulfillment of these prophecies by 

Jesus was Intended to show to the world the true mean- 
ing of "the Son of God." Intended to show this mean- 
ing in such a plain lighl that it would be comprehended 



Tin; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 413 

by all men when the veil which previously bid the "Son 
of God" was figuratively pulled hack by -Jesus and the 
fad made plain to them that "(he Son of God" was 

within themselves. 
The acceptance of this commission to this office, and 

his anointing with the Holy Spirit, placed Jesus in 
position to he the Saviour of all men. 

Jesus never claimed to have any personal power, but 
at times told people that all the power to perform the 
acts or deeds of kingly dominion which he performed 
came from God, the Father. Listen to these words : 

John XIV. 10 ''The Father that dwelleth in me, he 
doeth the works." 

The early Christians clearly understood that all the 
mighty deeds, signs and wonders performed by Jesus 
were informed by God through Jesus as His agent. If 
you will carefully read and consider the words of Peter, 
just quoted, you will see that this is absolutely true. 
Jesus was God's agent in the sense that he was ap- 
pointed or commissioned by God, his Father, the King 
of kings, and empowered to act for Him as His stew- 
ard, embassy, envoy or ambassador. 

You remember Jesus told Philip : 

John XIV. 10 Believest thou not that I am in the 
Father, and the Father in me? the words that I speak 
unto you I speak not of myself: but the Father that 
dwelleth in me, he doeth the works. 

11 Believe me that I am in the Father, and the 
Father in me; or else believe me for the very works' 
sake. 



414 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

12 Verily, verily, I Bay unto you, lie that believeth 
in me, the works that I do shall he do also; and greater 
works than these shall he do; because I go unto my 
Father. 

13 And whatsoever ye shall ask in mv name, that 
will 1 do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son. 

14 If ye shall ask any thing in my name, I w T ill do it. 

God told Moses, some fourteen hundred years before 
Je6U8 spoke, these words: 

Deuteronomy NVIII. 18 I will raise them up a 
Prophet from among their brethren, like unto thee, and 
will put my words in his mouth; and he shall speak 
unto them all that I command him." 

It must he plain to all that Jesus, as an obedient 
Son, was simply saying and doing what his Father told 
him. This is what Jesus meant when he said, "I speak 
not of myself/' as above quoted. 

Then Jesus tells Philip and by implication every dis- 
ciple lie would ever have: 

John XIV. 11 Believe me that I am in the Father, 
and the Father in me; or else believe me for the very 

works' sake' 

Belief was an earlier word for what is now com- 
monly called faith. Faith originally meant, loyalty or 
allegiance to an individual to whom one is bound by 
promise or duty; or to one's promise or duty itself as 
in, to keep faith or to break faith. 



Tin; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 415 

A true faith in God can be Illustrated in some de- 
gree by the loyalty, allegiance and love every true man 
has for the government of his native land. 

Every true American is loyal in his allegiance and 
love for "Uncle Sam." No one has ever seen Uncle 
Sam with their physical eyes, yet there are millions of 
men here in America who will promptly leave wife, 
children, houses, lands and all personal things they 
hold dear at his call; if need be, they will cheerfully 
march to the cannon's mouth, or go to their graves in 
his defense or service. This is the kind of belief, faith 
or allegiance God asks all his subjects or children to 
devote to Him, and this is only our reasonable service. 
This firm reliance upon the truth of God's promises is 
the kind of faith which animated Paul. Listen to his 
words when he knew 7 that his departure was close at 
hand: 

2 Timothy IV. 6 For I am now ready to be offered, 
and the time of my departure is at hand. 

7 I have fought a good fight, I have finished my 
course, I have kept the faith : 

8 Henceforth there is laid up for me a crow T n of 
righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge, 
shall give me at that day : and not to me only, but unto 
all them also that love his appearing. 

The Greek word epiphaneia, here translated appear- 
ing, means, manifestaion, revelation, coming or ad- 
vent; in this instance it refers to the manifestation, 
revelation, coming or advent of the Christ. Manifesta- 
tion here means, the action of clearly revealing or un- 



416 THE GOLDEN nOPES OF MEN. 

veiling of the Christ to the comprehension or under- 
standing of men. The word crown is here nsed as a 

symbol or badge of royalty of the character, state or 
office of a king. Revealing or unveiling means taking 
the covering off like taking the veil off a statue of a king. 
The statue of the king was finished or completed and 
covered with a veil until the day of revealing or unveil- 
ing of the statue. When the proper day came, the veil 
was taken oil" or away by some man, and then the public 
could all plainly see the statue of the king. 

The king to be unveiled in the instance under consid- 
eration is the Anointed; the Messiah; the Christ; the 
Son ol" God; who is a king because he is the Son of 
the King of kings and Lord of lords. 

The Christ to be unveiled is the Son of God which 
is within every individual man and woman in the 
world. These sons and daughters were created in the 
beginning when Cod created them; the host of them, 
male and female in His own image and likeness. This 
image became covered up by a veil or a mist as stated 
in the account of the material creation of man when 
the Lord God formed man out of the dust of the ground. 

God is Spirit. Hence all His sons and daughters 
who were created in His likeness must be spiritual 
beings, or they would not be like Cod. This is the 
reason why "there was not a man to till the ground. " 
The spiritual sons of Cod do not now or never have 
tilled the ground. It is the material man, the dust- 
formed man who has done all the tilling, and he was 
told: 









Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 417 

(inn sis mi. L9 In the sweat <>f thv face shall thou 
cat bread, till thou return unto the ground; for out of 

it wast thou taken: for dust thou art, and unto dust 

shall thou return. 

The term dust is here used as the type of that whicli 
is worthless; dust being here considered as the symbol 

of nothingness. 

After being told that there was not a man to till the 
ground, we are told in the next verse: 

Genesis II. (> But there went up a mist from the 
earth. 

The Hebrew word ade, translated mist, has the sense 
of an enveloping cloud, mist or fog that envelopes or 
surrounds so as to enwrap as with a covering or veil. 
Throughout the whole Bible a mist, a veil and in many 
cases a covering of any kind is the symbol of spiritual 
darkness. Spiritual darkness or the absence of spir- 
itual light is the symbol of spiritual death. A mist or 
veil in nearly all instances is a symbol of something 
which cuts off spiritual light in a greater or less de- 
gree. All this pertains entirely to mental conditions. 
The understanding or comprehension of mankind is 
darkened by error or wrong thinking. Spiritual light 
is the light of Truth; Life; God. Anything which be- 
dims or obstructs this light places us in some degree in 
the gloom of error or wrong thinking, which is the 
shadow of spiritual death. Spiritual light is the light 
of heaven ; when this is cut off, we are in the darkness of 
hell. All these are mental conditions, and they per- 
27 



418 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 

tain entirely to mind and not to matter or material 
t hinge. 
Then in tbe next rerse of the fable or allegore wfe 

are told : 

Genesis II. 7 And the Lord God formed man of the 

dust of the mound, and breathed into his nostrils the 
breath of life; and man became a living soul. 

Became ia the past tense of become and here means, 
come to be. Became is used in the sense that man 
passed from the state or estate of a spiritual being to 
the state or condition of a sentient or sensual being. 

The Hebrew word nephesh } here translated soul, is 
equivalent to the Greek word psuche and means a sen- 
tient or sensual being. Sensual pertains to our five 
physical organs of sense: namely, sight, hearing, taste, 
smell and touch: from the evidence derived from these 
five s<mi>cs. all human, worldly, material, intellectual 
or mortal knowledge or wisdom is obtained. 

A sensual being is a human being who is governed 
by his own material, physical, sentient or sensual, in- 
tellectual or mortal mind: these terms all referring to 
the mind which is the product of our five material or 
physical senses. This mind, according to the Bible, 
is the carnal or fleshly mind which Paul tells us is 
enmity or hatred toward (lod. 

Popnlar theology of many and various brands has 
covered up the truth for more than a thousand years 

with teachings which were hatched or conceived in this 
seiiviml or intellectual mind of mankind. The mentali- 
ties of mankind are now so filled and saturated with 



Tin: GOLDEN SOPE8 OF MEN. 419 

these erroneous intellectual interpretations of Bible 
Truth that it is difficult for any man to now accept or 
even see Truth for the reason thai the teachings which 
we have long listened to are exactly opposite or in op- 
position, and are therefore antagonistic to the true im- 
port of the Bible. 

Thousands of priests and ministers have stood in 

thousands of pulpits el* Christ's professed elmrch for 
more than a thousand years and taught erroneous or 
false doctrines. The whole world is filled with car- 
loads and shiploads of books written by intellectual 
men of worldly ability to promulgate and sustain these 
doctrines, which in many respects are in opposition 
and are antagonistic to God's revealed Word. 

It is clearly shown in this book by the strongest 
Bible evidence that the intellectual mind of mankind 
knows nothing about the true God and His creation. It 
is clearly shown that the true import of all the spiritual 
teachings of the Bible are therefore senseless and ab- 
surd to the sensual or intellectual minds of mankind. 
As all spiritual teachings are considered nonsense and 
an absurdity by the sensual or intellectual minded man, 
he naturally thinks that something ought to be done at 
once to put a stop to the spread of these absurd teach- 
ings as they deceive the people by filling them with silly 
teachings which are repugnant and antagonistic to the 
evidence of their own eyes and ears. If mild methods 
do not put a stop to the spread of all such foolish and 
delusive teachings, which from a material point of 
view are plainly contrary to the truth as perceived by 
the eye or human intellect, harsher methods are used; 



420 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

finally men who are loyal to <i<>d in their allegiance to 
these absurd spiritual teachings of the Bible are put 
to death if nothing short of thai will stop them. This 
is why the early Christians were overcome and de- 
stroyed. This is why those who expressed the divine 
nature by their spirituality have been persecuted in 
all ages. This is why sensual or material-minded men 
within the professed church of Christ would today be 

glad to Bee Christian Science stamped out of existence. 

When we consider the positive fact that nearly all 
of present-day theology is based on a fable, an allegory, 

a similitude: on an account of a creation which the 
Bible informs us never was created, never was in ex- 
istence at all except in the imaginations of men's mor- 
tal mind: when we remember the greal fact that the 
Christian religion which Jesus proclaimed to the world 
was founded on absolute spiritual truth and not on 
material fable or any man-made conceptions; when we 
lay down our sectarian whims and beliefs, and consider 
these facts in their true light, we then begin to compre- 
hend and understand why the preaching of the gospel 
during all these hundreds of years has been so barren 
of results in bringing to men the kingly dominion 
which belongs to us as a free gift given by our loving 
heavenly Father from whom all blessings flow. 

The logical outcome of the acceptance of the teach- 
ings of materialism or sensualism, which are all based 
(Hi the second or material account of creation, is that 
the entire world has set up material prosperity as the 
standard or ideal of success In consequence of this, 
humanity has -one crazy in the mad scramble for 



Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 421 

wealth, place or power. Following out the mistaken 

notion that the possession of material prosperity or 

wealth is MiioiiniiKuis with the possession of happine 
the so-called civilized world has been taught to follow 
the strenuous life. Taught thai we could and should 
subdue, overcome or conquer the world by the strength 

of our intellect and right arm. Taught to compel 

success to perch on our banner as a result of the ex- 
ercise of our own personal energy, strength and intel- 
lectual ability. 

As a natural result of this material method of trying 
to gain kingly dominion over material things, the man- 
made law of the survival of the fittest was evolved. 
Man is now pitted against man in a strenuous struggle 
to grab up and hold in his personal possession all the 
material wealth he can possibly secure regardless of 
what the effects of his superior strength of arm or in- 
tellect may be upon the interests of his weaker brother. 

The world has been trving this material or sensual 
method of securing peace, prosperity and happiness for 
thousands of years, but it has never proved a perma- 
nent success as conditions now r prevalent throughout 
the so-called civilized nations of Europe amply testify. 

The religion which Jesus taught and practiced is not 
a failure. All it needs is to be once more compre- 
hended and practiced. It was understood in some de- 
gree by the members of the early Christian church, and 
it brought about certain results which were in line 
with the words of Jesus. This continued, according to 
Eevelation, until the year A.D.. 606 ; then at that date 
spiritual light was lost to the professed church of 



422 THE GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN. 

Christ This materialized condition of thought which 
became prevalent over the professed church of Christ 

in the whole world continued for twelve hundred and 
sixty years, until spiritual lighl was once more restored 
to men by its discovery by Mary linker Eddy in A.D. 
L866. From A.I>. o"()ii up to the present hour popular 
theology has been influenced and dominated by this 
same material or mortal mind thinking. Wrong think- 
ing or mortal mind is opposed or antagonistic at all 
times to anything and everything which in any way 
interferes with its plans and wishes. This is the rea- 
son why those who uphold and defend the errors of 
popular theology are today opposed and antagonistic 
to the teachings of Christian Science. 

All men in the world have been educated in a greater 
or less degree along the lines of what the world calls 
physical or natural science. Educated is here used in its 
broad sense, which means that we have been brought up 
and have acquired for ourselves or have been instructed 
by others with some knowledge of the principles per- 
taining to material, physical or natural science. This 
acquired education includes all we know or believe re- 
garding the material or physical world or the world 
according to nature. This acquired education is pos- 
sessed in some degree by every man, woman and child 
in the world, whether they were ever inside of a school- 
house or not. All this acquired material, physical or 
natural knowledge or science we have acquired in the 
garden of Eden, and it constitutes, in a Bible sense, 
natural science, worldly knowledge or the wisdom of 
this world. All this material or natural knowledge, 



THE GOLDEN EOPES OF HEN. 423 

science or wisdom comes to us or is acquired by the use 

of our material or sensual mind. 

Ii has been clearly and positively shown thai the 

Bible leaches t hat this material or sensual mind or in- 
telligence of ours knows absolutely nothing about God 
or anything that lie ever created. Furthermore, the 
Bible teaches that this mind not only does not know, 
but it is also impossible for this mind to know any- 
thing at all about God or anything that He ever cre- 
ated. More than this, it is the positive teaching of the 
Bible that this material, physical or sensual mind of 
oiiis does not know, nor can it know — but it also hates 
God and all of His creation. In consequence of this 
every man and woman who is dominated by or under 
the complete dominion of their own material, sensual 
or natural mind hates God and all He ever created. 
The Bible clearly teaches that God is Spirit; that God's 
creation is a spiritual creation ; that the world God 
created is a spiritual world. 

But if anyone undertakes to tell any man or woman 
who is dominated by their own physical, sensual or mor- 
tal mind — tries to tell them anything at all regarding 
the Truth that they are right this moment living in a 
spiritual world — tries to tell them that every man and 
woman in the world is right now a spiritual son or 
daughter of God, and entitled by the free gift of their 
heavenly Father to dominion over all the earth — every 
person who even attempts to teach this true meaning 
of the Bible will find that he will stir up the enmity 
and hatred of material, sensual or mortal minded people 
in a greater or less degree toward himself personally as 



424 



Till; GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 



well ;is against the cause whose faith and principles be 
la trying to make plain to the comprehension or under- 
standing of men for their highest good and greatest 
happiness. 

Ii is the settled policy of all material or sensual- 
minded people in all paris of the world now, as ever, 
to oppose everything spiritual. Material-minded peo- 
ple may and do differ largely upon every other subject, 
l mi t they are all united and stand like a solid wall in 
their opposition and hatred to everything spiritual. 

Every evidence that there is such a thing in the world 
as spiritual power, the power of God, is openly denied, 
scoffed and sneered at or belittled in some way so as to 
turn the evidence into a joke. If the evidence be- 
comes so plain, so positive and convincing that it cannot 
well he publicly denied and annulled by such op]>osi- 
tion, then men who are dominated by their material, 
sensual or mortal mind begin to use physical force 
against those people, who by their demonstrations 
prove beynod question that there is such a thing avail- 
able to men as spiritual power; the power of God. 
They begin under various pretexts to clamor for the 
State to help crush or restrain the works of these spir- 
itual -minded people from being presented to the world 
as an evidence that they are successfully lighting life's 
battle (Hi God's side of this question which has been be- 
fore the world for centuries. 

The first move of these material-minded people who 
have no faith in God, but who place all their faith in 

some material thing called drugs and their god of na- 
ture— their first move usually is to try and entrench 



Till: GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 425 

themselves behind statutory law which will prevent 
any evidence of spiritual healing being presented to 

the public, in order to accomplish this result the en- 
actment o£ laws is vigorously worked for which will 
make it unlawful for any person to even attempt to 
heal the physical ailments of mankind by spiritual 
power. Some of these laws are so carefully and art- 
fully worded that on their face the law looks very 
plausible and innocent. Everything is done for the 
public good. The question of financial profit to the 
disciples of .Esculapius, the son of Apollo, is kept out 
of view ; but the serpent of Apollo is there just the 
same, and if the law is enacted this serpent then raises 
up his hydra head and strikes without even sounding 
its rattles of warning. 

This spirit of hatred of God and all things spiritual 
extends through human history back to the beginning 
of the allegory of the garden of Eden. It stoned to 
death nearly all of God's prophets. It murdered in 
cold blood a good part of the members of the early 
church by burning them at the stake; by throwing them 
to wild beasts to be torn to pieces. This furnished 
amusement for other material-minded people, and 
gave everybody a hint that it was not healthy or the 
proper thing for anyone to say or do anything that 
would give credence to the senseless and absurd teach- 
ings and practices of those crazy -headed Christians who 
were trying to ruin the whole world by deluding the 
minds of men with their fanatical teachings. 

Tradition tells us that Paul's head was cut off with 
a sword. That Peter was crucified by being nailed to 



426 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

the cross with his head toward the ground. That John 
was plunged Into a cauldron of boiling oil, from which 
he emerged unhurt. He was then banished to the 
mines of Patmos, where, when past ninety years of age^ 

he performed severe manual labor until the death of 
the emperor of Rome. Thousands of the early chris- 
tians were murdered in aboul all the inhuman ways 

the material minds of men could contrive, simply be- 
cause they adhered to and practiced the spiritual teach- 
ings el* (heir Master. 

Open and above board use of physical force against 
spiritual teachings and practices is not now much at- 
tempted; but materially minded people are today mak- 
ing strenuous efforts here in America, the land of lib- 
erty, to get their cutely worded statutes passed in 
Washington and in various States under the pretext 
Of working for the good of the public health which will 
make it unlawful for any person to heal the physical 
ailments of mankind by the method Jesus practiced 
and taught his followers to practice so long as there 
was anything to heal. 

Here in America, there are millions of fair-minded 
men who instinctively love liberty and despise injus- 
tice and oppression. These men, whether they are 
members of any church or not, are animated by the 

freedom-loving spirit of our forefathers who wrote into 
our National Constitution a guarantee of protection 
to every man and woman in their right to worship God 

according to the dictates of their own conscience. This 

supreme law was to forever apply wherever the Stars 



Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 427 

and Stripes floated in the breezes of heaven as an em- 
blem of sovereign power. 

All that any irnc American should need to know is 
that this God-given right is being trampled upon in 
order to enlist his voice, influence and vote on God's 
side of this matter. Every trne American should re- 
member these words of Theodore Roosevelt: 

"We here in America hold in our hands the hope of 
the world, the fate of coming years, and shame and 
disgrace will be ours if in our eyes the light of high 
resolve is dimmed, if we trail in the dust the golden 
hopes of men." 



CHAPTEB XVII. 

WIIKX Speaking of Jesus the Christ, there is no 
thought of failing to recognize the preeminence 
and sacredness of his character even in his human 
manifestation; nor to forgel the words of the voice 
from on high, "This is my beloved Son." 

This correct translation tells us why Christ Jesus is 
given preeminence over all in heaven and in earth ex- 
cept God, Who subjected all things to him: 

1 Colossians I. 16 He who is a likeness of the in- 
visible God, the firstborn of every creature. 

Ii was entirely a voluntary act for the good of his 
fellowman that Jesus gave up his physical life on the 
cross in obedience to God's will as outlined in prophecy. 
The crucifixion was necessary in order that we might 
see and know lor ourselves that the inner man, the 
spiritual man, the Son of God, the image and likeness 
of God, which is within us, is not subject to death but 
possesses eternal or immortal life. Jesus explained 
the matter to his disciples in these words: 

John X. 17 Therefore doth my Father love me, be- 
cause I lav down my life, that I might take it again. 

18 No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of 
myself. I have power to lay it down, and I have power 
to take it again. This commandment have 1 received 
of my Father. 
(428) 



Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 429 

•losus s;iid, "I lay down my life." The Greek ptuche, 
here translated life, refers solely to the animal, phys- 
ical or mortal life of num. Hence the life Jesus said 
he would lay down was his animal, physical or sensual 
life, nature or existence. The state of ex&tence or life 
we all recognize by means of our five physical senses 
was the life Jesus laid down in order thai his friends 
or disciples Tor all time to come might be convinced 
that the invisible, God-created man within them has de- 
minion over death and the grave. 

There are thousands of spiritual 1 rut lis shadowed 
forth in the Bible which give light to those who can 
catch the spiritual meaning of the symbols under which 
they are represented. 

It is written : 

John XII. 30 Jesus answered and said, This voice 
came not because of me, but for your sakes. 

31 Now is the judgment of this world: now shall the 
prince of this world be cast out. 

32 And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw 
all men unto me. 

33 This he said, signifying what death he should die. 

Please note that Jesus said, "Now shall the prince 
of this world be cast out." The Greek archon, trans- 
lated prince, means, to be first in rank or power; 
prince; ruler. The Greek eVballo, translated cast out, 
means, ejected or expelled. 

A few hours before the betrayal Jesus told his dis- 
ciples : 



430 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

John XIV. 30 Hereafter I will not talk much with 

you : for the prince of this world Cometh, and hath noth- 
ing in me. 

31 Hut that the world may know that I love the 
Father; and as the Father gav)e me commandment, even 
so I do. Arise, lei us go hence. 

The prime here mentioned is the archon whom Jesus 
had previously said was to ho ejected <»r cast out from 
him. Jesus here states that this prince or ruler now had 
nothing or not one thing in him. An hour before the be- 
trayal Jesus told his disciples why the prince of this 
world had nothing in him, and the reason was this, "I 
(the ego) have overcome (subdued) the world. " 

John XVI. 33 These things I have spoken unto you, 
that in me ye might have peace. In the world ye shall 
have tribulation : but be of good cheer; I have overcome 
the world. 

The following words of Jesus express much in this 
way to those who comprehend their true meaning. 

John III. 14 And as Moses lifted up the serpent in 
the wilderness, even so must the Son of man be lifted 

up: 

IB That whosover believth in him should not perish, 
but have eternal life. 

It is evident to us all that in itself there was no effi- 
cacy in the brazen serpent that Moses lifted up as an 
emblem Of something from which a spiritual lesson was 
to be learned. 






Tin; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 431 

The brazen serpent thai Moses lifted up was a ma- 
terial form in the image and likeness of a serpent The 
serpenl Is the Bible emblem for all evil influences, and 
this influence is further personified by the names of 

devil, adversary, prince or ruler of this world and like 
expressions. This serpent lifted up by Moses was rep- 
resented as being deprived of life and power to harm by 
being impaled on a pole or stake. Please bear this 
fact in mind, and it will be seen that this Impaling and 
consequent death of the serpenl is the symbol of the 
deatli of the physical life of Jesus of Nazareth on the 
cross. 

Little by little the truth dawns upon us that God 
never created our material or physical form, mind or 
nature. It begins to become clearer and clearer to us 
that the sufferings and physical death of Jesus on the 
cross is a type of the death or destruction of our own 
material belief or faith in the truth and reality of all 
things material ; our belief in the reality of matter. 

We are plainly told in the Bible that our carnal, 
fleshly, material or mortal mind is enmity against or 
in opposition to God; that it is not subject or obedient 
to the law of God nor indeed can it be. 

Romans VIII. 6 For to be carnally minded is 
death ; but to be spiritually minded is life and peace. 

7 Because the carnal mind is enmity against God: 
for it is not subject to the law r of God, neither indeed 
can be. 

The Greek sar.r, translated carnal, means and refers 
to our material, fleshly, sensual or mortal mind, body 



432 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 

and nature. When we are dominated by this mind, we 
are ruled l»v the archon, the prince of this world, and we 
have voluntarily renounced God'fl love and tender care, 
and transferred our allegiance to Satan, who is sym- 
bolized l>\ the serpent. When we crucify or kill this 
serpent, which is simply a false belief, by admitting a 
knowledge Of the truth, we are restored or brought 
back to a realization of God'fl love and protection. 

The son of Mary represents the animal, physical or 
mortal part of man; represents the human part of Jesus 
of Nazareth .just the same as it does that of every other 
person in the whole Adamic generation, race or family. 

The Christ ; the Son of God represents the spiritual, 
immaterial, divine or Christ mind, consciousness or 
nature which is the reflection of the divine Mind: the 
mind of <iod. 

Then we are told in regard to Jesus: 

John XIX. 1(1 Then delivered he him therefore 
unto them to be crucified. And they took Jesus, and 
led him away. 

IT And he bearing his cross went forth into a place 
called the place of a skull, which is called in the He- 
brew Golgotha : 

18 Where they crucified him, and two other with 
him, on either side one, and Jesus in the midst. 

Matthew, Mark and John nil state that Jesus was 
crucified at the place called "the place of a skull." 

Luke tells ns that he was crucitied ai "the place which 
is called Oftlvary." The Creek Iranian, here trans- 
lated Calvary, is the same as the English cranium. 



Tin: GOLDEN DOPES OF MEN. 433 

which refers to the assemblage of bones which inclose 
tlu> brain, which in human beings is considered the 
seal of the human mind, consciousness and volition. 

The skull contains the brain which is the culmination 
of our physical senses, and in this human brain all 
our knowledge of the material world is conceived or 
born. 

Matthew, Mark, Luke and John all take special care 

to tell us that Jesus was crucified or impaled on a cross 
at the place of the skull or the cranium. 

Crucifixion is still going on in the world today. It 
is going on at the same place; the cranium or skull 
within which the material, physical, sensual or mortal 
mind of men is supposed to be seated. The carnal 
mind which the Bible says hates God and all His cre- 
ation; this mind hates and crucifies the Christ idea 
today just the same as it did nineteen hundred years 
ago. While there is no direct authority for either, 
there are two explanations commonly given of Golgotha 
or Calvary as to location. The first is that it was a 
spot where executions ordinarily took place, and there- 
fore abounded in skulls, as in many cases the body of 
the victim was allowed to remain on the cross and decay 
by the action of the elements or be destroyed by beasts 
or birds. 

The other explanation is that the execution took 
place upon a bald, round hill that had a fanciful skull- 
like appearance. But although the crucifixion was 
near to Jerusalem, being evidently just outside the 
gate or wall of the city, no such hill or mount has ever 
been definitely located as being the place of crucifixion. 
28 



434 Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

To crucify or to pu1 to death by impaling, nailing or 
otherwise fastening the victim to a pole or a cross was 
an ancienl mode of capital punishment among Greeks 
and Romans. The weight of evidence seems to be, 
however, thai the dews did not practice execution by 
crucifixion in earlier times, hut took up the practice 
from the Romans. Be this as it may, there is no ques- 
tion hut what crucifixion was considered the most hor- 
rible form of death. Not only from the torture expe- 
rienced by the victim, but also from the stigma in- 
Bictedj as among the Romans, this form of punishment 
was only applied to criminals of the vilest class. 

Death by crucifixion was necessarily of a lingering 
character, and often did not take place for three days 
and was at last brought about by the gradual benumb- 
ing and destruction of the physical senses and the con- 
sequent destruction of the animal life, which physical 
or natural science calls death. 

The original cross or crux simpler was primarily an 
emblem of a slave's death and a murderous punish- 
ment. The cross itself consisted of a mere stake or 
pole of one single piece without transom. This sharp- 
ened stake was sometimes simply driven through the 
victims chest. In other instances it was driven longi- 
tudinally through the body, coming out at the mouth. 
In other cases the criminal was tied to the stake and 
hung suspended by his arms. 

The Latin cross or crux iunnissa was the form of a 
cross upon which -Icsus was crucified. This form con- 
sisted of the original pole or stake, but had a crossbar 
near the top of the pole, This form comes to us from 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 435 

almost unanimous tradition, and it is the form found 
cm the coins of Constantine. it was the custom to 

either tie Or nail the criminal to this form of a cross, 
and it is certain that .Jesus was nailed to the cross. It 

is also certain thai death on a cross of whatever form 

was associated in the minds of the people with the 
death of a murderer or of a person guilty of some other 
flagrant crime of which he had been legally tried, con- 
victed and then sentenced to die this ignomenious 
death. 

Upon arrival at the place of execution the victim was 
stripped naked, the clothing being considered the per- 
quisites of the attendant Roman soldiers. 

Mattheic XXVII. 35 And they crucified him, and 
parted his garments, casting lots: that it might be ful- 
filled which was spoken by the prophet, They parted my 
garments among them, and upon my vesture did they 
cast lots. 

The cross was then driven into the ground, and it 
was of sufficient height so that the feet of the victim 
would be a foot or two above the ground when he was 
"lifted up" from the earth by the hands of men and 
bound with strong cords or nailed with large nails to 
the cross, and thus left suspended by hanging on the 
nails driven through the hands or through both hands 
and feet. 

Before the actual nailing took place a cup of medi- 
cated drink was customarily given the victim through 
kindness, as the decoction was considered to have a 



436 Tin: GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

soporific effect, and the drink was intended to deaden 
the physical senses and thus lessen the pain. 

Matthew XXVII. 33 And when they were come 
unto a place called Golgotha, that is to say, a place of 

a skull, 

34 They gave him vinegar to drink mingled with 

gall: and when he had tasted thereof, he would not 

drink. 

This cnp was refused by Jesus; he thereby disclaim- 
ing any reliance upon material assistance or support in 
the hour of the greatest possible physical trial his 
enemies could inflict upon him. 

Attention is called to two expressions made by Jesus 
while <>n the cross, as the words used were what may 
be termed "catch words'- intended by Jesus to call our 
attention to the fact that prophecy relating to the 
Anointed, the Messiah or the Christ w T as then fulfilled. 

Matthew XXVII. 4G And about the nineth hour 
Jesus cried with a loud voice, Baying, Eli, Eli lama 
sabachthani? that is to say. My (Jod, my God, why hast 
thou forsaken me? 

We would infer from these words standing alone that 
God deserted Jesus in the hour of what seemed his 
greatest trial or need. Such a desertion would be con- 
trary to the plain teachings of the Bible in many places. 

Psalm IX. 11 Because lie hath set liis love upon me, 

therefore will 1 deliver him: I will set him on high, he 
ranse he hath known my name. 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN, 437 

IB Be shall call upon me, and l will answer him: I 

will bi wilh him in trouble; 1 will deliver him, and hon- 
our him. 

My God, my God, why hasi thou forsaken me?" 
These words are the beginning of the twenty second 
psalm. David concludes this psalm with praise to God. 
Jesus simply called attention to this psalm by the use of 
its tirst words. 
Then we read: 

John XIX. 28 After this, Jesus knowing that all 
things were now accomplished, that the scripture might 
be fulfilled, saith, I thrist. 

29 Now there was set a vessel full of vinegar: and 
they filled a spunge with vinegar, and put it upon 
hyssop, and put it to his mouth. 

30 When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar, 
he said, It is finished : and he bowed his head, and gave 
up the ghost. 

In the first verse quoted it is stated that Jesus said, 
"I thrist." These words called attention to fulfillment 
of prophecy wherein is written : 

Psalm LXIX. 21 They gave me also gall for my 
meat; and in my thirst they gave me vinegar to drink. 

Then, in conclusion, John states that Jesus ''bowed 
his head, and gave up the ghost." 

Matthew states that Jesus "'Yielded up the ghost." 
Mark states (Mark 15) that Jesus "gave up the ghost." 



438 THE GOLDEN HOPES OE MEN. 

Luke states: 

Luke XX ill. 4G And when Jesus bad cried with a 
loud voice, he said, Father, into thy hands I commend 
my spirit : and haying said thus, he gave up the gh< 

A correct translation reads: 

•Father, into thy hands I intrust my life; and having 

said this, he expired." 

Expired as here found in the Greek means, literally, 
breathed out or emitted the last breath. Intrust sig- 
nifies, to pnt into the care of another, implying a degree 
of confidence or faith in the person to whom the trust 
is given. So we can see from these last words of our 
Master while on the cross that he commended, com- 
mitted or intrusted his life to the Father with perfect 
confidence or faith as to the future. 

The use of the term "ghost" in the above quotations 
has a tendency to lead us to suppose that Jesus gave up 
the Holy Spirit on the cross, but a careful study of the 
Greek will show to any scholar that the term as used 
simply means, in all four gospels, that Jesus expired or 
breathed his last. 

It was the son of Mary who died a physical death on 
the cross. The Christ, the Son of God possesses eternal 
or immortal life, and never dies. Jesus went to the 
cross to demonstrate this great fact to all men in the 
world who will lay down the mental opposition of their 
carnal mind, and accept the gospel or good news which 
he preached in his first sermon to the world that the 
kingly dominion of God was at hand. 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN, 439 

Then 11 is written : 

Mark XV, ."»7 And -Ions cried with a loud voire, 

and gave up the ghost 

38 And the veil of the temple was rent in twain from 
the top to the bottom. 

It i> very plain now that the whole system of material 
Bacrifloe ordained under the Mosaic dispensation was 
hut a type or shadow of the true sacrifice of our material 
self, the false ego } the sensual mind which was to be 
more fully revealed or unveiled to us during the Chris- 
tian era. 

When Jesus died a seeming physical death upon the 
cross, the veil of the temple or sanctuary was split from 
top to bottom, thus separating it into two parts. This 
renting, splitting, or setting-apart, of the veil in the 
material temple at Jerusalem is the type or symbol of 
the separating or setting apart of our material body, 
nature and mind in order that we can plainly compre- 
hend and mentally see our own spiritual body, nature 
and mind, which is the true temple or sanctuary of 
God, wherein He dwells, and not in temples made by 
human hands. 

We are very plainly told : 

1 Corinthians III. 16 Know ye not that ve are the 
temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in 
vou ? 

17 If any man defile the temple of God, him shall 
God destroy ; for the temple of God is holy, which tem- 
ple ye are. 



440 Tin: GOLDEN SOPES OF MEN. 

According to the teachings of Jesus there is nothing 

Outside Of or external to a man which can possibly de- 
file, deprave, corrupt, destroy or debase us. He told us 

thai it is the impure thoughts which originate or are 

born within our own material, carnal, sensual or mortal 
mind which defiles or debases us. This is the false mind, 
nature or state of consciousness which we must crucify, 
impale or destroy, tor it is the serpent, Satan, devil, 
prince or god of this world which sitteth in the temple of 
God and is the destroyer of our health and comfort of 
both body and mind righl here and now. This mind is 
symbolized by the brazen serpent which Moses lifted up 
as crucified or impaled on a pole in the wilderness as a 
tyi>e or shadow of what was to be fully unveiled during 
the Christian era. 

Numbers XXI. 4 And they journeyed from mount 
Hor by the way of the Red sea, to compass the land of 
Edoni : and the soul of the people was much discouraged 
because of the way. 

5 And the people spake against God, and against 
Moses, Wherefore have ye brought us up out of Egypt 
to die in the wilderness? for there is no bread, neither 
is there any water; and our soul loatheth this light 
bread. 

6 And the Loud sent fiery serpents among the people, 
and they bit the ]>eople; and much people of Israel died. 

7 Therefore the people came to Moses, and said. We 
have sinned, for we have spoken against the Lord, and 
againsl thee; pray unto the Lord, that he take away 
the ser]>ents from us. And Moses prayed for the people. 



Till: GOLDEN BOPES OP MEN, 441 

B And the Lord said unto (Hoses, Make thee a fiery 

Serpent, and Be1 it apOO a pole: and it shall conic to pass, 

thai every one thai ifl bitten, when he looketh upon it, 

shall live, 

!) And Moses made a serpent oi brass, and put it upon 
a pole, and it came to pass, that if a aerpent had bitten 
any man, when he beheld the serpent oi' brass, he lived. 

The veil of the material temple at Jerusalem is said 
to have been sixty feet long, thirty feet from bottom to 
top, and lour inches thick. It was hung so as to hide 
from all eyes the inmost sanctuary or holy place called 
the Holy of Holies, where God manifested His presence. 
No person was ever allowed to enter within this veil 
and thus have close access to God's presence except the 
high priest, and he was allowed to enter within the veil 
but once a year, on the day of atonement, which was the 
great day of national humiliation, and the only one 
commanded in the Mosaic law. 

The subject of sacrifice is clearly explained in He- 
brews, and attention is here called to a few of the truths 
outlined therein. 

Hebrews IX. 2 For there was a tabernacle made; 
the first, wherein was the candlestick, and the table, and 
the shewbread ; which is called the sanctuary. 

3 And after the second veil, the tabernacle which is 
called the Holiest of all; 

4 Which had the golden censer, and the ark of the 
covenant overlaid round about with gold, wherein teas 
the golden pot that had manna, and Aaron's rod that 
budded, and the tables of the covenant; 



442 THE GULDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

5 And over it the chernbims of glory shadowing the 

mercyseal ; of which we cannot now speak particularly. 

(I Now when these things were thus ordained, the 

priests went always into the first tabernacle, accom- 
plishing the service of God, 

7 But into the second in ni (he high pries! alone once 
every year, not without blood, which he offered for him- 
self, and for the errors of the people. 

8 The Holy (ihost this signifying that the way into 
the holiest of all was not yet made manifest, while as 
the first tabernacle was yet standing: 

9 Which WilS a figure for the time then present, in 
which were offered both gilts and sacrifices, that could 
not make him that did the service perfect, as pertaining 
to the conscience. 

The sacrifice itself was a "beast" that was free from 
delect. Some of the blood of this beast was caught 
when it was slain as a sacrifice, and this blood was 
sprinkled by the priest over the people. The material 
body of the beast was burned, and thus destroyed. The 
material blood is but the symbol of our spiritual life. 
The body of the "beast," which is the symbol or type of 
our own material or physical body and mind, was con- 
sidered of no value, and it was burned to ashes or dust 
outside the camp. The material blood is but a material 
symbol or emblem of our spiritual life which conies from 
God. The material blood of the animal possessed no 
efficacy or power to cleanse from error or sin. In like 
manner the material blood of JeSUS Christ possessed no 
efficacy or power to cleanse us from error or sin. The 



Tin; GOLDEN HOPES OP MEN. 443 

cleansing is entirely mental, and it is the comprehension 
of the spiritual meaning ot the words, demonstrations 
and life of Chrisl Jesns which cleanses our mentality or 

Consciousness Of error or sin. 

All error or sin arises from erroneous or wrong 
thoughts; these wrong or evil thoughts originate in our 

own material, sensual or mortal mind. This mind is the 
carnal mind; it is the mind which produces or brings 
about death, while to be spiritually minded or to be 
guided by the mind of Spirit; God; brings to us life 
and peace. This is why Jesus, in his first sermon to the 
world, told us to make a change of minds. 

We must not forget that the whole system of Jewish 
sacrifice was but a type of the true sacrifice which God 
would cause to be revealed or unveiled in accordance 
to the plan formed in divine Mind. 

Hebrews X. 10 Having therefore, brethren, boldness 
to enter into the holiest by the blood of Jesus, 

20 By a new and living way, which he hath conse- 
crated for us, through the veil, that is to say, his flesh. 

The American Version is plainer, and reads : 

Hebreics X. 19 Having therefore, brethren, boldness 
to enter into the holy place by the blood of Jesus, 20 by 
the way which he dedicated for us, a new and living way, 
through the veil, that is to say, his flesh. 

The thought here brought out by the writer of He- 
brews is that Jesus dedicated, or rather inaugurated, 



444 Till: GOLDEN EOPES OF MEN, 

a new and living way of sacrifice; and that this aew 

way of life was by the crucifixion of the tlesh. The veil 

of the temple being a symbol of our flesh. 
The Greek sarx } translated flesh in the above verse, 

means and includes our whole material, physical, fleshly 
or mortal body, mind and nature in distinction from our 
spiritual or immortal body, mind and nature as has been 
repeated! v explained. This crucifixion or sacrifice is 
entirely mental and is to be accomplished in tlie way 
directed by -Jesus when he said that we must deny or 
renounce our false self by refusing to own that this false 
self belonged to us at all. This denying, renouncing or 
mental sacrifice is the sacrilice referred to by these 
words : 

Ramans XII. IT beseech you therefore, brethren, 
by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a 
living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your 
lvasonable service. 

2 And be not conformed to this world: but be ye 
transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may 
prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, 
will of God. 

The whole .Jewish system of sacrifice was but a type 
or shadow of the destruction or obliteration of our own 
animal, sensual or mortal body, mind and nature. In 
order to make us fully understand that the crucifixion 
and seeming death of Jesus was a fulfillment and end 
of this type, we are told: 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 445 

Hebrew* XIII. ll For the bodies <>f those beasts, 
whose blood is brought Into the sanctuary by the high 
priest for sin, are burned without the camp. 

Yl Wherefore -Jesus also, thai he might sanctify the 
people with his own blood, suffered without the gate. 

13 Let us go forth therefore unto him without the 
cam]), bearing his reproach. 

11 For here have we no continuing city, hut we sock 
one to come. 

16 By him therefore let us offer the sacrifice of praise 
to God continually, that is, the fruit of our lips giving 
thanks to his name. 

The professed church of Christ gained nothing, and 
the world in general has lost much by the error of 
preaching for more than a thousand years that Jesus 
was God on earth in human form. Those who have a 
very imperfect knowledge of Christian Science or no 
true understanding of it at all, seem to delight in stat- 
ing that Christian Science denies the divinity of Jesus 
Christ. These two quotations from Science and Health 
may possibly show to the reader the falsity of all such 
assertions. 

Science and Health, page 315: " Jesus' spiritual 
origin and understanding enabled him to demonstrate 
the facts of being — to prove irrefutably how spiritual 
Truth destroys material error, heals sickness, and over- 
comes death — 

Wearing in part a human form (that is, as it seemed 
to mortal view), being conceived by a human mother, 



446 Till; GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

Jesus was the mediator between Spirit and flesh, be- 
tween Truth and error." 

Science and Health, page 26 : "While we adore Jesus 
and the heart overflows with gratitude for what he did 
for mortals — treading alone his loving pathway up to 
the throne of glory, in speechless agony exploring the 
way for Ufl — yet Jesus spares us not one individual ex- 
perience, if we follow his commands faithfully." 

Hebrews XIII. 20 Now the God of peace, that 
brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus, that great 
shepherd of the sheep, through the blood of the ever- 
lasting covenant, 

21 Make you perfect in every good work to do his 
will, working in you that which is wellpleasing in his 
sight, through Jesus Christ; to whom he glory for ever 
and ever. Amen. 



CHAPTEB XVIII. 

THERE is no Christian in the world who has any 
doubt bnl what the Bible as ii was ftrsl given to 
the world from the hands of divinely inspired writers 
was infallible and absolutely perfect. All <>r God's crea- 
tions are perfect, and I lis inspired Word is no excep- 
tion to tli is rule. 

All true Christians reverence and acknowledge the 
Sacred Writings as they were originally dictated by the 
Holy Spirit to be supreme in authority; consider that 
they were free from the slightest flaw in their original 
condition, and an unerring guide to lead us safely and 
surely through all the perplexing problems of life. For 
this reason it is of great importance to men that we 
understand the true meaning of the Scriptures just as 
they were originally given to men. 

The Old Testament was originally written in Hebrew 
and Chaldee. The New Testament in Greek. At pres- 
ent there is not a single original manuscript known to 
be in existence of any part of the Bible. All the manu- 
scripts now known are copies, which were either made 
from the originals or from copies made from other 
copies. 

At the time the King James Version was published 
there were no copies then known which were written 
earlier than the tenth century, and the few manuscript 
copies then known are not now considered of high au- 
thority. The King James Version was published in A. P. 
1611, and since that time more than 600 manuscripts 

(447) 



448 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

have been discovered, some of which are very ancient 
and are considered of great value. One of the best and 
oldest of these was written in either the fourth or iiftk 
century; another written in the fifth century, and an- 
other about the fifth century. 

During these three hundred years which have passed 
since (he King James Version was revised or translated, 
much valuable information lias been discovered in vari- 
ous ways and from various sources; but if any use of 
this knowledge is made in pointing out or correcting 
the errors in the King James Version, there are thou- 
sands of well meaning people who seem to be greatly 
shocked. They seem to imagine that this version was 
translated by God's decree, and that whoever attempts 
to correct any of the many errors contained therein is 
trying to destroy the Bible and the Christian religion. 
These people seem to forget that the Bible and the Chris- 
tian religion is founded on Truth, not error. They also 
seem to forget that an error remains an error, and never 
becomes Truth, no matter if the error is ten thousand 
years old and if all the people in the world accepted and 
believed it to be Truth. 

It is a fact which is well known to many Bible schol- 
ars that the King dames Version is far from being a 
fame reflection of the divine Mind as ret lee ted in the 
Greek text in which the books constituting the New 
Testament were originally written. The Authorized 
Version, as the King dames Version is now commonly 
called, was not a translation from the Greek, but merely 

a revision of older translations, and it contains over 
twenty thousand errors of greater or less importance 



Till: GOLDEN HOPES OF MIA 149 

More than this, the forty seven men who were appointed 
to make the revision wrere required bj kingly mandate 
to retain certain ecclesiastical terms or words which 

now mislead or COnfUBe those Who have QO means of 

knowing the true meaning of the original words. Borne 
of these forty-seven men complained a1 the time thai 
they were hampered by the opinions and wishes of those 

who were high in civil authority, and that they COUld not 
follow their best judgment from -reasons of stale." 

Any man will be convinced that these men were tar 
from being free from the foolish notion or belief in the 
divine right of kings if he will but read their own ad- 
dress to King James, which is found in nearly all Bibles. 

Many changes have been made in the English language 
since the King James Version was given to the world 
three hundred years ago. This version, as a result of 
change in our language now contains so many obsolete 
and unfamiliar words that the true meaning is often 
hidden from mental view. The use in the Bible of a 
large number of antiquated words, terms or expressions 
adds nothing to the value of the thought expressed. It 
is the knowledge of Truth which frees men ; not the use 
of words which have become obscure or archaic. Be 
ligion, like everything else, is progressive, and the con- 
tinuation of the use of a hundred or more of obsolete 
and antiquated words has no more to do with religion 
than the wearing of broad-brimmed hats on our heads, 
or hooks and eyes on our coats in place of buttons, to 
advertise to the world that we belong to the elect. 

Those who are opposed to the modernizing of the dic- 
tion or manner of expression of the Bible, and go into 
29 



450 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

<m suicv over the justly lauded beauty of the style of the 
Authorized Version should remember thai the grasping, 
catching or comprehending of spiritual Troth contained 

in tin* words of the Bible is of far more importance than 
all other things. 

Truth is what the world demands today. Form and 
phrasiology arc matters of trifling importance. The 
kernel or moat is wliai is wanted ; the shuck or husk has 
little value. 

There are a great aumber of people in the world who 
seem to have great veneration for anything and every 
thing that is old simply because it is old. They seem 
to assume that if anything is very old it must neo 
sarily he true. Many would rather fling to and believe 
in an old error than to accept a truth which has lately 
come to light. 

When the King James Version of the Bible was trans- 
lated, the whole professed church of Christ firmly be- 
lieved that Jesus of Nazareth was God in human form. 
In a large number of instances this translation does 
violence to the Greek text in order to make the printed 
BiMe conform to this view. But if any man points out 
any of these plain and positive mistranslations, which 
distort the truth of the J>ible, there are now a lot of 
well meaning people who seemingly would rather believe 
an old error than the truth, who get frantic. They hold 
tip their hands in horror and assert that such person is 
trying to destroy the Bible and the Christian religion. 

The mere fact that all people in the Christianized 
world have for hundreds of years firmly believed that 
Jesus was God on earth in the flesh; this fact, siupen 



Till: GOLDEN BOPES OP MEN. 451 

dons as it is, does no! prove lliis view to l>e the iruth. 

In deciding anything regarding the Christian religion, 
it is utterly useless to depend upon any man-made opin 
ion or belief because the Inspired Word of God is the 

only supreme authority, and to thai we must turn for 
all our instruction. 

When Jesus accepted the commission to carry out or 
fulfill God's plan of making known to the comprehen- 
sion of men that the Son of God was within them, he 
had i>erfert faith that (iod would carry him through it 
all, and from the beginning to the end his faith never 
wavered. Jesus did not go to the cross as a punishment 
for sin nor as a propitiation to appease the wrath <>f 
an offended God, as taught by popular theology. He 
went to the cross to be a Saviour of all men for all time 
to come, by showing them, by practical demonstration, 
that the inner man, the spiritual man which is within 
every man in the world, is not subject to death and is 
immortal. Jesus could not show this to the world in a 
way to convince men except by being crucified in a 
public manner, in the presence of his enemies; then be 
placed, when dead to mortal sense, in a tomb that was 
guarded by disinterested witnesses so that deception 
could not be charged; then in three days to come forth 
and thus prove to the disciples and others that the inner 
man is deathless and therefore immortal. 

Jesus knew that he was to have dominion, authority 
or power over all the earth and earthly things, just as 
it is stated in the first chapter in the Bible. He was 
the first man in all the history of the world to demon 
strate to the world what was meant by this kingly 



452 THK GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

dominion given to all men; the dominion which enabled 
him to heal the sick, raise the dead, still the storm, walk 
on the waves, triumph over death, and, in fact, break 
nearly every material, man-made law. When doing 
those things, Jesus said he was in all things obedient 
to his Father's will. This clearly proves to every be- 
liever in the truth of the Bible the absolute nothingness 
of these man -made natural laws of nature, for Jesus 
was not a law-breaker. If the natural laws, or laws of 
matter, formulated by natural science are true, or ac- 
cording to God's will. Jesus certainly was not acting in 
harmony with his Fathers will by breaking them. 

Everybody will doubtless agree that Jesus was a king, 
and that he had kingly dominion over all the earth; but 
unless it can he positively proved from the Bible that all 
other men and women are also entitled to be kings and 
queens here on earth, this fact would be of little benefit 
to us. 

It is very important for us to know the exact truth 
in regard to Jesus and his teaching in order that we can 
gain in some measure the same freedom and in some 
degree the same dominion which we plainly see he en- 
joyed. Right here is the crux of this whole matter. If 
Jesus was God in human form, it is useless for us to 
consider the matter at all. We well know that we are 
not God individually; consequently, we can never hoj>e 
or exped to perform any of the works which Jesus in- 
formed. On the Other hand, if Jesus was a man, then 
his lite and teachings are matters of supreme interest 

and importance to all men and women now in the world; 
for the simple reason that there is then a rhanee for us 



TI1K GOLDEN BOPEfl OF KEN. 453 

all to begin to enter into this same kingly dominion, 
just as Jerai stated when lie said: "Verily, verilj I 

unto you, he that believeth in me, Hie works that 

I do shall he do also." 

w, there are no jokes in the Bible; when it vraa 
written the joker was left nut, and it contains nothing 
hut the statement of absolute Truth. 

ording to the old Testament it would seem that 
God, for hundreds of yean, had led the Hebrew race by 
the hand with a view of making them an example for 
the benefit of the entire world. The time in God's provi- 
dence had come when He would no longer deal with 
men ajs little children, but would now place all men and 
women in the world upon their feet by withdrawing 
from before them the veil which for hundreds of years 
had mentally intervened and concealed the great fact 
that all men and women of every nation and tribe on 
the earth were God'fl children and entitled by inher- 
itance to the kingly dominion over all the earth given 
to them "in the beginning." Jesus spent thirty years 
of his life in preparing for this mission which was to 
result in the salvation of all men by manifesting, re- 
vealing or unveiling to them the Son of God which 
was within them. 

Jesus of Nazareth knew all about the kingly do- 
minion which is God's gift to man : knew that this 
gift had never been taken away, and was open for him 
as well as everv other man and woman in the world : 
he knew that by virtue of sonship of the King of kings 
he was a King, a Lord, a Master, and entitled to do- 



454 THE GOLDEN DOPES <>F MEN. 

minion over all the earth as a gift from his Father and 
OUr Father, who is Lord of lords and King of kings. 

For hundreds erf yean men have been blinded to the 

Truth of this matter by the erroneous teachings that 
Jeans was God present on earth in human form, and it 
is a matter of history that this belief was forced on 
the Christian church at an early date. 

In A.I). 428 Xestorius was made Bishop of Constan- 
tinople. He was born and educated in Syria, and was 
a member of the Christian church at Antioch, where 
the followers of Jesus were first called Christians. In 
A.I>. 131 he was arraigned and excommunicated from 
the professed Christian church because he would not 
call the Virgin Mary -'The mother of God." Neatorina 
was condemned and deposed from his office without a 
hearing by a packed council ; cut oft' from the church 
and banished to Arabia. He died in exile, being driven 
from his home and country by professed Christians 
who were so far from the true teachings of the gentle 
and loving Jeans that they ran swords through men 
who presumed to differ with them in opinion. This 
sword method of correcting men's opinions and bring 
ing them into the kingly dominion of God has never 
proved a brilliant success. It did succeed, however, in 
inculcating a great number of errors into the teachings 
of the professed church of Christ which are still held 
to be true by popular theology. It is also a fact that 
some of the j>eople who hold to these erroneous views 
grasp their sword hilt even now whenever any one pre 
sumes to differ with them. 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF Ml 455 

The professed church of ChrUri wu split Into two 

parti or factions al this early date in regard to the 
question as to whether Jena was possessed of two 

natures, the human and the divine like unto his breth- 
ren, or whether he was God in human form, as now 
preached by popular theology. The part of the church 
which held that Jesus of Nazareth WU a man was rep- 
resented at that date by Xestorius, and this pari of the 
church was frequently referred to as Antiochians or 
Nestorians. The other part or faction who claimed 
that Jesus was God and that the Virgin Mary was the 
mother of God was headed at the council at Ephesus, 
above referred to, by Cyril, bishop of Alexandria. This 
council at Ephesus was called to settle disputes in the 
church which had arisen between Cyril, bishop of Alex 
andria, and his followers, the Alexandrians, and Nes- 
torius, bishop of Constantinople, and his followers, the 
Antiochians or Nestorians. Councils had been held 
previously which had ended without any agreement, 
and both parties desired a council at Ephesus to ad- 
just and settle the points in dispute. The council at 
Ephesus was opened June 22d, by Cyril, bishop of 
Alexandria and Memnon, bishop of Ephesus. The 
opening of the council on this date was opposed by the 
friends of Nestorius because manv of the Nestorians 
had not yet arrived; but Cyril, who had undertaken to 
bring about the condemnation and deposition of Nes- 
torius, forced through his program and deposed Nes- 
torius, as has been stated. On June 26th, or four days 
later, the Nestorians all arrived, and under the presi- 
dency of John of Antioch, they held a council attended 



456 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

by about fifty bishops; about two hundred bishops 
haying attended the rival council under Cyril. The 
council under the presidency of John of Antioch pub- 
lished this manifesto; according to Averts source book 
for ancient church history: 

"The holy synod assembled in Ephesus by the grace 
of Gfod, and at the command of the pious emperors, de- 
clares: we should indeed have wished to be able to 
hold a synod in peace, according to the canons of the 
holy Fathers and the letters of our most pious and 
Christ-loving emperors; but because you held a sepa- 
rate assembly from a heretical, insolent, and obstinate 
disposition, although, according to the letters of onr 
most pious emperors, we were in the neighborhood, and 
because you have filled both the city and the holy 
synod with every sort of confusion, in order to prevent 
the examination of points agreeing with the Apollina- 
rian. An an and Eunomian heresies and impieties, and 
have not waited for the arrival of the most religious 
bishops summoned from all regions by our pious em- 
perors, and whom the most magnificent Count Candid 
dianus warned you and admonished you in writing and 
verbally that you should not hear such a matter, but 
await the common judgment of the most holy bishops; 
therefore know thou, O Cyril, bishop of Alexandria, 
and thou Menmon, bishop of* this city, that you are 
dismissed and deposed from all sacredotal functions 
as the originators and leaders of all this disorder and 
lawlessness, and those who have 1 violated the canons of 
tin 1 Fathers and the imperial decree." 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MI 457 

There are doubtless thousands of people now living 
who imagine that Mrs, Eddy and Christian Science are 
responsible for originating the teaching thai Jesus ol 
Nazareth possessed two natures, the human and the 
divine. As a matter of fact, this question split the 
professed church of Christ fifteen hundred years ago. 

Jesus knew the Old Testameant thoroughly; knew all 
the prophecies contained therein relating to the Mes- 
siah or the Christ just as you can know them today if 
you choose to read them in the Old Testament. In 
these prophecies the main facts relating to the birth, 
life, and crucifixion of the Messiah are made known. 
Nothing relating to the earthly life of the man who was 
to fulfill these prophecies was left to chance or acci- 
dent. Jesus accepted the commission to carry out this 
plan to a complete finish with a full knowledge of all 
its requirements from him. He knew the truth regard- 
ing man's relation to God and all of God's creation. 
This knowledge combined with perfect obedience to 
God made him individually free, and gave him kingly 
dominion over the earth and all the so-called laws of 
nature. He faithfully trusted in God's Word. God 
never failed him nor ever will fail any man or woman 
who places their perfect trust in him and are obedient 
to His will. 

Jesus based his teachings on the true account of cre- 
ation found in the first chapter of the Bible, and it was 
so understood by the early Christians. Hut in the begin- 
ning of what is known in history as the "dark ages" the 
church of Christ became apostate to the true teachings 
of Jesus. The second or material account of creation 



458 THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 

was then set up as the true creation, and for twelve 
hundred and sixty years nearly all the benefits of the 
gospel have been lost to the world. .Jesus showed the 
world in such a wonderful manner what the kingly do- 
minion given by God to man was capable of doing that 
after becoming apostate the professed church of Christ 
came to the unanimous conclusion that Jesus must 
have been God, for in their lack of knowledge of the 
power of God, it was inconceivable to them that any 
man could even think of doing such mighty deeds. 

Popular theology, after becoming certain that the 
second account of creation was an actual creation, 
built up from it their ik fall of man v and "worm of the 
dust" system of theology which is now being preached 
in thousands of churches. And now, when the light of 
Truth once more shines forth, men persist in clinging to 
their old delusions: they crouch down in the gloom of 
the dark ages and wonder why millions of men refuse to 
accept and believe in a lot of man-made teachings, 
which are far, very far, from the teachings of Jesus. 

It was the mission of Jesus of Nazareth to be a 
Saviour, a Eedeemer, a Way Shower, to all men in the 
world by helping them to comprehend the great fact 
that man is spiritual and not material; to do this by 
making plain to them the spiritual man, the Son of 
God which is within them. 

Attention of unbelievers is called to the fact that 
there are hundreds of thousands of Christian people 
living today scattered all over the civilized world who 
do believe this teaching. These people are right now 
enjoying some measure of kingly dominion by which 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 459 

they are now, day by day, overcoming sickness, pain 
and all other physical or mental ills which altlict hu 
inanity. It is also a fact that all professed rhristians 
in the whole world w r ho do not believe this teaching 
have no power to do these works. It was those who 
believed in Jesus; that is, comprehended, accepted and 
practiced his teachings, who were to do the works he 
did ; not the unbelievers. 
Prophecy tells us : 

Daniel XI. 33 And they that understand among the 
people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the 
sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many 
days. 

34 Now w T hen they shall fall, they shall be holpen 
with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with 
flatteries. 

We are here told that those who understood the 
teachings of Jesus would instruct many, but that they 
should fall by the sword, and by flame and by captivity 
and by spoil many days. 

Jesus confirms these words of Daniel by stating : 

Luke XXI. 24 And they shall fall by the edge of 
the sword, and shall be led away captive into all na- 
tions : and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gen 
tiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled. 

We now know that the times of the Gentiles lasted 
twelve hundred and sixty years, or from A.D. 606 to 
A.D. 1866. A Gentile in New Testament meaning is 
any man or woman who is not a true follower of Jesus. 



460 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

Then Daniel tells us that at the time of the Reforma- 
tion commenced by Martin Luther, "And when they 
shall fall they shall be holpen with a little help.'' 

The Hebrew meat, from maat, here translated, little, 
means, ineffectual. The help given at the time of the 
Reformation would be ineffectual, because power was 
not given from God which enabled the professed fol- 
lowers of Jesus to perform any of the works Jesus per- 
formed. 

There was no truth created for the special use of 
people during the first century of the Christian era 
and then pass out of existence. Jesus taught nothing 
but absolute truth, and all his teachings and commands 
are just as true and just as much in force today as the 
day he proclaimed them to the world. 

It is a matter of fact that Jesus stopped up the 
mouths of his opposers by doing works of physical 
healing. It is also a fact that he plainly stated that 
his true followers would be able to do, in some degree, 
the same works he performed. 

Jesus never claimed to be proclaiming his own words 
of thoughts to the world for the salvation of men ; He 
at all times told people that the words or thoughts to 
which he gave utterance were dedicated to him by God 
his Father, "As I hear so I speak." 

As God dictated scientific teaching to Jesus the 
Christ for him to proclaim to the world, it is certainly 
proper and correct that the scientific religion taught by 
Jesus the Christ should be named Christian Science. 
This Science teaches the pure, original, unadulterated 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 461 

spiritual teachings of Jesus. In this respect it differs 
from any and every other professed Christian denomina- 
tion in the world. This Science is a world movement. 
Its rapid spread over the whole civilized world is a thing 
unparalleled in history. Some forty years ago there was 
but one Christian Scientist in the world; a gentle and 
kindly woman, without financial means, living in a small 
American village. Today the adherents of Christian 
Science number more than a million people ; its stately 
churches encircle the globe, and its teachings have in- 
fluenced for good millions of people. 

Christian Science has won its way in the world 
strictly upon its merits. It has spread over the earth 
simply because it satisfies the hunger of humanity for 
a knowledge of man's true relationship to God. Be- 
cause it destroys fear, disease, sickness, pain and suffer- 
ing as well as sin ; because it gives to all who sincerely 
and earnestly study and practice its teachings that 
sweet peace and tranquility of mind which constitutes 
joy and true happiness. 

When considering Christian Science teachings and 
practice as well as the motives of its adherents, all 
should remember that the only intent and aim of the 
teaching or its adherents is to observe in practice all 
the words and commandments of Jesus the Christ. The 
only intent and aim of Jesus was to do good ; to lessen 
the ills and increase the happiness of all men for all 
time to come. To benefit men and upbuild the true 
brotherhood of man under the fatherhood of God. All 
this, and this alone, is the intent and earnest desire of 
every true Christian Scientist in the world. 



462 THE GOLDEN HOPES OP MEN. 

The Christianity which Jesus taught held in view the 
dominion of God in the lives and consciousness of men ; 
in that reign of peace on earth, good will to men which 
.lesus advocated, all the cruelties and injustices of war. 
all the bitterness of strife; all the inhumanity of man to 
man, in all its various forma, will be brought to an end. 
Hut let us not forget that the salvation of which .Jesus 
preached is an individual salvation. The world is to 
be Bared by each separate individual in the world being 
brought, one by one, into the knowledge of Truth. 

If man could conquer or subdue the world; if he 
could gain permanent kingly dominion by means of his 
own personal strength independent of God, the world 
would soon drift into atheism, as it would lose all sense 
of dej>endence upon and union with God. By its lack 
of spiritual vision and its limiting of the power of God, 
the old professed church of Christ has now traveled a 
long way on that road; the road whose end is the hope- 
less despair of spiritual death. 

The leaders of the old established church of Christ 
are asleep; but the man in the street, the king on his 
throne, the man at the forge and the plow, as well as 
captains of industry and princes of finance all begin 
to see as they have never seen before that the man-made 
law of material evolution which results in the survival 
<tf the fittest is a law of selfish greed which entices its 
subjects on and on until they commit acts of beastly 
ferocity toward their fellowmen. 

The world is beginning to see as it has never seen 
l>efore that the stirring up of human ambition and the 
exercise of the strenuous life by which to gain wealth. 



THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 463 

place Of power, has a1 all times and in all aires Tailed 

to bring to mankind any permanent degree of peace, 
comfort, happiness <>r even material prosperity. We 

are all beginning to see that the hope of the world is 
Centered OO the true teachings of .Jesus for its ultimate 
salvation. Mankind has now tried out every human 
form of government; tried out every known system, of 
human invention, for controlling the greed, selfishness 
and ambition of the material, animal, physical or mor- 
tal part of our nature. All these ways have proved 
absolute failures, as the present condition of the 
greater part of the so-called Christianized world clearly 
shows. At this very moment there are millions of men 
in battle array, grasping at each other's throats in 
the most murderous conflict the world has ever known. 
Most of these men of war, as well as the heads of their 
respective governments, profess to be followers of the 
gentle and loving Jesus. 

Napoleon was a brilliant example of the loss to the 
world by the stirring up of human ambition. For four 
years he held the world at his feet, but his career of 
meteoric splendor cost the lives of six millions of his 
fellowmen; three millions of these, Lafayette tells us, 
were the very flower and heart of the French nation. 

Every informed man in Christian lands is well aware 
that the history of the world plainly shows that when- 
ever any. nation indulged in material beliefs, which is 
idolatry, to the exclusion of the spiritual, it was at 
first seemingly blessed with increased material prosper- 
ity. Then the lust for sensual pleasures, greed for 
wealth, place or power, grew stronger and more brazen 



464 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

with increasing years, until the end was the same as 
that of the decadent Roman empire. 

The question of peace now looms large before all 
thoughtful men. The battle of Waterloo was fought 
but a hundred years ago; since that battle the world is 
supposed to have been blessed with comparative peace 
until recently, but since that battle was fought, twenty 
millions of men have been killed in battle or died as a 
result thereof. 

Long centures ago, Jesus in his quiet way told the 
world, "They that take the sword shall perish with the 
sword." The so-called Christianized world is just now 
waking up to the fact that Jesus stated the principle 
of a great truth. We all begin to faintly see that 
whenever that "man of sin," that son of destruction, 
that abomination that maketh desolate — which is our 
material, intellectual or mortal mind — whenever this 
material or animal part of our nature is destroyed or 
obliterated from our consciousness by the Truth which 
Jesus preached, then, and not until then, will there be 
peace on earth as it is in heaven. Then and not till 
then, will "Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven." 

The world is fast learning that the real value of any 
and every interpretation of Scripture lies in the good 
results it makes possible right here and now. In fact, 
the great and only conclusive test is the one given by 
our Master, "By their fruits ye shall know them." 

The Bible tells us that the fruit of the Spirit is love, 
joy, peace, forbearance, kindness, goodness, fidelity, 
meekness, self-control. It is but just to say that it is 
only those who are producing these spiritual fruits, 



THE GOLDEN BOPES OF MEN. 465 

either as individuals OP nations, who are worthy to be 
called Christians, no matter what their public profes 
gions or beliefs may be. 

The day has come in which Christianity is being 
judged by the good it accomplishes in tin* world by 
bringing true happiness into the lives of men and 
women here and now rather than by what a man says 
he believes. Let us not forget that it was the despised 
Samaritan who rendered substantial and brotherly aid 
to the man fallen among thieves, while the priest and 
the Levite coldly passed him by. 

The great object and aim in life is to secure true hap- 
piness. If we miss that treasure, we have missed all 
that is of value in the world. We all must learn the 
lesson that true happiness is only possible to those who 
have a clean, clear conscience, a mind or condition of 
consciousness which is at peace and in perfect harmony 
with the divine Mind; the mind of God; the Mind 
which w r as also in Christ Jesus. 

"Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace whose mind is 

staved on thee." 

%/ 

This is the only brand of peace or happiness now on 
the market worth having ; this brand is not found in 
aristocratic mansions bought w r ith ill-gotten gain, even 
though they be filled with beautiful bric-a-brac, art 
gems by the old masters and all the delicacies which 
money can buy. Happiness does not float on steam 
yachts in the ocean, linger around hunting lodges in 
the mountains nor cottages by the sea when their cost 
was wrongfully exacted from the hand of toil. All 
men will sometime learn that w r e are all daily hanging 



466 THE GOLDEN HOPES OF MEN. 

up pictured on memory's walls, the walls of our con- 
si iousn ess. These pictures are constantly in our sight, 
and the pictures which reflect good deeds, kind 
thoughts and acts of love to others bring us true hap 
piness. If we hang up pictures of hate, selfish greed 
or cruel treatment of our fellowmen, money cannot 
buy a touring car which can speed fast enough to carry 
us beyond their hideous sight and enable us to catch 
up with the treasured boon of happiness which has 
taken wings and flown away. 

It is for each one of us to write our names in letters 
of kindly deeds and acts of love on the hearts of those 
around us. It is the doing of acts of goodness to 
others — the fulfilling of the law r of Love — which gives 
true happiness to men ; this, and this alone, brings to us 
the kingdom of heaven and thus fulfills "The Golden 
Hopes of Men." 

THE END. 





in 

S #i S 

V 

^rU * I 



/ .« 







-\. 



<> 
*% 









% 






x v 



v „ 




^ 



•^ 

^ 



^' 






^=- 



^ 












^. ttf 



; ., F 



>£> 















A' 


















*+ 



?£.< 



C$ 






^ V v 









^ 



~~ v 












n\ 






%.$ 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: April 2006 



* y , , Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: April 2006 

PreservationTecnnologies 

?t* A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 






A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVA 
1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 

berry Township. PA 16066 
• 779 






< 






























% 



m P 















* 






^ 















i 


















- ^ 






V 






.^ 






*3nS? 






■*• 



', ^ 

■^ 













f 



- V 






a. 

A ! 



f 



^ 
^ 



%^fc 



•* -^ 












^ 



\V 






s 



A 



"^-0^ 









b s ^ 






,r 



£ 9* 



J 









r0 









& 









S*m£- 



% ■ 



<I "^ 



-* 






